environmental impact assessment study for...

HIMACHAL PRADESH POWER CORPORATION LIMITED (HPPCL)

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR CHANJU-III HYDRO ELECTRIC

PROJECT, HIMACHAL PRADESH

WAPCOS LIMITED (A Government of India Undertaking)

76 C, Sector 18, Gurgaon - 122015, Haryana, INDIA Tel. +91-124-2397396, Fax. +91-124-2397392

Email: [email protected]

AUGUST 2017

VOLUME- I E IA REPORT

(A STATE GOVERNMENT UNDERTAKING)

mailto:[email protected]

CONTENTS

HPPCL EIA Report for Chanju III HEP, Chamba, HP

WAPCOS Limited i

CONTENTS

CHAPTER-1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 General 1-1

1.2 Project Profile 1-2

1.3 Legal and Policy Framework 1-3

1.4 Scope of the EIA Study 1-6

1.5 Stages in an EIA Study 1-6

1.6 Registration with Quality Council of India (QCI)/NABET 1-7

1.7 Outline of the Report 1-7

CHAPTER-2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Introduction 2-1

2.2 Project Location 2-1

2.3 Access 2-1

2.4 Alternatives Considered 2-2

2.5 Project Description 2-3

2.6 Salient Features 2-9

2.7 Land Acquisition 2-13

2.8 Infrastructure Plan 2-13

2.9 Power Evacuation Plan 2-14

CHAPTER-3 CONSTRUCTION PROGRAMME

3.1 General 3-1

3.2 Construction Time and Working Season 3-1

3.3 Requirement of Material 3-1

3.4 Manpower Planning 3-4

3.5 Sequence of Works 3-4

3.6 Machinery & Equipment 3-7

CHAPTER-4 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED FOR THE EIA STUDY


4.2 Study Area 4-1

4.3 Scoping Matrix 4-2

4.4 Data Collection 4-4


WAPCOS Limited ii

4.5 Summary of Data Collection 4-7

4.6 Impact Prediction 4-8

4.7 Environmental Management Plan and Cost Estimates 4-9

4.8 Catchment Area Treatment Plan 4-9

4.9 Local Area Development Plan 4-9

4.10 Environmental Monitoring Programme 4-9

CHAPTER-5 HYDROLOGY

5.1 Ravi River System 5-1

5.2 Catchment and Physiographic Parameters 5-1

5.3 Hypsometric Curve 5-4

5.4 Gauge & Discharge Data 5-5

5.5 Water Availability 5-6

5.6 Design Flood 5-8

CHAPTER-6 TOPOGRAPHICAL, GEOLOGICAL AND SEISMIC ASPECTS


6.2 Physiography and Drainage 6-1

6.3 Regional Geology 6-2

6.4 Regional Tectonics 6-4

6.5 Project Geology 6-5

6.6 Seismicity and Seismotectonics 6-7

6.7 Tectonic Setup of Project Area 6-8

CHAPTER-7 BASELINE SETTING FOR PHYSICO-CHEMICAL ASPECTS

7.1 General 7-1

7.2 Meteorology 7-1

7.3 Soils 7-2

7.4 Water Quality 7-5

7.5 Ambient Air Quality 7-9

7.6 Noise Environment 7-11

7.7 Land Use Pattern 7-14


WAPCOS Limited iii

CHAPTER-8 BASELINE SETTING FOR ECOLOGICAL ASPECTS

8.1 General 8-1

8.2 Forest Types in the Project Area 8-1

8.3 Objectives 8-3

8.4 Sampling Sites 8-4

8.5 Methodology Applied for the Study 8-5

8.6 Floral Diversity 8-7

8.7 Fauna 8-40

8.8 Aquatic Ecology 8-47

CHAPTER 9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASPECTS

9.1 General 9-1

9.2 Demographic Profile 9-1

9.3 Socio-economic Survey 9-8

9.4 Land Requirement for the Project 9-9

9.9 Socio-economic Profile of Project Affected Families 9-9

CHAPTER-10 PREDICTION OF IMPACTS

10.1 General 10-1

10.2 Impacts on Water Environment 10-4

10.3 Impacts on Air Environment 10-7

10.4 Impacts on Noise Environment 10-9

10.5 Impacts on Land Environment 10-13

10.6 Impacts on Biological Environment 10-19

10.7 Impacts on Socio-Economic Environment 10-23

10.8 Increased Incidence of Water-Related Diseases 10-26


WAPCOS Limited iv

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure-1.1: Project Location Map

Figure-2.1: Project Layout Map

Figure-4.1: Administrative set up in Chamba district

Figure-4.2: FCC of the Study Area

Figure-5.1: Catchment Area of Chanju III HEP

Figure-5.2: Isopluvial Map of Himachal Pradesh

Figure-5.3: Hypsometric Curve of Chanju Nallah diversion site

Figure: 5.4 Hypsometric Curve of Mahed Nallah diversion site

Figure-6.1: Location map of Himalaya region showing broad litho-tectonic units

Figure-7.1: Daily maximum and minimum temperatures at Chamba

Figure-7.2: Sampling Location Map

Figure-7.3: Noise Sampling Location Map

Figure-7.4: Classified Image of the Study Area

Figure-8.1: Terrestrial Ecological Sampling Location Map

Figure-8.2: Taxa reported from the study area

Figure 8.3: Seasonal variation in the floral composition at Chanju-III HE Project

Figure 9.1: Demographic profile of study area villages

Figure-9.2: Caste profile of study area villages

Figure-9.3: Literacy profile of Study Area Villages

Figure-9.4: Occupational profile of Study Area Villages

CHAPTER-1 INTRODUCTION

HPPCL EIA Report for Chanju-III HEP, Chamba, HP

WAPCOS Limited 1-1

CHAPTER-1

INTRODUCTION

1.1 GENERAL

The state of Himachal Pradesh is located in the vicinity of Dhauladhar and Pir Panjal

ranges of Western Himalaya and

te has a geographical area of 55,673 sq

km demarcated into 12 districts, 109 tehsils/sub-tehsils and 57 urban areas with a total

population of 68, 64,602 persons as per 2011 Census.

The geographic location and physiography of the state result in varying climatic conditions

and diverse natural ecosystems. The variations in climatic conditions range from lower

tropical regions to cold and alpine conditions in the upper regions. Many areas in the north

and east in Himachal Pradesh are snow-bound and glaciated. These glaciers are the source

of many perennial river systems in the state.

Himachal Pradesh is endowed with about 23000 MW of exploitable hydro potential,

excluding about 750 MW in small /mini/micro hydel potential, in its five river basins. Being

environment friendly source of energy, Government of India /State Government of

Himachal Pradesh has encouraged participation of state as well as private sector in its

development in a big way, with renewed set of incentives for its exploitation.

The State Government of Himachal Pradesh has allotted 20 Projects to Himachal Pradesh

Power Corporation Ltd. (HPPCL) with aggregate installed capacity of 3104 MW, for

development under state sector. HPPCL has drawn a plan to execute these projects

in a phased manner based on the infrastructure and evacuation arrangement available at

these project sites.

In phase-I construction of five Hydro Electric Power Projects aggregating to 856 MW viz

Sawra Kuddu (111 MW), Kashang Stage I (65 MW), Kashang Stage II &III (130 MW), Sainj (100

MW) and Shongtong Karcham (450 MW) has been taken.

Ten projects with an installed capacity of 1366 MW viz, Renuka Dam Project HEP (40MW)

Chirgaon Majhgaon HEP (60 MW), Kashang Stage-IV (48 MW), Gyspa dam Project (300 MW),

Surgani Sundla HEP (48 MW), Nakthan (520 MW), Thana Plaun HEP (191 MW) and Triveni

Mahadev HEP (78 MW), Deothal Chanju HEP (33 MW) and Chanju-III HEP (48 MW) has been

taken in second phase. In these projects survey and investigation works and DPR

preparation is in progress. Two projects namely Renuka Dam Project (40 MW) in

district Sirmour and Gyspa Dam Project (300 MW) in district Lahul & Spiti has been

declared as projects of national importance by Government of India. These projects are to

be funded by Government of India to the extent of 90% of the project cost and 10% will be

paid by the other beneficiary states.


WAPCOS Limited 1-2

Five projects totaling installed capacity of 882 MW shall be taken up in third phase and

preliminary survey and investigation works is being taken up. At these project sites road

works is in progress and transmission network is being developed. These projects are

Saichu (58 MW), Chhoti Saichu (26 MW), Saichu-Sach Khas (117 MW), Lujai (45 MW) and

Khab (636MW). The list of these projects is given in Table-1.1.

Table-1.1: The list of hydroelectric projects under various stages of implimentation S. No. Name of Projects Capacity A) PHASE-I Projects (Under Execution) State Sector 1. Sawra Kuddu HEP 111 MW 2. Kashang HEP Stage-I 65 MW 3. Kashang HEP Stage-II&III 130 MW 4. Sainj HEP 100 MW 5. Shongtong Karcham HEP 450 MW Sub Total (A) 856 MW

B) PHASE-II Projects (Under Investigation) State Sector 6. Chirgaon Majhgaon HEP 60 MW 7. Kashang HEP (Stage-IV) 48 MW 8. Surgani Sundla HEP 48 MW 9. Nakthan HEP 520 MW 10. Thana Plaun HEP 191 MW 11. Triveni Mahadev HEP 78 MW 12. Chanju III HEP 48 MW 13. Deothal Chanju HEP 33 MW Projects of National Importance 14. Renuka Dam HEP 40 MW 15. Gyspa HEP 300 MW Sub Total (B) 1366 MW C) PHASE-III Projects (Under Pre-Feasibility Stage ) 16. Chhoti Saichu HEP 26 MW 17. Saichu Sach Khas HEP 117 MW 18. Lujai HEP 45 MW 19. Saichu HEP 58 MW 20. Khab HEP 636 MW Sub Total (C) 882 MW Grand Total (A+B+C) 3104 MW

1.2 PROJECT PROFILE

The proposed Chanju-III HEP in District Chamba of Himachal Pradesh is a run of river scheme

on Chanju nallah, a left bank tributary of Baira Nallah which in turn is a left bank tributary

of Siul river in Ravi basin. The project proposal envisages utilization of the waters of Chanju

nallah and Mahed nallah for power generation. The project envisages construction of a

trench type diversion weir across Chanju khad at El± 2100 m, a water conductor system

comprising of feeder channel/tunnel underground desilting tank, head race tunnel,


WAPCOS Limited 1-3

underground forebay tank, pressure shaft and underground power house. From Mahed

nallah, it is proposed to construct Trench Weir across Mahed nallah and the diverted water

shall be led to desilting tank, which shall be designed to exclude all silt particles down to

+0.20 mm and from there the water shall be fed through connecting tunnel to head race

tunnel from Chanju nallah. Power house located on the left bank of Chanju nallah just

upstream of confluence of Mahed nallah & Chanju nallah shall house three units of 16 MW

each. Power house shall have three generating units of 16000 kW each along with

auxiliary facilities such as cooling water/potable water supply system, fire fighting system,

compressed air supply, oil system, ventilation and air conditioning system. Power house is

located just upstream of confluence of Mahed Nallah with Chanju Nallah.

Chanju nallah is a left bank tributary of Baira river which in turn is a tributary of Siul River in

Ravi Basin. It is a perennial nallah which originates at Kundi Mural Lake at an elevation of ±

4360 m and flows mostly in south-westerly to westerly direction before it joins Baira River. The

project is located near village Dantoi in District Chamba of Himachal Pradesh. The scheme is

located between latitude 32o42 15 to 32o-42 -59 N and longitude 76o20 07 to 76o16 35

E. The location map is enclosed as Figure-1.1.

1.3 LEGAL AND POLICY FRAMEWORK

Under the Environmental Protection Act (EPA), 1986, various rules/notifications/acts have

been promulgated to control pollution and manage environmental issues. EIA Notification,

2006 imposes certain restrictions and prohibitions on new projects or activities, or on the

expansion or modernization of existing projects or activities based on their potential

environmental impacts. These project categories are listed in the notification and

clearance process defined based on their capacities to obtain prior environmental

clearance.

various projects. Hydroelectric projects are considered as Red Category projects by

HPPCB. Forest and Fisheries Department of Himachal Pradesh have also issued specific

notification with respect to Catchment Area Treatment (CAT) and Fisheries management

applicable on hydroelectric projects in state.


WAPCOS Limited 1-4

Figure-1.1: Project Location Map


WAPCOS Limited 1-5

1.3.1 EIA Notification, 2006

Under the Environment Protection Act (EPA), 1986, various rules have been promulgated

to control pollution and manage environmental issues. EIA Notification, 2006 imposes

certain restrictions and prohibitions on new projects or activities, or on the expansion or

modernization of existing projects or activities based on their potential environmental

impacts. These project categories are listed in the notification and clearance process

defined based on their capacities to obtain prior environmental clearance.

various hydroelectric projects.

The Chhanju III HEP is a Category B project (< 50 MW), as per item 1 (c) of Schedule

attached to EIA notification of September 2006 and requires Environmental Appraisal from

the State Level Expert Apprisal Committee, Himachal Pradesh. The grant of Environmental

Clearance involves following three stages:

Scoping Public Consultation Appraisal

Scoping: An application for scoping was submitted to State Level Expert Apprisal

Committee, Himachal Pradesh for issuance of Terms of Reference (TOR) to undertake EIA

study. Subsequently, presentations were made before State Level Expert Apprisal

Committee, Himachal Pradesh for Prior Environmental Clearance (Scoping). The TOR has

been approved by MoEF vide their letter number F. No. HP SEA/16/21st Meeting/2012-

dated 21.10.13. The copy of approved ToR is enclosed as Annexure-I.

Public Consultation: On completion of draft EIA Report and its Executive Summary, Public

consultation will be conducted through stipulated public consultation process to be

organized by Himachal Pradesh State Pollution Control Board. The outcome of the Public

Consultation process in the form of report detailing the proceedings shall be incorporated

in the Final EIA Report, which will then be submitted to MoEF.

Appraisal: On completion of Public Consultation process, incorporation of suggestions, if

any during the public consultation, final report will be prepared, submitted and presented

to the Expert Appraisal Committee for River Valley and hydroelectric projects at MoEF for

final approval.

1.3.2 State Level Clearances

The Department of Environment & Scientific Technologies, state government of Himachal

Pradesh was set up in April, 2007 with an objective to improve the effectiveness of

environmental management, protect vulnerable ecosystems and enhance sustainability of

development. The Environmental Impact Assessment and monitoring of Environment


WAPCOS Limited 1-6

Management Plan Report prepared by the Project Proponent is reviewed by the

Department of Environment and Scientific Technologies. A committee constituted by the

department with members from State Pollution Control Board, Forest Department,

Fisheries Department, etc. reviews the EIA reports before Public Consultation as per EIA

Notification of September 2006.

Various state departments have also lately issued specific notifications to be taken into

consideration by project developers in Himachal Pradesh. Relevant notifications for

Hydropower projects are briefly described.

Notification on Catchment Area Treatment (CAT) Plan

Department of Forest has issued a notification no. FFE-B-F-(2)-72/2004-Pt-II dated August

03, 2009 setting out the requirements of preparation of CAT plan and defining the

minimum cost of this component as 2.5% of the project cost. It was later modified vide

notification no. FFE-B-F-(2)-72/2004-Pt-II dated September 30, 2009.

Notification on Fisheries

The Department of Fisheries, State Government of Himachal Pradesh has come out with a

notification no. Fish-F (5)-1/2008 dated May 2, 2008 specifically for the hydro power

projects to specify the compensation to be paid by developers for various categories of

projects.

1.4 SCOPE OF THE EIA STUDY

The brief scope of EIA study includes:

- Assessment of the existing status of physico-chemical, ecological and socio-economic aspects of environment

- Identification of potential impacts on various environmental components due to activities envisaged during construction and operation phases of the proposed Chanju III project.

- Prediction of significant impacts on various aspects of environment. - Delineation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) outlining measures to minimize

adverse impacts during construction and operational phases of the proposed project. - Formulation of Resettlement and Rehabilitation (R&R) Plan, if any - Formulation of Catchment Area Treatment (CAT) Plan. - Formulation of environmental quality monitoring programme for implementation

during construction and operation phases. - Estimation of Cost for implementation of Environmental Management Plan,

Resettlement and Rehabilitation Plan, Catchment Area Treatment Plan and Environmental Monitoring Programme.

1.5 STAGES IN AN EIA STUDY

The purpose of this section is to enumerate the steps involved in an Environmental Impact

Assessment (EIA) study, which are described in the following paragraphs.


WAPCOS Limited 1-7

Scoping: An exhaustive list of all likely impacts drawing information from as many sources

as possible was prepared. The next step was to select a manageable number of attributes

which were likely to be affected as a result of the proposed Chanju-III hydroelectric

project. The various criteria applied for selection of the important impacts were follows:

Magnitude Extent Significance

Description of Environment: Before the start of the project, it is essential to ascertain

the baseline levels of appropriate environmental parameters which could be significantly

affected by the implementation of the project. The baseline status assessed as a part of

CEIA study involved both field work and review of data collected from secondary sources.

Prediction of Impacts: is essentially a process to forecast the future environmental

conditions of the project area that might be expected to occur as a result of the

construction and operation of the proposed Chanju III hydroelectric project. An attempt

was generally made to forecast future environmental conditions quantitatively to the

extent possible. But for certain parameters which cannot be quantified, general approach

was to discuss such intangible impacts in quantitative terms so that planners and decision-

makers are aware of their existence as well as their possible implications.

Environmental Management Plan: the approach for formulation of an Environmental

Management Plan (EMP) is to maximize the positive environmental impacts and minimize

the negative ones. The steps suggested include modifications of plans, engineering

designs, construction schedules and techniques, as well as operational and management

practices. After selection of suitable environmental mitigation measures, cost required for

implementation of various management measures was also estimated.

Environmental Monitoring Programme: An Environmental Monitoring Programme for

implementation during project construction and operation phases has been estimated to

oversee the environmental safeguards, to ascertain the agreement between prediction and

reality and to suggest remedial measures not foreseen during the planning stage but

arising during operation and to generate data for further use.

1.6 REGISTRATION WITH QUALITY COUNCIL OF INDIA (QCI)/NABET

WAPCOS Limited is accreditated by QCI/NABET and the Certificate is enclosed as

Annexure-II.

1.7 OUTLINE OF THE REPORT

The document for the Comprehensive EIA study for the proposed Chanju-III hydroelectric

project has been presented in three volumes. The details are listed as below:

Volume-I presents the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study Volume-II delineates the Environmental Management Plan.


WAPCOS Limited 1-8

Volume-III outlines the Details of Public Hearing Proceedings

The present document (Volume-I) outlines the findings of the EIA study for the proposed

Chanju-III hydroelectric project.

The contents of the document are organized as follows:

Chapter-1 The Chapter gives an overview of the need for the project. The policy, legal

and administrative framework for environmental clearance has been summarized. The

objectives and need for EIA study too have been covered.

Chapter-2 gives a brief description of the proposed Chanju-III hydroelectric project.

Chapter-3 gives a schedule to adopt for construction of the proposed Chanju-III

hydroelectric project.

Chapter-4 outlines the methodology adopted for conducting the Comprehensive EIA study

for the proposed Chanju-III hydroelectric project.

Chapter-5 covers the hydrological aspects of the proposed Chanju-III hydroelectric

project. The data was mainly collected from the DPR prepared for the proposed Chanju-III

hydroelectric project.

Chapter-6 covers the geological and seismicity related aspects.

Chapter-7 covers the environmental baseline conditions covering physical aspects of

environment. The baseline study involved both field work and review of existing documents,

which is necessary for identification of data which may already have been collected for other

purposes.

Chapter-8 presents the information on ecological aspects of the Study Area. The study is

based on collection of data from various secondary data sources. As a part of the

Comprehensive EIA study, detailed ecological survey for was conducted for three seasons.

The findings of the survey were analysed and ecological characteristics of the study area

have been described in this Chapter.

Chapter-9 presents the information on socio-economic profile of the Study Area. The study is

based on collection of data from various secondary data sources.

Chapter-10 describes the anticipated positive and negative impacts as a result of the

construction and operation of the proposed Chanju-III hydro-power project. It is essentially a

process to forecast the future environmental conditions of the project area that might be

expected to occur as a result of the construction and operation of the proposed project. An

attempt was generally made to forecast future environmental conditions quantitatively to

the extent possible. But for certain parameters, which cannot be quantified, general

approach has been to discuss such intangible impacts in qualitative terms so that planners

and decision-makers are aware of their existence as well as their possible implications.

CHAPTER-2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION


WAPCOS Limited 2-1

CHAPTER-2

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 INTRODUCTION

The proposed Chanju-III HEP is being conceived as a run of river type development in

Churah Sub-Division of Chamba district in Himachal Pradesh. The project envisages

utilization of the combined waters of Chanju nallah a Left Bank tributary of Baira river and

Mahed nallah, a left bank tributary of chanju nallah for Power generation. The scheme

involves construction of a trench type diversion weir across Chanju nallah near Dantoi

village and Power house just up-stream of the Mahed nallah with Chanju nallah near

Jakhla village. A water conductor system comprising of feeder channel/tunnel, two

underground desilting tank, Head race tunnel, underground forebay tank, pressure shaft

and an underground power house. It is proposed to construct a Trench Weir across Mahed

nallah and the diverted water shall be led to desilting tank, which shall be designed to

include all silt particles down to +0.20mm and from there the water shall be feed through

connecting tunnel to head race tunnel from Chanju nallah. Power house is located on the

left bank of Chanju nallah just upstream of confluence of Mahed nallah & Chanju nallah

shall house three units of 16 MW each. Power house shall have three generating units of

16000KW each along with auxiliary facilities such as cooling water/potable water supply

system, fire fighting system, compressed air supply, oil system, ventilation and air

conditioning system.

2.2 PROJECT LOCATION

Chanju nallah is a left bank tributary of Baira River which in turn is a tributary of Siul River

in Ravi Basin. It is a perennial nallah which emanates at Kundi Mural Lake at an Elevation

of ± 3750 m and flows mostly in south-westerly to westerly direction before it joins Baira

River. The project is located near village Dantoi in Churah sub-division of District Chamba

of Himachal Pradesh. The scheme is located between latitude 32 - - - -

and longitudes 76- - -

2.3 ACCESS

The project area is approachable by Chamba-Tissa state highway up to Nakror and from

there by Nakror-Bagaugarh-Dantoi. All weather metalled road up to Bagaugarh and from

Baghougarh up to Dantoi village through Kutcha road. A link road has to be constructed

from Dantoi village to trench weir site and from Bagaugarh-Dantoi road from near Jakhla

village to Power house site. The nearest broad gauge rail head is at Pathankot (Punjab).


WAPCOS Limited 2-2

The distances of the proposed power house site from important towns are as under:

From To Distance Pathankot - Powerhouse 183 km Chamba Powerhouse 70 km

2.4 ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED

Various alternative layout of the scheme has been studied as described below:

Alternate I-A This is mainly a left bank alternative. The alternative involves construction

of diversion structure at El ± 2100 m on Chaju nallah. The left bank has exposed rocky

strata at diversion site. The water conductor shall consist of feeder tunnel, two

underground desilting tanks, Head race tunnel on Chanju nallah (Length = 5090 m) and

connecting tunnel on Mahed nallah (Length = 1190 m) to HRT from Chanju nallah to

underground forebay. However, penstock alignment runs through rocky slope.

Underground power house is located near Village Jakhla available on the left bank of

Chanju khad, just upstream of the confluence of Mahed nallah and Chanju nallah.

All the structures except diversion weir are underground as such the length of water

conductor system is minimum and involves minimal no. of forest tree Cutting.

Alternate I-B This alternative is same as alternate I-A, except that whole of the system is

pressurized having 2.40 m D-shaped Head Race Tunnel (Length = 5090 m), connecting to

Surge Shaft, an underground pressure shaft and underground Power House on the left

bank of Chanju Nallah. However, gross head in the alternate increases but due to losses

from Intake to Tail Race Tunnel of project the net head remains almost the same. Hence

this alternate shall also be studied during detailed design of the project.

Alternative II

This is also a left bank alternative involves construction of diversion structure on Chanju

nallah at El± 2100 m. The water conductor system consists of conveyance tunnel,

underground desilting tank and power channel (Length = 6572 m) shall take the waters to

the forebay. In this alternative length of water conductor system is more and less gross

head is available for power generation and cost of civil structures is more. Since power

channel is envisaged large number of forest land and consequently will involve large

number of forest trees to be felled.

Alternative III

This right bank alternative involves construction of diversion structure of Chanju nallah at

El± 2100 meter. The water conductor system consists conveyance tunnel, underground

desilting tank and Head race tunnel (Leng= 5000 m) shall take the waters to the forebay.

In this alternative length water conductor system is more and less gross head is available


WAPCOS Limited 2-3

for power generation and cost of civil structures is more. Moreover, with this alternative it

will not be possible to utilize the flows Mahed nallah for power generation.

Various alternative project layouts have been studied and final alternative has been

adopted based on:

Lesser tunnel length as compared to open channel option on both bank Topography Geology Minimum length of forest land felling of forest trees.

Topographical features of the site are preferable for the left bank development of the

scheme with shortest possible length of water conductor system. In view of the

advantages offered by the Alternative-I, it has been taken up for preparing Detailed

Project Report.

2.5 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

The major civil engineering structures of the project are;

Diversion weir Intake structure, Feeder channel and feeder tunnel, underground Desilting Tank. Water conductor system/power tunnel. Forebay Pressure shaft Power House and appurtenant structures.

Diversion Structure and Intake

Diversion structure is required across the nallahs/ streams for diverting its flow for power

generation, which should be least expensive and as simple as possible. For Chanju-III HEP,

a barrage or dam type diversion structure, obstructing the flow, is not practical; the

reservoir would be filled up in a short period of time.

The length of the trench weir across Chanju nallah has been kept as 30 m to pass the 100-

year return period flood discharge of 385 cumec. However, discharge from Mahed nallah

has also been proposed to add in the Chanju Head race tunnel. Hence, another trench

weir has been proposed on Mahed nallah having length as 15 m. Length of the trench weir

across Chanju nallah has been kept as 15 m to pass the 100-year return period flood

discharge of 165 cumec.

The bed of the trench weir has been provided with a slope of 1 in 8.55 in the flow

direction so that sufficient velocity is generated to carry away small stones and heavy silt

up to 25 mm size that may find entry into the weir through the trash rack openings. The

width of trash rack is proposed as 2.0 meter. The trash rack has been given a slope of 1 in

12.5 in the flow direction so that stones and pebbles above 25 mm size do not enter into

the weir but roll down into the stream with the flow. The trash rack area of opening is


WAPCOS Limited 2-4

adequate to draw the entire lean season flow and desired diversion discharge during the

flood season even if 50% of the effective area of the trash rack is clogged. The trash rack

will have to be cleaned periodically during and after monsoon season to clear any

deposited material.

The upstream and downstream of trench weir is protected with aprons comprising

concrete blocks of size 1000 x 1000 x 1000 mm for a distance of about 6 meter on

upstream and 8 meters on downstream end. In addition a 3.5 meter deep RCC cut off is

proposed near the downstream end. Right side shall be protected by concrete. Concrete

masonry shall be provided on both the banks to streamline the flow on the left bank of

Chanju nallah, where rock is available shall be connected through a cut and cover type

power tunnel.

The intake located at the end of the trench weir on the left bank is a gated well structure

to be constructed in RCC. The intake gate control shall permit the release of desired

discharge through feeder channel to the desilting tank. A flushing conduit with gate

control has been provided at a lower level, at a slope of 1 in 50 to eject out the material

which finds entry into the weir. Both the gate operation controls are kept above the HFL.

The outer end of flushing conduit has been kept at 0.3 meter above the HFL so as to

prevent the flood discharge from entering into the pipe and thereby avoiding the silt

deposition. Wing walls shall be provided up to 0.50 meter above HFL to safeguard intake

structure during floods and also to channelize the flow during the lean season. Silt free

water available from Deothal Chanju HEP shall be utilized and fed to the water conductor

system just downstream of desilting arrangement.

Desilting Tank

A desilting tank is proposed immediately downstream of intake to exclude silt particles of

size exceeding 0.20 mm from water flow. Two Desilting tanks on Chanju nallah proposed

are of underground type, 90 m long, 5.00 m wide and 9.0 m deep i/c free board to keep

the velocity within desired limits for a discharge of 12.05 cumec. The desilting tank on

Mahed nallah proposed is of underground type, 40 m long, 3.00 m wide and 6.0 m deep i/c

free board to keep the velocity within desired limits for a discharge of 1.73 cumec. The

horizontal velocity of flow and the settling velocity of flow are 0.20 m/sec and 2.70

cm/sec respectively for desilting tank at Chanju nallah.

A silt flushing tunnel has been provided at the bottom of the desilting tank on the d/s side

with manually operated valve for ejecting the settled material from the desilting tank into

the stream. The outlet end of the flushing tunnel has been kept above the HFL so as to

prevent the flood discharge from entering into channel to avoid choking due to silt

deposition.


WAPCOS Limited 2-5

Water Conductor System

Water Conductor System is the lifeline of small hydro projects. The choice of the same

depends upon the characteristics and availability of materials for its construction. As per

final layout selected for development, it is proposed to provide Head Race Tunnel of 2.70

x 3.00 m D-Shaped for this Project which will lead the water from desilting tank to

forebay. This is as per practical consideration of construction equipment requirement,

excavation of tunnel shall be done by conventional method of drill and blast using jack

Hammers. Mucking shall be through Bobcat, small tractors, pickup with Suitable jack

arrangements etc which requires a minimum width of the order of 2.00 to 2.40m. While

the tunnel should ensure least loss of head, flow velocity at the same time should be

adequate enough to prevent reduction of discharging capacity due to deposition of silt.

The proposed tunnel shall be a free flow tunnel with water level up to springing level only.

The total length of Tunnel is 5090 m. The invert level of HRT at its intake has been set at

EL.2096.64. The slope of the tunnel has been kept as 1:550 and velocity of flow Is 2.70

m/sec. The details of Adits in HRT are given in Table-2.1.

Table-2.1: Details of Adits in HRT Adit RD (m)

Length(m) Length of HRT to

be excavated from Adit (m)

Reach Length (m)

Construction Adit (DesiltingTank)

0.00 0

D/S = 395.50

395.50

HRT Adit-I 791 54

U/S = 395.50 D/S = 301.00

355.00 356.00

HRT Adit-II 1393 55 U/S = 301.00 D/S = 317.50

356.00 372.50

HRT Adit-III 2028 54

U/S = 317.50 DS = 531.50

371.50 585.50

HRT Adit-IV 3091 58 US = 531.50 DS = 535.50

589.50 593.50

HRT Adit-V 4163 53

US = 535.50 DS = 463.50

593.50 588.50

HRT Adit-VI Pressure Shaft

63 US = 463.50

Dumping areas has been identified near the adit portal. These areas shall be beyond the

nallah and above the Highest Flood level. Since no road exists on the left bank of the

Chanju nallah portal of adits shall be connected by a series of ropeway/spans so as to

transfer material/equipment.

However, it is proposed to provide connecting tunnel at Mahed nallah of 2.10 m x 2.40 m

D-Shaped for this project which will lead the water from desilting tank at Mahed nallah to

forebay.


WAPCOS Limited 2-6

Underground Forebay and Penstock Intake

The main function of the forebay is to provide adequate depth of water at the Penstock

and also to meet the immediate water demand for generation. The FSL in the forebay is

kept at El ± 2092.91 m and providing a free board of 1.00 meter, the top of the forebay is

kept at El ± 2093.91 meter. Water seal of 3.0 meter is provided between the Minimum

Draw down Level at El ± 2089.91 m and penstock centre line level at El ± 2086.91 m is

considered adequate to prevent vortex formation and entry of air into penstock. The

forebay is proposed to be lined with 200 mm thick PCC M20 with wire meshes

reinforcement to prevent water seepage losses. At the penstock intake, a trash rack is

provided to prevent entry of debris or floating material into the penstock. Clogging to the

extent of 50% has been considered in the design of the trash rack opening area. Provision

of 100 mm dia air vent pipe has been made in the penstock at Anchor block no 1 for

release of entrapped air in the penstock. A sluice gate is provided at the penstock intake

for controlling the water discharges into the penstock from the forebay.

In order to achieve the objective of meeting the immediate water demand for starting the

generating units and fluctuations in energy load, three minutes storage capacity of 4000

cubic meters has been provided in the forebay. Live storage has been provided by water

depth of 2.00 meters between the FSL El. ±2092.91 m and MDDL EL. ±2089.91. One

flushing pipe with a manually operated valve is provided for flushing out the silt which

may collect in the forebay in due course of time. Free board in the forebay is provided in

such a way that whenever there is a rise in the water level beyond FRL the water is

spilled, at the nearest upstream adit location where suitable provision shall be made for

spilling the excess water.

Pressure Shaft

The excavated diameter of pressure shaft has been adopted as 2.80m for ease in

construction and erection of steel liner. The centre line of the Pressure Shaft at the end of

forebay is kept at El. 2086.91 and the length of Pressure shaft is ±660 meter.

Power House and Tail Race Tunnel

An underground power house complex is proposed on the left bank of Chanju Nallah. A

road is available up to nearby village and about 2.50 km long access road has to be

constructed to reach the Power House. The orientation of power house shall be finalized

based on the geological/stress considerations. It is proposed to construct one long cavity

than a multiple parallel cavities to house Electro-mechanical equipment, transformers etc.

The overall dimensions of the cavern are LxWxH (61.50 m x 13 m x 29.10 m).


WAPCOS Limited 2-7

Tail Race Tunnel

It is proposed to excavate a construction adit to be used as a tail race tunnel of size 2.70 x

3.00 m D Shaped (finished). A construction adit shall take off from this adit to bottom of

pressure shaft for construction of pressure shaft.

The Project layout Map for the proposed Chanju III HEP is shown in Figure-2.1.


WAPCOS Limited 2-9

2.6 SALIENT FEATURES

The Salient features of Chanju-III hydroelectric project are given in Table-2.2.

Table-2.1: Salient Features for Chanju-III HEP 1. LOCATION:

State Himachal Pradesh District Chamba River/Nallah Chanju Nallah/Mahed Nallah is a

tributary of Baira River Vicinity Diversion Weir site on Chanju nallah at El.

2100 m near village Dantoi and Diversion weir on Mahed nallah at El. 2093 and power house on the left bank of Chanju nallah at EL. + 1616.50 m near village Jakhla just upstream of confluence of Chanju and Mahed nallah

Co-ordinates Longitude Latitude Weir Site-Chanju nallah 76o20 07 32o42 15 Power house site 76o16 35 32o42 59 S.O.I. Sheet No 52 D/6 2 HYDROLOGY

Name of river/stream Chanju and Mahed nallah Tributary / Basin Baira river / Ravi Basin Chanju Nallah Mahed

Nallah Total

Catchment area 114.75 sq km 30.50 sq km 145.25 sq.km Design Flood 385 cumec 165 cumec 550 cumec Design discharge 9.13 cumec 2.43 cumec 11.56 cumec 3. PROJECT STRUCTURES 3.1 WEIR ON CHANJU NALLAH

Type Drop type trench weir Size 30 m (L) x 2.00 m (W) Top Elevation EL + 2100.00 m Diversion design discharge 14.46 cumec Shingle flushing discharge 2.41 cumec 3.2 WEIR ON MAHED NALLAH

Type Drop type trench weir Size 15 m (L) x 1.20 m (W) Top Elevation EL + 2093 m Diversion design discharge 4.04 cumec Shingle flushing discharge 0.68 cumec 3.3 FEEDER TUNNEL ON CHANJU

NALLAH

Type D shaped tunnel Length 43.00 m Size 2.10 m X 2.40 m Slope 1:550 Velocity 2.56 m/sec 3.4 FEEDER TUNNEL ON MAHED

NALLAH

Type D shaped tunnel Length 33.00 m


WAPCOS Limited 2-10

Size 1.80m X2.10m Slope 1:350 Velocity 2.34 m/s 3.5 DESILTING TANK ON CHANJU

NALLAH

Number /Type Two no. Conventional continuous hopper type Underground tank

Size 90 m (L) x 5 m (W) x 9 m (H) Particle size All particles up to 0.20 mm size. Silt Flushing discharge 2.10 cumec Silt Flushing Tunnel

Type & Size 2.1 m D-shaped Velocity 3.12 m/sec Length 58.00 m Construction Adit cum inspector

tunnel

Type & size D-shaped, 2.40 m Length 45.00 m Gate Chamber size 5.00 m x 5.00 m 3.6 DESILTING TANK ON MAHED

NALLAH

Number /Type One no. Conventional continuous hopper type Underground tank.

Size 40 m (L) x 3 m (W) x 6 m (H) Particle size All particles down to 0.20 mm size. Silt Flushing discharge 0.30 cumecs Silt Flushing Tunnel Type & Size 2.10 m D-shaped Velocity 2.54 m/sec Length 45.00 m Construction Adit cum inspector

tunnel

Type & size D-shaped, 2.10 m Length 45.00 m Gate Chamber size 5.00 m x 5.00 m 3.7 HEAD RACE TUNNEL ON

CHANJU NALLAH

Type & size Concrete lined D-shaped tunnel 2.70mx3.00 m Length 5090.00 m Slope 1 in 550 Design discharge 10.04 cumec i/c overloading dis. Velocity 2.70 m/sec Adits

(i) Adit I (RD 790.98m) Type & Size D-shaped tunnel 2.70 m x 3.00 m Length + 54.00 m Portal invert elevation EL + 2091.10 m

(ii) Adit II (RD 1393.73m) Type & Size D-shaped tunnel 2.70 m x 3.00 m Length + 55.00 m Portal invert elevation EL + 2089.94 m

(iii) Adit III (RD 2028.03m)


WAPCOS Limited 2-11

Type & Size D-shaped tunnel 2.70 m x 3.00 m Length + 54.00 m Portal invert elevation EL + 2088.90 m

(iv) Adit IV (RD 3091.91m) Type & Size D-shaped tunnel 2.70 m x 3.00 m Length + 58.00 m Portal invert elevation EL + 2086.65 m

(v) Adit V (RD 4163.69 m) Type & Size D-shaped tunnel 2.70 m x 3.00 m Length + 53.00 m Portal invert elevation EL + 2085.04 m 3.8 CONNECTING TUNNEL FROM

MAHED NALLAH

Type & Size Concrete lined D-shaped 2 .10 m x 2.40 m

Length 1190.00 m Slope 1 in 340 Design discharge 2.80 cumec i/c overloading dis. Velocity 2.70 m/sec 3.9 ADIT-VI TO FOREBAY AND

PRESSURE SHAFT

Type & Size D-shaped tunnel 2.70 m x 3.00 m Lengh + 63.00 m 3.10 FOREBAY

Type Under ground Size 160.00 m (L) x 5.00 m (W) x 5.00 m (H) Full Supply Level (FSL) EL + 2092.91 m Minimum Draw Down Level (MDDL) EL + 2089.91 m C/L El. Of penstock at Intake EL + 2086.91 m Storage capacity 4000 cum Peaking time ± 3.00 minutes 3.11 PRESSURE SHAFT (PENSTOCK)

Type/Shape Under Ground/Circular steel pipe Size of main penstock 2.20 m dia. Length of main penstock + 660.00 m Velocity 3.34 m/sec Type of Steel Liner ASTM-537 Class-I and II steel Number of branches Three Size of Branch Penstock 1.30 m dia each Length of branch penstocks Branch-I 30.70 m Branch-II 27.10 m Branch-III 24.70 m Intermediate Adit to Pressure

Shaft

Type & Size D-shaped tunnel, 2.40 m Length + 155.00 m 3.12 POWER HOUSE Type Under ground Size 61.50 m x 13.00 m x 29.10 m Installed capacity 48 MW (3 units of 16 MW each) Gross Head 473.41 m


WAPCOS Limited 2-12

Net Head 470.81 m C/L of jet EL + 1616.50 m Power House crane 63/08T, semi EOT Installed Capacity 48 MW (3 x 16 MW) Turbine (s) Type Vertical shaft, 4 Jets Pelton turbine Number Three Output Capacity 16.24 MW each Speed 600 rpm Generator(s) Type Vertifal shaft, Synchronous Number Three Output Capacity 17.78 MVA each Speed 600 rpm Power Factor 0.9 lag Rated Voltage 11 kV Frequency 50 Hz Continuous overloading capacity 10% 3.13 MAIN ACCESS TUNNEL Type & size D-shaped, 7.00 m x 7.00 m Length 88.00 m Slope 1:120 3.14 CABLE CUM VENTILATION

TUNNEL

Type & size D-shaped, 5.00 m dia Length 60.00 m Slope 1:120 3.15 TAIL RACE TUNNEL Type & Size 2.70m x 3.00 m, D- Shaped Length + 76.00 m 3.16 UNIT TAIL RACE TUNNEL Type & Size 2.10m x 2.40 m, D- Shaped Length + 20.00 m Slope 1:400 4. POWER & ENERGY GENERATION Energy generation in 90%

dependable year 176.19 GWH

5. COST ESTIMATE Capital cost of the project Civil works Rs. 266.04 Cr. Electro-mechanical works Rs. 93.05 Cr. Cost of generation Rs. 359.09 Cr. T-Transmission Rs. 8.66 Cr. Total cost including generation Rs. 367.75 Cr. Total cost (Including IDC Rs 44.64

Cr. and LADC 6.186 Cr) Rs. 418.57 Cr

Levellized tariff in 90% dep. Year (at 95% plant availability)

Rs. 4.95/kwh

Cost per MW installed capacity Rs. 8.72 crores Period of construction 45 months Source: DPR


WAPCOS Limited 2-13

2.7 LAND ACQUISITION

Land acquisition is of two kinds, i.e. permanent and temporary. Land required for

construction of structures, roads, project colonies, stores, workshops etc. shall be

acquired on permanent basis and this activity is proposed to be completed within twelve

months. Temporary use of the land shall be for work areas of the contractors, their camps

and other facilities. The total land required for the project is 30.364 ha. Permanent

acquisition of land is required for trench weir site, Power House etc. The ownership status

of the land required for various project appurtenances are given in Table-2.3.

Table-2.3: Land requirement for Chanju-III hydroelectric project S. No Project Component/ Activity Area (ha) 1 Forest land Surface 23.790 2 Forest Land under ground 4.704 3 Private Land Surface 1.870 Total 30.364 Source: HPPCL

2.8 INFRASTRUCTURE PLAN

Communications

Rail Head Facilities

The nearest rail head available to the project is the Northern Railway Broad Gauge railway

station Pathankot which is about 183 km from the project area and 120 km from Chamba.

Chamba is connected to the project site through an existing 70 km motorbale road. The

heavy machinery and equipment are proposed to be transported up to Pathankot by rail.

AQ store yard with crane facilities for unloading the railway wagons will be provided at

Pathankot. Two sheds will also be provided to store electrical and other equipment till it

is transported to site of works. Enough space for storage of cement will also be provided in

the store yard at Pathankot.

Road Transport Facilities

Pathankot is connected to the project site by road. All the culverts and bridges on Chamba

road are constructed confirming to the Class AA loading. Beyond Chanju HEP the existing

road will be widened and bridges will be strengthened for which provision will be kept in

the cost estimated.

Project Colonies/ Buildings

Residential quarters are required to be constructed for the staff to be deployed on the

execution of the project. Following buildings are proposed for the project:

I. Permanent residential buildings for staff that will be required to be deployed for

operation and maintenance of the project after its completion.

II. Temporary residential buildings for the staff to be deployed during construction stage.


WAPCOS Limited 2-14

One no field hotel will be constructed for which provision has been made under the head

of permanent works.

Workshops

A small workshop to carry out the fabrication work is proposed near power house. This

will work as a temporary arrangement during execution.

Ultimately service bay of the powerhouse shall be used during operation of the project.

Drinking Water Facilities

The drinking water arrangement shall be made from Irrigation and Public Health

Department (IPH) department.

Construction Power

All the major equipment is proposed with diesel engines. Since the project is Small power

scheme mobile equipment with diesel engines is considered best for the construction of

the project. The demand for construction power for colony, workshop can be met from

the existing HPSEB line existing in the area or DG Set.

2.9 POWER EVACUATION PLAN

The power evacuation plan of Deothal Chanju and Chanju-III HEP is enclosed as Annexure-

III.

CHAPTER-3 CONSTRUCTION PROGRAMME


WAPCOS Limited 3-1

CHAPTER-3

CONSTRUCTION PROGRAMME

3.1 GENERAL

The setting up of the infrastructure works envisaged for development of the project and

the estimation of requirement of land, both for infrastructure as well as permanent works,

are outlined in this chapter.

3.2 CONSTRUCTION TIME AND WORKING SEASON

Chanju-III HEP is located in an area of heavy rainfall, bulk of which occurs during the

months of June to September. Available working season in a year in the project area shall

be about 10 months at intake end whereas at power house end work can be carried out

throughout the year. Keeping the above in view, construction of Chanju-III HEP has been

planned in such a manner that the work does not suffer on account of adverse weather

conditions. The construction programme, methodology and equipment has been planned

with the aim of commissioning the project in three years.

3.3 REQUIREMENT OF MATERIAL

Survey on the availability and suitability of construction materials such as coarse and fine

aggregates etc. required for the construction of various components of the project has

been done. Construction materials required for different components of the project have

been computed to assess the quantities required.

Cement and Steel

Cement for the project will be procured from A.C.C. cement factory located at Barmana

on NH-21 in District Bilaspur and Ambuja cement Plant at Darlaghat and shall be the main

source of the cement for meeting the entire requirement of the project. Trucks shall be

used for transportation of bagged cement. Cement bags shall be stored in cement stores

as per specifications. Small quantities of cement can also be procured from

Chamba/Pathankot. Cement bags shall be stored in cement stores as per specifications.

Small quantities of cement can also be procured from Chamba/Pathankot.

Steel will be brought from steel stockyard at Pathankot, shall be the main source of

structural steel and reinforcement/ tor steel. Sizeable quantities of reinforcement and

structural steel shall have to be stored at site. Penstock steel plates, however, may have

to be procured from the manufacturers as per design specifications.

It is estimated that about 14367 tons of cement, 714 metric tons of reinforcement steel,

657 metric tons of structural steel will be required for the construction of different

components of project as detailed here under:


WAPCOS Limited 3-2

Chanju Nallah

Cement = 9948.44 T, Structural Steel = 348.70 MT, Reinforcement Steel = 417.60 MT

S.No. Description Cement (T) Structural Steel (MT)

Reinforcement Steel (MT)

1 Trench weir & Intake

297.90 51.10 32.50

2 Desilting tank 838.22 38.30 3 Head Race Tunnel 8812.32 297.60 346.60 Total 9948.44 348.70 417.60

Mahed Nallah

Cement = 1,744.66 T, Structural Steel = 101.70 MT, Reinforcement Steel = 102.00 MT

S.No Description Cement (T) Structural Steel (MT)


1 Trench weir & Intakestructure

241.98 45.10 26.40

2 Desilting tank 161.53 7.90 3 Connecting

Tunnel 1341.15 56.60 67.70

Total 1744.66 101.70 102.00

Combined HRT and Power House Complex

Cement = 3,908.60 T, Structural Steel = 310.20 MT, Reinforcement Steel = 295.60 MT

S.No Description Cement (T) Structural Steel (MT)


1 Forebay 525.49 18.70 2 Pressure Shaft 1161.60 20.20 4.30 3 Power House 1338.36 123.80 184.20 4 Tail racetunnel 173.92 62.90 5.70 Total 2673.88 206.90 194.20

Aggregates (Coarse and Fine)

Rock from different quarries in the vicinity of the project have been got identified, to

assess their suitability for manufacturing aggregate. Rock extracted from the quarries as

well as from tunnel(if found suitable) will be crushed and classified to various sizes of

aggregate in batching & mixing plant one near the weir site and other near the power

house site (for excavated material from tunnel). One no. quarry sites at the confluence of

Tanger and Deothal nallah have been identified and are shown in drawing no. HPPCL-

Chanju-III-PR-03. The test of Aggregates of quarry site has been got carried out at

Naulakha Cental Soil & Concrete Testing Laboratory of HPPCL. As per the estimation

report submitted by field unit adequate quantity of raw material shall be available in the

quarry sites for processing of coarse and fine aggregates to meet with the requirement of

project.


WAPCOS Limited 3-3

Requirement of Aggregates

A total quantity of 57,682 cum concrete is estimated to be placed in trench weir, intake

structure, desilting rank, head race tunnel, fore bay, pressure shaft, power house, tail

race tunnel and other infrastructural works the details are as under:

S.No. River/Nallah Project Component Concrete (cum) 1. Chanju

Nallah Trench Weir, Desilting Basin, Head Race Tunnel

41,414

2. Mahed Nallah

Trench Weir, Desilting Basin, Connecting Tunnel

6,954

3. Fore bay, Pressure Shaft, Power House, TRT

9,314

For this purpose, an estimated 70,919 cum of coarse aggregate and 35,460 cum sand will

be required as detailed here under:-

Chanju Nallah

Coarse aggregate = 49,961 cum, Sand = 24,981 cum

S.No Description Coarse Aggregate (cum)

Sand (cum)

1 Trench weir & Intake structure

957.20 478.60

2 Desilting tank 2322.70 1161.40 3 Head Race

Tunnel 33728.60 16864.30

Total 37,008.50 18,504.30 Wastage @35% 12,952.97 6,476.50 Total 49,961.48 24,980.81

Mahed Nallah

Coarse aggregate = 8,373.92 cum, Sand = 4,187.03 cum

S.No Description Coarse Aggregate (cum)

Sand (cum)

1 Trench weir & Intake structure

772.90 386.50

2 Desilting tank 430.00 215.00 3 Connecting Tunnel 5000.00 2500.00 Total 6,202.90 3,101.50 Wastage @35% 2,171.01 1,085.52 Total 8,373.92 4,187.03

Combined HRT and Power House Complex

Coarse aggregate = 12,583 cum, Sand = 6,291 cum

S.No Description Coarse aggregate(cum)

Sand (cum)

1 Fore bay 4437.70 2218.80 2 Pressure Shaft 1491.40 745.70


WAPCOS Limited 3-4

S.No Description Coarse aggregate(cum)

Sand (cum)

3 Power House 2961.20 1480.60 4 Tail race tunnel 430.70 215.30 Total 9,321.00 4,660.40 Wastage @35% 3,262.35 1,631.14 Total 12,583.35 6,291.54

Other Materials

Other materials such as petrol, diesel, lubricating oils, etc. shall be procured from

Chamba/Pathankot.

3.4 MANPOWER PLANNING

As the work is proposed to be executed through petty local contractors, they shall arrange

the labour required for the same from the villages in the vicinity of the project

area/outside where sufficient semi-skilled and unskilled labor force may be available.

However, skilled labour and for supervision and proper execution of works manpower shall

be brought from other areas/outside the state.

Pre-Construction Facilities

Pre-construction facilities such as land acquisition for labor huts, plant areas, stores,

residential and non-residential buildings, approach roads, paths in the project area shall

be made available to facilitate construction of the project. Most of these activities shall

be completed in the first quarter.

3.5 SEQUENCE OF WORKS

Infrastructure Facilities

Before undertaking construction activities, it is necessary to complete the infrastructure

facilities. First six months of the Construction Programme shall mainly be devoted to

create such facilities so that the construction works are started on schedule.

Land Acquisition

Land acquisition is of two kinds, i.e. permanent and temporary. Land required for

construction of structures, roads, project colonies, stores, workshops etc. shall be

acquired on permanent basis and this activity is proposed to be completed within twelve

months. Temporary use of the land shall be for work areas of the contractors, their camps

and other facilities.

Buildings and Colonies

Buildings shall be required for housing project staff deployed for the execution of works,

as well as, for the offices, sheds, stores etc. Construction of Buildings shall be taken up

concurrent with roads. Permanent buildings shall be constructed for the staff which shall

be required for the operation and maintenance of the project and the temporary buildings


WAPCOS Limited 3-5

shall be constructed for the workers required in the construction stage only. Efforts shall

be made to complete sufficient number of temporary buildings by first half year, so that

staff can move to work sites. All construction activities for temporary and permanent

residential and non-residential buildings, water supply, electrification, sanitation, roads,

bridges, drains, cross-drainage works and fencing etc. in the colonies are proposed to be

completed by the mid of first year.

Construction Equipment

The construction equipment and transport vehicle shall be procured in first year.

Tenders and Contracts

The tenders/enquiries for award of works under various packages shall be initiated

immediately on taking up the project. The contracts for the works shall be finalized within

first six months of the first year.

Designs, Specifications and Construction Drawings

The Planning office shall provide tender drawings and specifications of the works proposed

for execution from first working season of the first year.

Tender drawings and specifications for all other works shall be made & contracts finalized

within first six months of 1st year. Detailed construction drawings for all works shall be

made available at least two months prior to the execution of respective components. The

design office shall provide technical advice and made revisions in the drawings as and

when necessary during the progress of works.

Diversion cum Intake Structure

Excavation for Trench Weir cum Intake Structure shall be executed from 4th month to 10th

month of project execution. The concreting shall be done from 10th month to 18th month

and stop log/gate erection shall be completed before the end of 20th month of project

execution.

Head Race Tunnel

Excavation & concreting of Head Race Tunnel have been planned by dividing the total

length in 6 reaches to work. The work shall be started simultaneously on all reaches. The

programme for completion of each reach is as under:

HRT (Chanju nallah)

Reach-I (RD 0 m to 790 m)

Excavation - From 4th to 8th month of project construction.

Concreting - From 8th to 11th month of project construction.

Reach-II (RD ±790 m to 1393 m)

Excavation- From 4th to 9th month of project construction.

Concreting- From 9th to 14th month of project construction.


WAPCOS Limited 3-6

Reach-III (RD ±1393 m to 2028 m)



Reach-IV (RD ±2028 m to 3091 m)



Reach-V (RD 3091 m to 4000 m)



Reach-V (RD 3091 m to 4000 m)



Grouting &- From 11th to 15th month of project construction.

HRT (Mahed nallah)

Reach-I (RD 0 m to 1190 m)

Excavation-I- From 6th to 14nd month of project construction.

Concreting-I - From 14th to 20th month of project construction.

Excavation-II - From 14th to 20th month of project construction.

Concreting-II - From 20th to 28th month of project construction.

Grouting & - From 28th to 30th month of project construction.

Forebay

The execution of Forebay shall be taken up from 12th month to 20th month. Time

schedule for the completion of each operation is as under:

Excavation = 8 months Concreting Grouting & clean up Total

=2 months =2 months =12 month

Pressure Shaft

The execution of this component shall be taken up from 12th month to 25st month of

project execution. The excavation starts from top portion and shall be completed in 6

months. Then the concreting & erection of liner shall be started and completed in 6

months. The grouting and other miscellaneous jobs shall be carried out simultaneously.

The whole activities on this component shall be completed by the end of 30th month of

project execution.

Power House Complex

Power House complex excavation shall be taken up from 10th month of project execution.

Concreting in the Power House complex shall be executed from 20th month to 30th month.


WAPCOS Limited 3-7

After testing each unit for a period of two months, 1st, 2nd & 3rd unit will be

commissioned by the end of 32nd, 34th and 36th month respectively.

Keeping in view the above, all the units of the project shall be installed, tested &

commissioned by the end of three years i.e. 36th month of the project execution.

Mode of Execution

The works are proposed to be executed through contractors. Civil works and E&M works.

3.6 MACHINERY & EQUIPMENT The details of machinery & equipment to be used in proposed Chanju-III HEP during

construction phase are given in Table-3.1

Table-3.1 Details of machinery & equipment to be used in proposed Chanju-III HEP Trench Weir (Chanju Nallah) 1) Excavation Nos. Jack Hammer 120 cfm 2 Compressor 250 cfm 1 Loader 0.96 cum. capacity 1 Tipper 4.50 cum. Capacity 2 2) Concreting 30 cum, capacity batching plant 1 2 cum. Capacity Transit Mixer 1 Trench Weir (Mahed Nallah) 1) Excavation Jack Hammer 120 cfm 2 Compressor 250 cfm 1 TMX-20 Loader 1 Mahindra Maxi truck (0.55 cum) 4 2) Concreting 10 cum, capacity batching plant 1 2 cum. Capacity Transit Mixer 1 Desilting Tank (Chanju Nallah) 1) Excavation Nos. Jack Hammer 120 cfm 4 Compressor 500 cfm 1 Loader 0.96 cum. capacity 1 Tipper 4.50 cum. Capacity 2 2) Concreting 30 cum, capacity batching plant 1 2 cum. Capacity Transit Mixer 2 Desilting Tank (Mahed Nallah) 1) Excavation Nos. Jack Hammer 120 cfm 4 Compressor 500 cfm 1 Loader 0.96 cum. capacity 1 Tipper 3 cum. Capacity 4 2) Concreting 10 cum, capacity batching plant 1 2 cum. Capacity Transit Mixer 1


WAPCOS Limited 3-8

HRT (Chanju Nallah) 1) Excavation Jack Hammer 120 cfm 7 Compressor 500 cfm 2 TMX-20 Loader 2 Mahindera Maxitruck 10 2) Concreting 30 cum, 0.028 cum capacity batching plant 1 2 cum. Capacity Transit Mixer 3 Connecting Tunnel (Mahed Nallah) 1) Excavation Jack Hammer 120 cfm 2 Compressor 500 cfm 1 TMX-20 Loader 1 Mahindera Maxitruck 6 2) Concreting 10 cum, 0.028 cum capacity batching plant 1 2 cum. Capacity Transit Mixer 3 Forebay 1) Excavation Jack Hammer 120 cfm 2 Compressor 250 cfm 2 TMX-20 Loader 1 Mahindera Maxitruck 3 2) Concreting 10 cum, Portable Concrete Mixer 1 2 cum. Capacity Transit Mixer 1 40 cum. Capacity Pump Concrete Mixer 1 Pressure Shaft 1) Excavation Jack Hammer 120 cfm 1 Compressor 250 cfm 1 TMX-20 Loader 1 Mahindera Maxi truck 3 2) Concreting 10 cum, Portable Concrete Mixer 1 2 cum. Capacity Transit Mixer 1 5 MT capacity Winch 1 40 cum. Capacity Pump 1 Power House a)MAT 1) Excavation


WAPCOS Limited 3-9

2- boom drill jumbo 1 Loader 0.96 cum capacity 1 15 T Dump Truck 7 Mahindera Maxitruck 2 b) PH Cavern 1) Excavation 2- boom drill jumbo 1 Loader 0.96 cum capacity 1 15 T Dump Truck 6 Wagon Drill 1 Crawler dozer(180 HP) 1 2) Concreting 20 cum, Portable Concrete Mixer 1 3.0 cum. Capacity Transit Mixer 1 40 cum. Capacity Pump 1 c) Tail Race Tunnel 1) Excavation Jack Hammer 120 cfm 2 Compressor 250 cfm 2 TMX-20 Loader 2 Mahindera Maxitruck 8 2) Concreting 40 cum. Capacity Pump 1

CHAPTER-4 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED FOR THE EIA

STUDY


WAPCOS Limited 4-1

CHAPTER-4

METHODOLOGY ADOPTED FOR THE EIA STUDY

4.1 INTRODUCTION

Standard methodologies of Environment Impact Assessment have been followed for

conducting the Comprehensive Environmental Impact Assessment (CEIA) study for the

proposed Chanju-III hydroelectric project. A brief description of the methodology adopted

for conducting the CEIA study for the proposed Chanju-III hydroelectric project is outlined

in the present chapter. The information in this Chapter has been presented through

various primary as well as secondary sources.

4.2 STUDY AREA

The study area falls in Chamba district and administrative set up in the district are given

in Table-4.1. The administrative set up in Chamba district is shown in Figure-4.1. The

Study Area considered for the CEIA study is given as below:

Area to be acquired for siting of various project appurtenances. Area within 10 km of various project appurtenances Catchment area intercepted at the weir site

The FCC of the Study Area is enclosed as Figure-4.2.

Table-4.1: Administrative set up in Chamba district Units in the administrative setup in district

No. Name of units

Sub-Divisions 7 Chamba, Dalhousie, Tissa, Chowari, Bharmour, Pangi,Salooni Tehsils 7 Chamba, Dalhousie, Tissa, Chowari, Bharmour, Pangi, Salooni Sub-Tehsils 4 Bhalei, Sihunta, Holi,Dharwala Development Blocks 7 Chamba, Mehla, Tissa, Bhattiyat, Bharmour, Pangi, Salooni Panchayats 270 Villages 1591

Figure-4.1 Administrative Set Up in Chamba District


WAPCOS Limited 4-2

Figure-4.2: FCC of the Study Area

4.3 SCOPING MATRIX

Scoping is a tool which gives direction for selection of impacts due to the project activities

on the environment. As a part of the study, scoping exercise was conducted selecting

various types of impacts which can accrue due to hydroelectric project. Based on the

project features, site conditions, various parameters to be covered as a part of the EIA

study were selected. The results of Scoping analysis are presented in Table-4.2.

Table-4.2: Scoping Matrix for EIA study for the proposed Chanju-III Hydroelectric Project

Aspects of Environment Likely Impacts A. Land Environment Construction phase - Increase in soil erosion from various

construction and quarry sites - Pollution by construction spoils - Acquisition of land for labour camps/

colonies - Solid waste generated from labour camps/

colonies Operation phase - Acquisition of land for various project


WAPCOS Limited 4-3

Aspects of Environment Likely Impacts appurtenances

- Loss of forest land due to acquisition of land for various project appurtenances

B. Water resources & water quality Construction phase

- Impact on water quality of receiving water body due to disposal of runoff from construction Sites carrying high sediment level.

- Degradation of water quality due to disposal of effluent from labour, camps/colonies

Operation phase - Modification of hydrologic regime

C. Aquatic Ecology Construction phase - Increased pressure on riverine fisheries as a

result of indiscriminate fishing by the Immigrant labour population.

- Reduced productivity due to increase in turbidity levels as a result of disposed off waste water from construction sites and labour Camps/colonies.

Operation phase - Impacts on spawning & breeding grounds - Degradation of riverine ecology - Impacts on migratory fish species - Impact on aquatic ecology due to reduction

in flow downstream of the weir site upto tail race disposal site.

D. Terrestrial Ecology Construction phase

- Increased pressure from labour to meet their fuel wood requirements during project construction phase

- Adverse impacts on flora and fauna due to increased accessibility in the area and increased level of human interferences

- Loss of forest due to siting of various project appurtenances

Operation phase

- Impacts on wildlife movement due to the project

- Impacts on wildlife habitats due to Acquisition of forest land for various project appurtenances.

E. Socio-Economic Aspects Construction phase

- Increased employment potential during project construction phase

- Development of allied sectors leading to greater employment

- Pressure on existing infrastructure Facilities.

- Cultural conflicts and law and order issues due to migration of labour population

Operation phase - Loss of community properties, if any - Impacts on archaeological and cultural

monuments, if any


WAPCOS Limited 4-4

Aspects of Environment Likely Impacts - Impacts on mineral reserves, if any

F. Air Pollution Construction Phase - Impacts due to emission as a result of fuel

combustion in various construction equipment

- Impacts due to emission as a result of increased vehicular movement for transportation of men and material during project construction phase

- Fugitive envisions from various sources - Impacts due to emissions from DG set

G. Noise Pollution Construction Phase - Noise due to operation of various

construction equipment - Noise due to increased vehicular movement - Impacts due to blasting - Increased noise levels due to operation of

DG set H. Public Health - Construction Phase - Increased incidence of water related

diseases - Transmission of diseases by immigrant

labour population Operation phase - Increased incidence of vector- borne

diseases Based on the Scoping matrix, the environmental baseline data has been collected. The

project details have been superimposed on environmental baseline conditions to

understand the beneficial and deleterious impacts due to the construction and operation

of the proposed Chanju-III hydroelectric project.

4.4 DATA COLLECTION

4.4.1 Physico-Chemical Aspects

Primary surveys have been conducted for three seasons namely, summer, monsoon, and

winter seasons. The data has been collected for flora, fauna, forest types and ecological

parameters, geological and soil features. During these surveys data and information was

collected on physico-chemical, biological and socio-economic aspects of the study area. In

addition, detailed surveys and studies were also conducted for understanding bio-diversity

in the study area.

As a part of the EIA study, primary data has been collected for three seasons. The details

are given in Table-4.3.

Table-4.3: Details of field studies conducted as a part of CEIA studies Season Months Summer May, 2014 Monsoon August, 2014 Winter December, 2014


WAPCOS Limited 4-5

Seismicity

The regional seismo-tectonics around the project area highlighting seismicity has been

covered in the EIA Report, as per the available information in the Detailed Project Report

(DPR) of the project.

Geology

The regional geology around the project area highlighting geology, stratigraphy, etc. has

been covered in the EIA Report, as per the available information in the Detailed Project

Report (DPR) of the project.

Hydrology

Hydrological data for Chanju khand as available in the Detailed Project Report was

collected and has been suitably incorporated in the Comprehensive EIA study.

Landuse pattern

Landuse pattern of the study area as well as the catchment area was carried out by

standard methods of analysis of remotely sensed data and followed by ground truth

collection and interpretation of satellite data. For this purpose digital satellite data was

procured from National Remote Sensing Agency, Hyderabad, IRS-P6 LISS-IV. The data was

processed through ERDAS software package available with WAPCOS.

Soil

The soil quality was monitored at various locations in the catchment area. The monitoring

was conducted for three seasons as detailed in Table-4.2. The parameters monitored

were:

pH Electrical Conductivity Organic Matter Sodium Available Phosphorus Available Potassium Available Nitrogen Cation Exchange Capacity Particle Size Distribution Texture

Water Quality

The existing data on water quality has been collected to evaluate river water quality on

upstream and downstream of the project site. The water quality was monitored for various

seasons as listed in Table-4.3. The water samples were collected from the study area and

analyzed for various physico-chemical parameters, listed in Table-4.4.


WAPCOS Limited 4-6

Table-4.4: Water quality parameters analyzed as a part of the field studies pH Zinc Electrical Conductivity Mercury Total Dissolved Solids Cadmium Sulphates Magnesium Chlorides Lead Nitrates Manganese Phosphates Cyanides Sodium Hardness Potassium DO Calcium BOD Copper COD Iron Oil & grease Total Coliform Fecal Coliform Ambient air quality

The ambient air quality was monitored at three locations in the study area. Monitoring was

conducted for three seasons as listed in Table-4.3. The frequency of monitoring for each

season was twice a week for four consecutive weeks. The parameters monitored were

Respirable Particulate Matter (RPM), Sulphur-dioxide (SO2) and Nitrogen di-oxides (NO2).

Ambient Noise level

As a part of the EIA study noise level was monitored at various locations in the study area.

Monitoring was conducted for various seasons as listed in Table-4.3. At each station,

hourly noise level was monitored during day time. Further day time equivalent noise level

was estimated.

4.4.2 Ecological Aspects

Terrestrial Ecology

Flora

Data on forest type legal status and their extent in the catchment and study area has been

collected from the forest department. The other relevant data on bio-diversity

economically important species, medicinal plant, rare and endangered species in the study

area and its surroundings have been collected from secondary sources like Forest research

institute and wildlife department. In addition field studies were conducted to collect data

on various aspects in the study area. The sampling sites were selected based on

topography and floristic composition. The various aspects studied were floral density

frequency and abundance of species of trees, shrubs, herbs and grasses. Plants of

economical species and medicinal use and endangered species were also identified as a

part of the study. The monitoring was conducted for various seasons listed in Table-4.3.

Fauna

The faunal assessment has been done on the basis secondary data collected from different

government offices like forest department, wildlife department, fisheries department,


WAPCOS Limited 4-7

etc. The presence of wildlife was also confirmed from the local inhabitants depending on

the animal sightings and the frequency of their visits in the catchment area. In addition

review of secondary data was another source of information for studying the fauna of the

area. In addition, sightings of faunal population during ecological survey and then field

studies were also recorded as a part of the data collection exercise.

Aquatic Ecology and Fisheries

Water samples from river Chenab were also collected as a part of field studies. The

density and diversity of periphyton and , species diversity index and

primary productivity etc. were also studied. The field studies were conducted for various

seasons as listed in Table-4.3.

The secondary data pertaining to fisheries in river Chenab was collected from Fisheries

Department and through literature review as well. Fishing was done at various sites in the

project area and river stretches both upstream and downstream of the weir site of

proposed hydroelectric project to ascertain the dispersal pattern of fish species.

Identification and measurements of all the fish catch was done and an inventory of the

fish species was also prepared. Various migratory species and the species to be affected

due to conversion of lentic to lotic conditions as a result of commissioning of the proposed

project were also identified.

4.5 SUMMARY OF DATA COLLECTION

The summary of the data collected from various sources is outlined in Table-4.5.

Table-4.5: Summary of data collected for the Comprehensive EIA study Aspect Mode of Data

collection Parameters monitored

Frequency Source

Meteorology Secondary Temperature, humidity, rainfall

- India Meteorological Department (IMD)

Water Resources

Secondary Flow, Design hydrograph and design flood hydrograph

- Detailed Project Report (DPR)

Water Quality Primary Physico-chemical andbiological parameters

Three seasons

Field studies for summer, monsoon, andwinter seasons

Ambient air quality

Primary RPM, SO2, NOx Three seasons

Field studies for summer, monsoon, and winter seasons

Noise Primary Hourly noise and equivalent noise level

Three seasons


Landuse Primary and secondary

Land use pattern - NRSA and Ground truth Studies

Geology Secondary Geological - Detailed Project


WAPCOS Limited 4-8

Aspect Mode of Data collection

Parameters monitored

Frequency Source

characteristics of the study area

Report (DPR )

Soils Physico-chemical parameters

Three seasons


Terrestrial Ecology

Primary and secondary

Floral and faunal diversity

Three seasons

Field studies for summer, monsoon, and winter seasons Secondary data as available with the Forest and Wildlife Departments

Aquatic Ecology

Primary and Secondary

Presence and abundance of various species

Three seasons

Field studies for summer, monsoon, and winter seasons Secondary data as available with the Fisheries Department

4.6 IMPACT PREDICTION

Prediction is essentially a process to forecast the future environmental conditions of the

project area that might be expected to occur because of implementation of the project.

An attempt was generally made to forecast future environmental conditions quantitatively

to the extent possible. But for certain parameters, which cannot be quantified, general

approach has been adopted to discuss such intangible impacts in qualitative terms so that

planners and decision-makers are aware of their existence as well as their possible

implications. Impact of project activities has been predicted using mathematical models

and overlay technique (super-imposition of activity on environmental parameter). For

intangible impacts qualitative assessment has been done. The environmental impacts

predicted are listed as below:

- Loss of land. - Impacts on hydrologic regime. - Impacts on water quality. - Increase in incidence of water-related diseases including water-borne and vector-

borne diseases. - Effect on riverine fisheries including migratory fish species. - Increase in air pollution and noise level during project construction phase - Impacts due to sewage generation from labour camps - Impacts due to acquisition of forest land - Impacts due to increase in terrestrial and aquatic ecology due to increased human

interferences during project construction and operation phases


WAPCOS Limited 4-9

4.7 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN AND COST ESTIMATES

Based on the environmental baseline conditions and project inputs, the adverse impacts

were identified and a set of measures have been suggested as a part of Environmental

Management Plan (EMP) for their amelioration. The management measures have been

suggested for the following aspects:

Compensatory afforestation Establishment of Botanical Garden Habitat improvement for avi-fauna Afforestation in degraded areas Conservation and cultivation of Medicinal Plants Anti-poaching measures Provision of facilities in labour camps (Heating, Water Supply, Sanitation & Sewage

Treatment Facilities, Solid Waste Management ) Provision of free fuel to labour population Public health delivery system Restoration of quarry sites and landscaping of construction sites Disposal of Muck and Reclamation of Muck Disposal Sites Management of Impact due to construction of road Water pollution control, Control of Air Pollution Measures for noise control Greenbelt development plan Energy Conservation measures Catchment Area Treatment Release of Environmental Flows Fisheries Management Plan

The expenditure required for implementation of these management measures has also

been estimated as a part of the EMP study.

4.8 CATCHMENT AREA TREATMENT PLAN

As a part of the CEIA study, a Catchment Area Treatment (CAT) Plan for the catchment

area intercepted at the project site has been formulated. An amount of 2.5% of the

project cost has been earmarked for implementation of CAT Plan. Various sub-watersheds

have been categorized into different erosion categories, as per Silt Yield Index (SYI)

method. For high and very high erosion categories, a catchment area treatment plan

comprising of engineering and biological measures has been formulated.

4.9 LOCAL AREA DEVELOPMENT PLAN

As a part of the CEIA Study, a Local Area Development Plan (LADP) has been formulated

for implementation in study area villages. An amount of 1.5% of the project cost has been

earmarked for implementation of Local Area Development Plan (LADP).

4.10 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

It is necessary to continue monitoring of certain parameters to verify the adequacy of

various measures outlined in the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and to assess the


WAPCOS Limited 4-10

implementation of mitigative measures. An Environmental Monitoring Programme for

critical parameters has been suggested for implementation during project construction

and operation phases. The cost required for implementation of Environmental Monitoring

Programme has also been estimated.

CHAPTER-5 HYDROLOGY


WAPCOS Limited 5-1

CHAPTER-5

HYDROLOGY

5.1 RAVI RIVER SYSTEM

The Ravi river originates from Bara-Banghal at an elevation of 4229 m above mean sea

level, approximately 150 km North-East of historical Chamba town. It flows in steep

gradient with a series of loops and bends. In between, the main tributaries like Kalihan,

Budhil, Tundah, Suil and Sewa contribute substantially to the stream flow of the Ravi

River. Bara-Bangahal comprises of snow covered slopes at heights ranging from 3050 m to

5800 m, above mean sea level. The total length of the course of the Ravi River is about 720

km. The Ravi river basin represents some remarkable physical features. The river flows in a

North-West direction for most of its course, rises in Baira-Balsio and continues through

Traila and Chanota to Ulans, where it is joined by two of its major tributaries in the head

reaches viz. Budhil and Tundah. Beyond this and up to Chhatrari, the river flows through a

narrow gorge where after it opens out. After passing through Churi, Bagga, Mehla, Chamba

and Udaipur, the river approaches Rajnagar, and then flows in narrow gorge to Sherpur The

Siul River, its largest right bank tributary, joins the Ravi River upstream of Chamera stage-I

dam site.

The Sewa River flowing from the north joins the river Ravi near Khairi. It then bends to the

South-West and striking the terminal spurs of the Dhauladhar range, separates Chamba

from Jammu and Kashmir and finally leaves the territory of Himachal Pradesh upstream of

Ranjit Sagar Dam (Punjab). Chanju-III HEP is located on the Chanju nallah, a sub-tributary

of Baira river/Suil river which is a tributary of the Ravi River. The Project area lies

between the latitudes 32o o o o

the Chamba District of Himachal Pradesh.

5.2 CATCHMENT AND PHYSIOGRAPHIC PARAMETERS

The Deothal nallah originates from Khundi Maral Dal lake at an elevation of 3750 m.

Deothal /Chanju nallah from its origin flows mostly in North-westerly direction before it

joins Beira nallah from its right bank near Nakror. Deothal /Chanju nallah is joined by

numerous perennial streams from its left/right bank, prominent streams are Seri

nallah,Tanger nallah and Bhararu Nallah on the right bank and Mahed nallah on the left

bank. The total length of the nallah from its origin to confluence with Baira nallah is about

35.16 km. The average slope of nallah from its origin up to diversion weir of Deothal

Chanju HEP is 1:7. From diversion weir of Deothal Chanju up to diversion weir of Chanju-III

is 1:8:7. In the upper reaches i.e. up to the confluence of Tanger nallah, Chanju nallah is

called Deothal nallah and below it is called as Chanju nallah.


WAPCOS Limited 5-2

The Chanju-III HEP envisages the utilization of the combined flows of Chanju nallah and

Mahed nallah. The total catchment area of Chanju up to the proposed diversion site is

114.75 km2, out of which 19.25 km2 area is snow bound and lies above the snow line i.e.

4500 m and that of Mahed nallah upto the diversion weir site is 30.50 sq km. The highest

point in the catchment is 5685 m. The basin is an elongated leaf shape. There are few

glaciers in the upper part of the Deothal Basin. There is good forest cover in the basin.

The catchment area of Chanju-III HEP is shown in Figure-5.1.

Figure-5.1 Catchment Area of Chanju III HEP

About 95% of the basin lies above 2000 m altitude, which clearly shows that the major part

of the basin experiences moderate to heavy snow fall during winters, however, the non


WAPCOS Limited 5-3

availability of records on snow precipitation at Tissa or any other station makes it difficult

to assess the snow contribution from the basin.The details of project area is given in

Table-5.1

Table-5.1: Project Area Details of Chanju III HEP. District Chamba, Himachal Pradesh Latitude 32o o Longitude 76o 76o River Basin Deothal /Chanju/Baira/Ravi Main River Chanju nallah Catchment Area 145.25 Km2 River Bed Elevation El. 2100.00 m Hydraulic Structure for diversion Bottom drop type Trench Weir

Source: DPR

Isoplual map of Himachal Pradesh as brought out by India Metrological Department is

shown in Figure-5.2, which indicates that the average rainfall in the project area is

between 1400-1500 mm

Figure-5.2: Isoplual Map of Himachal pardesh


WAPCOS Limited 5-4

5.3 HYPSOMETRIC CURVE

The hypsometric details i.e. elevations versus catchment area of Chanju nallah and Mahed

nallah catchment is shown in Tables-5.2 and 5.3. Hypsometric curve for the two

catchments is shown in Figure-5.3 and 5.4 respectively.

Table-5.2: Hypsometric Details of Chanju Nallah Catchment at weir site

Elevation (m)

Catchment Area (km2)

Percentage of catchment area (%)

5400 113.78 100 5200 113.02 99.34 5000 111.97 98.41 4800 107.59 94.56 4600 99.61 87.55 4400 89.75 78.89 4200 76.17 66.95 4000 61.66 54.2 3800 48.96 43.04 3600 38.67 33.99 3400 29.64 26.06 3200 20.17 17.73 3000 13.13 11.54 2800 7.84 6.9 2600 3.73 3.28 2400 1.3 1.15 2200 0.2 0.18

Figure: 5.3 Hypsometric Curve of Chanju Nallah diversion site


WAPCOS Limited 5-5

Table-5.3: Hypsometric Details of Mahed Nallah Catchment at weir site

Elevation (m)

Catchment Area (Km2)

Percentage of catchment area (%)

4200 29.87 100 4000 29.15 97.59 3800 26.11 87.42 3600 22.97 76.9 3400 19.5 65.29 3200 11.86 39.71 3000 7.49 25.08 2800 4.19 14.03 2600 1.98 6.63 2400 0.72 2.42 2200 0.01 0.04

Figure: 5.4 Hypsometric Curve of Mahed Nallah diversion site

5.4 GAUGE & DISCHARGE DATA

For water availability study, a 14 year discharge data series was used, which

included discharge data at Bhaled for a period of 10 years between June 1964 and May

1978 and discharge data at Kathwar (near Gheya village) for a period of 4 years (June 2003

May 2007) for Chanju Nallah. The discharge data was missing for a short period which was

filled in by smoothening hydrographs and taking the mean of the observed data of

corresponding blocks of different years. The discharge data of 4 years (1968-71 and 1974-

75) from Bhaled was dropped due to non-availability of sufficient data. The details of

gauging sites are given in Table-5.4


WAPCOS Limited 5-6

Table-5.4: Details of Bhaled and Kathwar gauging sites S. No. Catchment Area (km2) Data Used 1 378 10 years

(June 1964 may 1978, except 1968-71 and 1974-75) 2 320 4 years

(June 2003 May 2007) Source: DPR

Observed G &D data of all the relevant stations are being put to validation/consistency

checks to ascertain the consistency/stability of observed data for using it further for the

finalization of water availability at project diversion site. The following analysis has been

carried out to ascertain the consistency of the Hydro-Meteorological data.

Mass curve of annual observed flow Comparison of long-term averages of 10-daily observed flow of G &D stations Comparison of Specific Yield at G&D Stations Regression analysis of observed discharges

5.5 WATER AVAILABILITY

Long term 14 years Discharge Series (1964-1968, 1971-1978, 2003-04 to 2006-07) at

Chanju-III HEP has been derived from the 14 year observed discharge data series at the

diversion site of Bhaled Weir site and Kathwar site(Annexure 6.4 & 6.5) by reducing the

10 daily discharges on catchment area basis. The catchment area of Chanju Nallah basin

upto Bhaled is 378 km2, while catchment area at Kathwar site is 320 km2. The total

catchment area of Chanju-III is 145.25 Sq.km.

Catchment area of Chanju-III Nallah at diversion site = 114.75 sq km Catchment area of Mahed Nallah at diversion site = 30.50 sq km Catchment area of Chanju Nallah at Bhaled weir site = 378 sq km Catchment area of Chanju Nallah at Kathwar site = 320 sq km Catchment area factor (Bhaled) = 145.25/378

= 0.3035 Catchment area factor (Kathwar) = 145.25/320 = 0.3585

The proposed project is a run of the river scheme, a minimum hydrological data of 10

years as per the guidelines issued by CWC is required. As such, the available data has

been found sufficient to base the hydrological studies for the project. Computation of

dependable years for Chanju III HEP is given in Table-5.5


WAPCOS Limited 5-7

Table-5.5: Computation of Dependable flow for Chanju-III HEP.

S.No.

Annual Runoff

RUNOFF IN Mcum IN 90% / 50% DEP.

REMARKS DESCENDING ORDER

YEAR IN Mcum. YEAR IN Mcum. 1 1964-65 176.58 316.79 6.67 2 1965-66 169.96 303.34 13.33 3 1966-67 182.83 283.96 20.00 4 1967-68 272.71 277.99 26.67 5 1971-72 247.04 272.71 33.33 6 1972-73 303.34 260.96 40.00 7 1973-74 277.99 256.14 46.67

8

1975-76

316.79

1971-72

247.04

53.33 50% DEP.

YEAR 9 1976-77 256.14 217.00 60.00 10 1977-78 260.96 182.83 66.67

11

2003-04

150.45

1964-65

176.58

73.33 75 % DEP.

YEAR 12 2004-05 166.44 169.96 80.00 13 2005-06 217.00 166.44 86.67

14

2006-07

283.96

2003-04

150.45

93.33 90% DEP.

YEAR

The 10 daily discharge data at Chanju III HEP site for 50%, 75% and 90% dependable year is

given in Table-5.6.

Table-5.6: 10-daily discharge data at Chanju III HEP site for 50%, 75% and 90% dependable year

90% Dep. 75% Dep. 50% Dep. Month Period 2003-04 1964-65 1971-72

I 6.28 9.42 7.83 June II 7.41 9.85 9.33

III 8.24 10.65 11.27 I 9.52 11.53 13.78

July II 9.33 12.49 11.44 III 14.52 13.29 14.09 I 10.65 13.86 21.22

August II 8.88 11.09 18.97 III 8.02 6.14 18.69 I 7.33 5.72 17.88

September II 5.74 4.40 13.43 III 4.67 6.08 7.19 I 3.85 4.68 1.44

October II 3.38 3.31 1.19 III 2.96 2.76 1.29 I 2.55 2.35 2.09

November II 2.36 2.14 1.84 III 2.18 2.02 1.84 I 2.06 1.95 2.43

December II 1.97 2.09 2.06


WAPCOS Limited 5-8

90% Dep. 75% Dep. 50% Dep. Month Period 2003-04 1964-65 1971-72

III 1.93 1.80 2.14 I 1.93 1.67 1.24

January II 1.86 1.67 1.22 III 1.80 1.59 1.54 I 1.95 2.40 1.66

February II 2.10 2.55 2.28 III 2.66 2.38 1.81 I 3.09 2.85 8.52

March II 3.21 3.15 9.42 III 3.24 3.44 10.42 I 3.16 4.32 9.44

April II 3.41 6.60 10.85 III 4.23 7.43 10.87 I 4.89 7.10 10.97

May II 4.61 6.86 9.97 III 4.73 9.39 8.79

Source: DPR

5.6 DESIGN FLOOD

The observed flood peak values for number of years are not available; the design flood

has been assessed by empirical methods as these methods are only available for such

small catchments. Design flood estimation methods/reports given by Central Water

Commission (CWC) are not applicable for such small catchments. Design flood of 385

cumecs and 165 cumecs has been used for the design of diversion structure on Chanju

nallah and Mahed nallah respectively.

5.7 CONCLUSION

As per guideline of CEA, the 90% dependable year has been computed out on the basis of

unrestricted energy generation based upon available discharge is computed. Both from

Annual runoff and unrestricted energy generation 90% dependable year comes out to be

2003-04. The flow duration curve has been established from the computed 10 daily

discharges at weir site. The 90%, 75% and 50 % water availability is 1.95, 2.78 and 5.21

cumecs respectively. The design discharge of 11.53 cumec will be available for 18.10%

time of the year.

CHAPTER-6 TOPOGRAPHICAL, GEOLOGICAL AND SEISMIC

ASPECTS


WAPCOS Limited 6-1

CHAPTER-6

TOPOGRAPHICAL, GEOLOGICAL AND SEISMIC ASPECTS

6.1 INTRODUCTION

The Chenab River Basin in North Western part of Himachal Pradesh offers attractive sites

for the Hydropower Projects. The Chanju III HEP is envisaged as run of the river scheme by

diverting the water of Chanju khad through a Trench weir, two underground De-silting

chambers, HRT, Forebay followed by Penstock and underground Power House located on

the left bank of Chanju khad.

6.2 PHYSIOGRAPHY AND DRAINAGE

The project area constitutes a part of the Chamba Valley and is characterized by rugged

topography comprising high ranges, deep valleys, escarpments and cliff faces. The area

constitutes a part of great Himalayan ranges; older folded cover sequence and crystalline

complex overprinted by Himalayan fold thrust movement, covering a Baira nala and its

tributary viz Chanju nala & Deothal nala. The altitude of the area varies between 2500m

and 6000m with several peaks projecting over 6000m above mean sea level. The

mountains are bare along the upper reaches whereas they are forest covered along the

lower slopes. The Ravi river is a major river of the Indus Basin, originating from the Great

Himalayan and PirPanjal ranges. The river formed by two major tributaries in the upper

reaches i.e. Baira nallah and Siul. The terrain in the upper reaches of tributaries shows

typical glacial landscape characterized by rugged towering peaks, cirque glaciers and

moranic deposits. There are also thick and extensive alluvial fans. At the higher reaches of

the valley, the thickness of colluvium cover varies from a few meter to 10 meter but in

the lower portions it could be even upto ±20 to 30m in a few stretches. These tributaries

show sub dendritic to trellis pattern of drainage. The Baira nallah and its tributary Chanju

nallah which is called Deothal nallah in the upstream has NS trending ridges and valleys.

The Eastern slopes are mostly dip slopes wuith 35 degree to 45 degree whereas the

Northern slopes are obsequent slopes forming high ridges and steep slopes. The gentle

slopes are covered with glacial moronic deposits. The lower reaches are occupied by river

deposits forming river terraces. The steep slopes are covered with talus and screep

forming a small talus cones. These deposits are quaternary to recent in age. The valleys

where river terraces are available have been modified and have been used as cultivated

land. The slopes are generally covered with thick forest and are stable in nature. The

landslides are rare and have been initiated by human interference such as construction of

roads and buildings. Since, reworked glacial departs have tills and have no self draining

property these slides are initiated. Proper retaining structured as retaining walls, breast

walls, toe walls and proper drainage will contain these slides.


WAPCOS Limited 6-2

The photo analysis and satellite imagery confirms the obsequent slopes seems to be mainly

out crop by hard and competent quartzite rock and are stable in nature.

Both the hydroelectric projects are located in high mountain valleys with an altitude

ranging from El ±1650 meter to El ±2800 meter. Further Deothal Chanju valley is

surrounded by 4000 to 5300 meter high Mountain and experiences heavy snow fall. The

area around the weir sites has moderate avalanche vulnerability. However, in the vicinity

of the project sites heavy avalanches are not observed. The higher reaches of the slopes

on either side of the Chanju nallah have a number of glaciers which forms the perennial

source of discharge in tributaries. About 200 glaciers have been identified in the Chenab

basin in Himachal Pradesh of which 43 lie on the southern side in Pir Panjal range and 157

on the northern side. As per Dobhal and Kumar (1966), the ratio between basin area and

glaciated area is 4.22:1.

6.3 REGIONAL GEOLOGY

The Himalayas is the product of the collision tectonics, where the Indian plate collided

with the Eurasian plate. The timing of this event is constrained by number of datasets,

which gives an age range of ~70~38 Ma and even younger, but most commonly quoted age

of collision is 55-50 Ma. Since the work of Gansser (1964), the most of the workers have

divided the Himalayas into a series of longitudinal litho-stratigraphic domains separated by

major dislocation zones/tectonic elements as shown in Figure 6.1.

MBT-Main Boundary Thrust, MCT-Main Central Thrust, MFT-Main Frontal Thrust, ITSZ-Indus-Tsangpo Suture Zone, STDZ-South Tibetan Detachment Zone, MMT-Main Mantle Thrust, NB-Namcha Barwa, GT-Gangdese Thrust, HKS-Hazara-Kashmir Syntaxis, NP-Nanga Parbat, NS-Northern Suture, SR-Salt Range, LB-Ladakh batholith. Figure-6.1: Location map of Himalaya region showing broad litho-tectonic units


WAPCOS Limited 6-3

Sub Himalayas

The sub-Himalayas is composed of Paleogene and Neogene sediments eroded from the

rising orogen and deposited i in the peripheral foreland basin in front of thhe mountain

belt. The sub-Himalayas is thrust along the Main Frontal Thrust (MFT) over Quaternary

alluviums deposited by the Himalaya rivers. This demonstrates that the Himalayas are still

a very active orogen (Dezes, 1999).

Lesser Himalayas

The Lesser Himalayas separated from the Siwalik basin or sub Himalayas by a major thrust

plane and is composed of little modified sedimentary rocks of Mesop proterozoic to Lower

Cambrian age with several window of fossiliferous Cretaceous and Tertiary rocks (Shankar

et al., 1989). The deep erosion of the over thrust metamoorphics have bifurcated the

sub-thrust sedimentary zone into two distinct belts: the Shali Belt and the

Larji-Kullu-Rampur window. This belt also incorporates the syncliinally folded Krol Belt,

south of Shimla. The allochthonous Himalayan Metamorphic Belt (HMB) of regional

dimensions forms the e JutoghNappe in the frontal parts of Lesser Himalaya. The Nappe is

thrust southwestward along the folded Jutogh thrust.

Higher Himalayas

The Higher Himalayan domain overlies the Lesser Himalaya and is compospd of medium to

high-grade crystalline rocks, commonly referred to as the Higher Himalayan Crystalline

(HHC). These are dominantly of pelitic composition, with sporadic quartzites, calc-silicate

rocks, metabasics and small bodies of granite. The HHC is separated from the Lesser

Himalayas by the Main Central Thrust (MCT), one of the major tectonic elements of the

Himalayas.

Tethys Himalayas

The Tibetan or Tethys Himalayan zone is composed of Cambrian to Paleocene sediments

(the Tibetan sedimentary series) deposited on Indian continental terrace, unconformably

overlain by the Chulung La collisional deposits (Najman and Garzanti, 2000) The transition

between the generally low-grade sediments of the Tethys Himalayas and the underlying

low to high-grade metamorphic rocks of the Higher Himalayan crystalline sequence is

usually progressive, yet, in many places along the Himalayan belt, this transition zone is

marked by a major extensional structure, the Central Himalayan Detachment System

(Dezes, 1999).

Indus Suture Zone

The Indus Suture Zone marks the earth segments where the Indian and Eurasian plate is

believed to have collided. Deep water continental rise sediments are found in this zone,

and the Trans-Himalayan accretionary complexes is made up of Ophiolitic Melange,


WAPCOS Limited 6-4

volcanic Melange rocks of the island arc type composition (Dras Volcanics) and

sedimentary prism reflecting deposition in a fore arc setting (Searle, 1983; Garzanti and

Van Haver, 1988).

Trans-Himalayan Zone

The Trans-Himalayan zone lies to the north of the Tethyan zone, locally called as Ladakh

batholiths, which correspond essentially to an active margin of the Andean type, and is

made up of Upper Cretaceous to Eocene calc-alkaline plutons (Le-Fort, 1996).

6.4 REGIONAL TECTONICS

Starting from Indo-Gangetic and Brahmaputra basin, from south to north, the Himalaya

belt can be divided in the following major structural elements.

Main Frontal Thrust (MFT)

The active Main Frontal Thrust lies to the south of Himalaya, separating from

Indo-Gangetic foreland basin in south (Power et al., 1988) and along this active

structure sub-Himalya is thrust towards the southwest over the Quaternary fluvial

deposits.

Main Boundary Thrust (MBT)

The Main Boundary Thrust (MBT) often parallels the Krol thrust in some part of Himalaya

and was active in the Middle to late Miocene times (Hodges et al., 1988; Meigs et al.,

1995) or possibly also in the Pliocene (De-Celles et al., 1998). These thrust related

activities apparently dislocated the Lesser Himalayan meta-sedimentary pile and moved

them over the sub-Himalayan formations. The Main Boundary Thrust (MBT) in the north

and Himalayan Frontal Thrust (RFT) in the south bound sub-Himalayan sedimentary prism.

Main Central Thrust (MCT)

This structure is one of the most important tectonic elements associated with the

Himalayan orogen as it separates the high-grade metamorphic rocks of the High

Himalayan Crystalline Sequence from the weakly metamorphosed series of the Lesser

Himalaya (Dezes, 1999). Along the Main Central Thrust the high-grade crystalline rocks

and granitoids of the higher Himalaya are seen overriding the low-grade Proterozoic

rocks of the Lesser Himalaya. This led to further convergence of India with the Eurasia

consequently the thrust belt was propagated southward (Najman and Garzanti, 2000).

South Tibetan Detachment System (STDS)

The South Tibetan Detachment System (STDS), also called North Himalayan Shear Zone

(NHSZ), represents a major system of north-dipping structural detachments at the

boundary between the High Himalayan Crystalline Sequence (HHCS) and the Tethys

Himalaya (Dezes, 1999). This structure was first identified by Caby et al. (1983) and Burg

(1984). Deformation along this structure was accommodated either by dextral strike-slip


WAPCOS Limited 6-5

or by extensional shearing. Unlike the MCT, the STDS are not a continuous structure along

the entire Himalayan belt (Dezes, 1999).

6.5 PROJECT GEOLOGY

Weir site

The Chanju III weir site is located in a wide open U shape valley, with gentle sloping

abutment at an El + 2100 m. The weir site is mainly occupied by the rocky abutment on

the left bank forming a steep slope, occupied by Quatzitic Phyllite. Whereas the right

bank consists of moderate slope and is covered with talus and scree. The depth of

overburden in centre of the khad is covered of the order of 20 to 25 m.

The confluence of Tanger nala with Chanju Khad is in the upstream of the weir axis there

is no exposed bed rock at the confluence of two streams. The weir axis is oriented is N 40°

west direction. The Quartiztic Phyllite trending N25° E S 25° W and dipping 10° to 20° in

S 25° E direction. The construction of weir site at this location will require slope stability

measures on the right bank in addition additional supports in the form of ribs and channels

to protect the weir site from incoming glacial avalanches and moraine debris will be

required. Mahed nala weir site has been proposed to divert the flow of Mahed nala for

augmenting the discharge. The drop type weir will have rocky abutments on the left

abutment and intake structure (33 m) will be made after excavating overburden material

for 10 15 m thickness. The ridge will also have the desilting arrangement and HRT

(1190m) before meeting the main HRT coming from Chanju khad.

Intake and Sedimentation Chamber

The intake and sedimentation chamber has been proposed on the left bank in the exposed

bedrock comprising Quartzite, Quartzitic Phyllite, Diametric and Phyllite inter bands. The

general trend of foliation N 25° E to S 25° W with 10° to 25° dipping in S 25° E direction

and from sets of joints as given above. The underground de-silting arrangement is

connected with the weir site by open channel and underground intake tunnel. The portal

of the underground intake tunnel is located in hard fresh rock mass. However it requires

slope stabilizing measure like rock bolting and shotcrete at the face of the portal. The

de-silting chamber is located in hard and fresh Quartzite, Quartzitic Phyllite and

Diamictite bands.

Head Race Tunnel

The head race tunnel after the underground sedimentation arrangement is proposed on

the left bank of the Chanju khad in highly rugged terrain with steep escarpments and

highly dissected valleys. The rock is exposed all along the ridges with very thin overburden

cover of tallus and scree. The slopes are thickly forested.


WAPCOS Limited 6-6

The head race tunnel has a general trend of N 30° W S 30° E with several bends

necessitated due to geomorphic depressions. The head race tunnel in the bed rock will

have in general a cover varying form 50 m at the glacier nala crossing to more than 300 m

at some places. No major streams cross the head race tunnel alignment. Only two small

streams are present having steep gradient from where snow fed water trickle down.

The head race tunnel in the bed rock will have in general a cover varibing form 33 m at

the glacier nala crossing to more than 253 m at some places. No major streams cross the

head race tunnel alignment. Only two small streams are present having steep gradient

from where snow fed water trickle down. The rock mass comprising Quartzite, Phyllitic

quartzite and Phyllite with Diamictite bands are expected to be expose in the tunnel

excavation. The general trend of foliation in N 20° ES 20° W dipping 20 SE directions.

There are four prominent joint sets are present in the area. The rock mass is hard fresh

and competent. The tunnel is expected to encounter moist to dripping condition in its

entire length. The contact of Phyllite with Quartzite or Diamictite is expected to

encountered moderate to heavy seepage. The synclinal axis of the folds and shear seams

will encounter moderate to heavy seepage and difficult tunnelling condition.

Fore bay

The underground forebay is located at EL + 2793.0 m and will encountered Quartzitic

Phyllite and Quartzite interbands as observed in the exploratory drill hole. The rock mass

condition is fair to good tunneling media.

Pressure Shaft

The underground pressure shaft has been proposed at 90° and will encounter with Phyllite

partings and will encounter fair to good tunnelling media.

Power House

The proposed underground Power house of Deothel Chanji HEP is located on the left bank

of Deothal khad at EL±2121 m up stream of the Chanju III HEP. The underground power

house cavern is tentatively kept at around 100 m inside the rock mass and will have e

vertical cover of more than 200 m. The exposed rock in the area is Phyllitic Quartzite,

Quartzite and Diamictite with Phyllite parting. The general trend of foliation is N 30°W S

30°E with 40°to 45°south westerly dip. The alignment of the power house cavity has been

tentatively selected taking into consideration the geometry of the structural continuity in

the rock mass.

Quarry Sites

The construction material survey has been carried out in the vicinity of the Seir nallah up

stream of the weir site. The river bourne material present in the nallah is expected to be

used as coarse aggregate. The fine aggregate will be mined locally or may be used as


WAPCOS Limited 6-7

crushed sand.

6.6 SEISMICITY AND SEISMO-TECTONICS

The Himalayas is the product of the collision of the Indian plate with the Eurasian plate,

where Indian plate is under thrusting beneath the Eurasian plate. The collision tectonics

resulting in progressive progradation of thrust sheets like the Main Central Thrust (MCT),

Main Boundary Thrust (MBT) and the Himalayan Frontal Thrust (HFT). The contemporary

deformation styles and the seismicity in the Himalaya are related to this continued

collision tectonics resulting in strain builds up along discrete tectonic surfaces and

transverse features causing segmented blocks. On the basis of well constrained focal

depths of many moderate earthquakes in the tectonic domain between the MBT and MCT,

the focal mechanism of discrete events and neotectonic adjustments, many workers have

postulated that in the Main Himalayan seismic belt, the events are related to the thrust

type of faults. Two seismo-tectonic models, one Steady State Model proposed by Seeber

and Armbruster, (1981) and another, the Evolutionary Model proposed by Ni and

Barazangi, (1984) and minor modifications, have been in use to explain the high seismic

status of the Himalaya. Seeber and Armbruster, (1981) have identified two separate

seismogenic domains. One related to the interplate detachment surface, dipping at low

angles towards north beneath the Tethyan slab, and the source for the Great Himalayan

Earthquakes like the Kangra event of 1905. The other domain is the thrust type of

deformation style located between the MCT and MBT, the Basement Thrust Front (BTF). It

has also been postulated that the Detachment surface and the MCT and related thrust

surfaces, which are steeper than the detachment surface merge beneath the Great

Himalayan Range.

The most referred conceptual tectonic model of the Himalayan Seismic Belt (HSB), the

seismic zone within the MBT and MCT, suggests that below the Main Central Thrust (MCT)

lies the Basement Thrust Front (BTF), a ramp. The ramp is a geometrical asperity on the

plane of detachment, which accumulates the stress due to collision tectonics in the

Himalaya, and it was suggested that the great earthquakes occurred on the plane of

detachment. The plane of detachment separates the Indian shield and the Himalayan

sedimentary wedge; some authors named it Main Himalayan Thrust (MHT).

The Himalayan Seismic Belt generated several large and great earthquakes based on which

a conceptual tectonic model was envisaged. The Himalayan tectonic model fits fairly well

with the Western Himalayan seismicity to the north of MBT, where earthquakes occur on

the MHT at shallower (<20 km) depth. The four great earthquakes that occurred to the

south of MBT, however, do not fit into this model. It is argued that these events are not on

the MHT, each occurred at a deeper depth in different tectonic domains.


WAPCOS Limited 6-8

located in highly seismic Central Himalayas. Tectonically, the region is located in Main

Himalayan Tectonic Belt bounded by Indus Suture Zone (ISZ) in the north and Main

Boundary Fault (MBF-1) in south. Most important tectonic plane within this belt is Main

Central Thrust (MCT). However, its position in the area between the rivers Beas and

Chenab has not been clearly demarcated. The other feature of tectonic importance in this

belt is the Vaikrita Thrust. The tectonic zone south of Main Himalayan Belt is Frontal Fold

Belt demarcated in north by MBF1 and in south by Foot Hill Thrust (FHT). The important

tectonic surfaces in this zone include MBF-II, Jwalamukhi Thrust and MBF-III apart from

several transverse faults. From seismotectonic point of view, the project area falls on the

western margin of Kangra Seismic Block of Narula (1991) which is demarcated by Ravi Tear

in west and Sunder Nagar Fault in east. The earthquake catalogue of IMD indicates that

the concentration of magnitude >4<5 earthquakes is maximum in 'the area, being 71% of

total recorded events between latitude 32°-34°and longitude 75°-78°. The catalogue also

indicates that after 1964, when worldwide seismic network was established, a total of 83

earthquakes were recorded up to March, 1995 in the above mentioned area. The

percentage of earthquakes with magnitude >4<5 was 75, those with magnitude >5<6 were

14% and rest of the events had greater magnitude.

6.7 TECTONIC SETUP OF PROJECT AREA

The proposed Chanju-III hydroelectric project is situated in between MCT and STDS in

broad tectonic framework of the Tethyan Himalayas and Central Crystalline sequences. In

NW Himalayas the Main Central Thrust is disposed as window and Klippe structures. The

Kishtwar Window is located towards NW of the project area, while Kullu-Largi Rampur

Window in SE direction. Towards south in Chamba region, the MCT run more or less

parallel to MBT in NW-SE direction. The Shimla Klippe is significant adjunct to this thrust.

Other tectonic element like MBT and HFT lies further south of MCT while STDS and Zanskar

shear zone towards north of the project area.

CHAPTER-7 BASELINE SETTING FOR PHYSICO-CHEMICAL

ASPECTS


WAPCOS Limited 7-1

CHAPTER-7

BASELINE SETTING FOR PHYSICO-CHEMICAL ASPECTS

7.1 GENERAL

Before start of any Environmental Impact Assessment study, it is necessary to identify the

baseline levels of relevant environmental parameters which are likely to be affected as a

result of the construction and operation of the proposed project. A similar approach has been

adopted for conducting the EIA study for the proposed Chanju-III hydroelectric Project. A

Scoping Matrix as outlined in Chapter-4 was formulated to identify various issues likely to be

affected as a result of the proposed project. Based on the specific inputs likely to accrue in

the proposed project, aspects to be covered in the EIA study were identified. The other

issues as outlined in the Scoping Matrix were then discarded. Thus, planning of baseline

survey commenced with the shortlisting of impacts and identification of parameters for

which the data needs to be collected. The baseline setting for physico-chemical aspects have

been covered in this Chapter.

7.2 METEOROLOGY

Temperature

There are no temperature records available at the proposed diversion site. Some records

are available at Chamba town, which is located about 80 km southwest of the proposed

diversion site. The temperature records at Chamba shows that mean monthly temperature

at Chamba varies between 5.2°C (January) and 32.5°C (May). The elevation of Chamba is

920 m, whereas the elevation of Chanju-III diversion site is 2100 m. Furthermore, the

catchment area of the Chanju-III HEP is located at a much higher elevation (between 2100

m to 5000 m). The average temperatures is lower in the basin. Thus, temperatures at

the diversion site would be relatively lower than Chamba. The temperature data available

at Chamba is presented in Table 7.1 and is shown in Figure-7.1.

Table-7.1: Daily Maximum and Minimum Temperatures at Chamba S.No. Month Daily Max (ºC) Daily Min (ºC) 1 January 15.2 5.2 2 February 16.1 5.9 3 March 22.3 10.6 4 April 28.6 14.6 5 May 32.5 17.8 6 June 30.4 22 7 July 30.4 22 8 August 28.8 21.2 9 September 29.1 18.1 10 October 27.1 12.6 11 November 22.5 8.5 12 December 18.3 5.9


WAPCOS Limited 7-2

Figure-7.1: Daily maximum and minimum temperature at Chamba

Humidity

The relative humidity is generally high in the monsoon season, being over 80%. In the post

monsoon and winter seasons the humidity is less. The summer is generally the driest part

of the year.

Precipitation Characteristics

The precipitation in the catchment takes place in the form of snow and rain. The

catchment receives rains from June/July to September due to the south-west monsoon. In

this basin, little rainfall is observed during winter season (November-February) and spring

season (March-April). The precipitation during winter season is mostly in the form of snow,

primarily due to western disturbances that pass over the north-west part of the country

during this period. There is no rain gauge in the catchment. The annual rainfall records

are available for the 13 non-recording rain gauges of Chamba District.

Tissa rain gauge is located far away from the basin, but still it is relatively closer to the

basin as compared to other rain gauge stations. The elevation of Tissa rain gauge station is

1550 m. There is no snow gauge in the basin. About 95% of the basin lies above 2000 m

altitude, which clearly shows that the major part of the basin experiences moderate to

heavy snow fall during winters, however, the non-availability of records on snow

precipitation at Tissa or any other station makes it difficult to assess the snow

contribution from the basin.

7.3 SOILS

As a part of field studies, soil depth at various locations in the catchment area ranged

from 20 to 50 cm. Sampling Locations are listed in Table-7.2. The results of the analysis of

soil sampling conducted for summer (May, 2014), Monsoon (August 2014) and winter


WAPCOS Limited 7-3

(December 2014) seasons are given in Tables-7.3 to 7.5 respectively. The soil sampling

sites are shown in Figure-7.2.

Table-7.2: Details of Locations of Soil Sampling Sampling Code Location Type of Land

S 1 Village Kulpari, Downstream of Deothal Trench Weir and upstream of Chanju -III trench weir, Right Bank

Agriculture Land

S2 Dantoi Village, Power House of Deothal Chanju, Upstream of Chanju-III Right bank

Agriculture Land

S3 Dantoi Village, Power House of Deothal Chanju, Upstream of Chanju-III, Right Bank

Agriculture Land

S4 Dodi Village, Power house of Chanju-III, downstream of Deothal Chanju, Right Bank

Agriculture Land

S5 Dodi Village, Power house of Chanju-III, downstream of Deothal Chanju, Right bank

Agriculture Land

Soil Sampling Location Soil Sampling Location


WAPCOS Limited 7-4

Figure-7.2: Sampling Location Map

Table-7.3: Results of soil sampling analysis of study area for summer season S. No.

Parameters Stations S1 S2 S3 S4 S5

1. pH 7.53 7.61 7.33 7.71 7.65 2. Bulk Density, g/cm3 1.59 1.55 1.57 1.60 1.54 3 Electrical Conductivity,

millimohs/cm 0.931 0.462 0.465 0.352 0.281

4 Sodium (as Na), mg/kg 182.11 75.81 75.91 81.95 94.15 5 Potassium (as K), mg/kg 1854.60 2053.08 2510.11 2561.72 3252.1 6. Texture Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay


WAPCOS Limited 7-5

Table-7.4: Results of soil sampling analysis of study area for monsoon season S. No.



millimohs/cm 0.856 0.420 0.411 0.312 0.254

4 Sodium (as Na), mg/kg 154.21 64.36 68.36 74.65 84.52 5 Potassium (as K), mg/kg 1745.25 2012.04 2412.36 2421.66 3152.3 6. Texture Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Table-7.5: Results of soil sampling analysis of study area for winter season S. No.



millimohs/cm 0.714 0.484 0.472 0.356 0.308

4 Sodium (as Na), mg/kg 148.54 76.42 72.12 72.13 81.12 5 Potassium (as K), mg/kg 1853.21 2212.46 2450.44 2213.56 2855.31 6. Texture Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay The pH of the soil is in neutral range. The low EC values indicate low salt content. The

levels of nutrients indicate that the soil has low to moderate productivity. The continuous

washout of nutrients along with runoff as a result of high precipitation and steep slopes

can be attributed for this phenomenon.

7.4 WATER QUALITY

There are no major sources of organic pollution loading in the catchment intercepted at

the project site. The Catchment has low population density with low cropping intensity.

The low cropping intensity coupled with low agro-chemical dosing also means that the

pollution load due to agro-chemicals is quite low. The absence of industries implies that

there is no pollution load from this source as well.

As a part of the field studies, water samples were collected at various locations in the

study area. Sampling Locations are listed in Table-7.6. The results of the analysis of Water

sampling conducted for summer (May, 2014), Monsoon (August 2014) and winter

(December 2014) seasons are given in Tables-7.7 to 7.9 respectively. The drinking water

quality standards are given in Table-7.10. The water sampling locations are shown in

Figure-7.2.

Table-7.6: Details of Locations of Water Sampling Sites Sampling Code Location W1 Stream water Chanju-III Trench weir W2 Downstream of Chanju-III Trench weir W3 Dantoi Nallah, Downstream of Chanju-III Trench weir W4 Mahed Nallah, Chanju-III W5 Stream Water Power house Chanju-III


WAPCOS Limited 7-6

Water Sampling Location Water Sampling Location

Table- 7.7: Water quality in the study area for Summer season

S. No.

Parameters Stations W1 W2 W3 W4 W5

1. pH 8.01 7.46 7.93 7.78 7.76 2. Conductivity, µS/cm 248.0 266.0 194.0 264.0 270.0 3. Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3), mg/l 56.56 56.56 48.48 56.56 64.64 4. Chloride (as Cl), mg/l 4.22 4.22 4.22 4.22 4.22 5. Total Hardness(as CaCO3), mg/l 80.0 80.0 52.0 76.0 76.0 6. Calcium (as Ca), mg/l 16.03 24.05 14.43 19.24 19.24 7. Magnesium (as Mg), mg/l 9.72 4.86 3.88 6.80 6.80 8. Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l 0.22 0.16 0.10 0.14 0.16 9. Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l 27.65 27.04 6.66 18.66 21.90 10. Iron (as Fe), mg/l 0.04 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 11. Phosphate (as PO4), mg/l <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 12. Total Silica (as SiO2), mg/l 3.30 6.40 6.44 4.36 5.24 13. BOD (3 days at 27oC), mg/l 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.7 14. COD, mg/l 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.5 1.5 15. Oil & Grease, mg/l <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 16. Total Suspended Solids, mg/l 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 17. Sodium (as Na), mg/l 6.82 6.14 6.52 4.24 8.18 18. Potassium (as K), mg/l 1.24 2.94 0.98 0.86 1.22 19. Phenolic Compounds (C6H5OH),

mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

20. Arsenic (as As), mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 21. Total Chromium (as Cr), mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 22. Mercury (as Hg), mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 23. Copper (as Cu), mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 24. Zinc (as Zn), mg/l 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 25. Cadmium (as Cd), mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 26. Lead (as Pb), mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 27. Residual Sodium Carbonage,

mg/l Zero Zero Zero Zero Zero

28. Dissolved Oxygen, mg/l 5.4 6.0 5.6 6.0 5.7 29. Coliform, MPN/100 ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent


WAPCOS Limited 7-7

Table-7.8: Water quality in the study area for monsoon season S. No.


1. pH 7.89 7.25 7.84 7.63 7.54 2. Conductivity, µS/cm 223.3 254.6 189.0 242.3 244.6 3. Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3),

mg/l 48.65 51.36 41.25 49.65 64.31

4. Chloride (as Cl), mg/l 4.12 4.10 4.08 4.01 4.03 5. Total Hardness(as CaCO3),

mg/l 74.2 74.6 48.6 68.0 71.0

6. Calcium (as Ca), mg/l 15.32 23.14 12.45 17.26 16.35 7. Magnesium (as Mg), mg/l 8.23 4.24 3.56 6.14 6.40 8. Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l 0.23 0.11 0.13 0.11 0.12 9. Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l 26.14 26.98 5.26 14.65 20.21 10. Iron (as Fe), mg/l 0.04 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 11. Phosphate (as PO4), mg/l <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 12. Total Silica (as SiO2), mg/l 2.85 3.56 4.65 4.12 5.12 13. BOD (3 days at 27oC), mg/l 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.6 14. COD, mg/l 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.2 1.0 15. Oil & Grease, mg/l <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 16. Total Suspended Solids, mg/l 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 17. Sodium (as Na), mg/l 6.15 6.05 6.14 4.12 8.04 18. Potassium (as K), mg/l 1.05 2.64 0.85 0.74 1.12 19. Phenolic Compounds (C6H5OH),

mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001




Table-7.9: Water quality in the study area for winter season S. No.


1. pH 7.64 7.55 7.12 7.18 7.82 2. Electrical Conductivity, µS/cm 243.5 230.4 181.4 238.4 248.1 3. Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3),

mg/l 42.56 54.34 25.35 48.16 37.42

4. Chloride (as Cl), mg/l 4.14 4.18 4.24 4.08 4.12 5. Total Hardness(as CaCO3),

mg/l 79.0 70.5 35.0 77.0 57.0

6. Calcium (as Ca), mg/l 18.12 21.18 10.42 19.55 14.42 7. Magnesium (as Mg), mg/l 8.21 4.30 2.12 7.12 5.24 8. Nitrate (as NO3), mg/l 0.28 0.19 0.14 0.18 0.14 9. Sulphate (as SO4), mg/l 22.45 28.90 6.56 12.60 28.34 10. Iron (as Fe), mg/l 0.03 0.04 0.01 0.01 0.01


WAPCOS Limited 7-8

S. No.


11. Phosphate (as PO4), mg/l <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 12. Total Silica (as SiO2), mg/l 3.12 3.40 4.88 4.20 5.56 13. BOD (3 days at 27oC), mg/l 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.9 14. COD, mg/l 1.2 1.4 1.5 1.4 1.0 15. Oil & Grease, mg/l <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 <2.0 16. Total Suspended Solids, mg/l 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 17. Sodium (as Na), mg/l 6.20 6.12 6.18 3.15 7.42 18. Potassium (as K), mg/l 1.48 2.45 0.81 0.73 1.80 19. Phenolic Compounds (C6H5OH),

mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001




Table-7.10: Drinking water quality standards (Specified by Central Public Health and Environment Engineering Organisation (CPHEEO) Characteristics *Acceptable **Cause for

Rejection Turbidity (units on JTU scale) 2.5 10 Colour (Units on platinum cobalt scale) 5.0 25 Taste and Odour Unobjectionable Unobjectionable PH 7.0 to 8.5 <6.5 or >9.2 Total Dissolved Solids (mg/l) 500 1500 Total hardness (mg/l) (as CaCO3) 200 600 Chlorides as CD (mg/l) 200 1000 Sulphates (as SO4) 200 400 Fluorides (as F) (mg/l) 1.0 1.5 Nitrates (as NO3) (mg/l) 45 45 Calcium (as Ca) (mg/l) 75 200 Magnesium (as Mg) (mg/l) If there are 250 mg/l of sulphates, Mg content can be increased to a maximum of 125 mg/l with the reduction of sulphates at the rate of 1 unit per every 2.5 units of sulphates

30 150

Iron (as Fe) (mg/l) 0.1 1.0 Manganese (as Mn) (mg/l) 0.05 0.5 Copper (as Cu) (mg/l) 0.05 1.5 Zinc (as Zn) (mg/l) 5.0 15.0 Phenolic compounds (as phenol) (mg/l) 0.001 0.002 Anionic detergents (as MBAS) (mg/l) 0.2 1.0 Mineral Oil (mg/l) 0.01 0.3


WAPCOS Limited 7-9

Characteristics *Acceptable **Cause for Rejection

Toxic materials Arsenic (as As) (mg/l) 0.05 0.05 Cadmium (as Cd) (mg/l) 0.01 0.01 Chromium (as hexaalent Cr) (mg/l) 0.05 0.05 Cyanides (as CN) (mg/l) 0.05 0.05 Lead (as Pb) (mg/l) 0.1 0.1 Selenium (as Se) (mg/l) 0.01 0.01 Mercury (total as Hg) (mg/l) 0.001 0.001 Polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH) 0.2 g/l 0.2 g/l Notes: *1. The figures indicated under the column `Accep

generally acceptable to the consumers **2 Figures in excess of those mentioned under `Acceptable render the water not acceptable,

but still may be tolerated in the absence of alternative and better source but upto the

rejected.

The Elecertical Conductivity (EC) in water samples ranged from 194.0 to 270.0 S/cm in

summer season, 189.0 to 254.0 S/cm in monsoon season and 181.4 to 248.1 S/cm in

winter season. The low hardness level can be attributed low calcium and magnesium

levels, which are responsible for soft nature of water. The low EC values indicate the

lower concentration of total dissolved solids. This is also reflected by the fact that the

concentration of most of the cations and anions are well within the permissible limit.

(Refer Table-7.10).

The BOD and COD levels are quite low, which indicate the absence of organic pollution

loading. This is mainly due to the low population density and absence of industries in the

area. The low COD values also indicate the absence of chemical pollution loading in the

area. The heavy metal concentration in the study area is below the permissible limit used

for drinking purposes. It can be concluded that water quality was observed to be quite

good, as various parameters are well below the permissible limit specified for meeting

domestic requirements.

7.5 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

The ambient air quality with respect to the study area around the proposed site forms the

baseline information. The study area represents rural environment. The sources of air

pollution in the region are vehicular traffic, dust arising from unpaved roads and domestic

fuel burning. The prime objective of the baseline air quality study was to establish the

existing ambient air quality of the area. This section describes the identification of

sampling locations, methodology adopted for monitoring, and frequency of sampling.


WAPCOS Limited 7-10

Selection of Sampling Locations

The baseline status of the ambient air quality has been established through a scientifically

designed ambient air quality monitoring network and is based on the following

considerations:

Meteorological conditions on synoptic scale; Representatives of regional background air quality for obtaining baseline status Representation of likely affected area.

Three Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) locations were selected taking care of

above-mentioned points. The following stations have been monitored:

Near weir site (A1) Near power house site (A2) Village Chanju (A3)

Frequency and Parameters for Sampling

Ambient air quality monitoring has been carried out with a frequency of two samples per

week for four consecutive weeks at various locations.The baseline data of ambient air

environment has been generated for the mentioned parameters as given below:

Particulate Matter less than 10 microns (PM10) Sulphur dioxide (SO2) Nitrogen dioxide (NO2).

The findings of ambient air quality monitoring in various seasons are given in Table-7.11.

The ambient air quality standards are given in Table-7.12.

Table-7.11: Findings of ambient air quality monitoring in various seasons Parameter Average (µg/m3) Maximum (µg/m3) Minimum (µg/m3) Particulate Matter less than 10 microns (PM10)

47.3 55.3 52 60 40 49

Sulphur dioxide (SO2) 6.7 8.2 8.3 8.7 BDL Nitrogen dioxide (NO2) 9.1 12.4 13.4 13.8 7.2 8.1 Table-7.12: National Ambient Air quality Standards (NAAQS) S. No.

Pollutant Time Weighted Average

Concentration of Ambient Air Industrial, Residential Rural and other area

Ecologically Sensitive area (notified by Central Government)

1 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) , µg/m3

Annual* 24 hours **

50

80

20

80 2 Nitrogen Dioxide

(NO2) , µg/m3

Annual* 24 hours **

40

80

30

80 3 Particulate Matter

(Size less than 10, µm) or PM10 , µg/m3

Annual* 24 hours **

60

100

60

100


WAPCOS Limited 7-11

Notes: Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year at a particular

site taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform intervals.

24 hourly or 08 hourly or 01 hourly monitored values, as applicable, shall be complied with 98% of the time in a year. 2% of the time, they may exceed the limits but not on two consecutive days of monitoring.

Observations on ambient PM10 levels

The average PM10 levels as observed at various stations in the study area ranged from 47.3

to 55.3 µg/m3. The highest PM10 value was recorded as 60 µg/m3 at power house site. The

PM10 values monitored during the field survey were well below the permissible limit of 100

g/m3 for residential and rural areas (Refer Table-7.12).

Observation on ambient SO2 levels

The highest average SO2 values of 8.2 g/m3 was observed at weir site in winter season.

The highest value of 8.7 g/m3 too was also observed at the same station in winter season.

The SO2 level was Below Detectable Limit BDL of 6 g/m3 at some stations covered in

ambient air quality monitoring programme. The SO2 level observed at various sampling

stations was much lower than the permissible limit of 80 g/m3 for residential and rural

areas are given in Table-7.12.

Observations on NO2 levels

The highest average NO2 values of 12.4 g/m3 was observed at power house site in winter

season. The highest value of 13.8 g/m3 too was also observed at the same station in

winter season. The NO2 level observed at various sampling stations was much lower than

the permissible limit of 80 g/m3 for residential and rural areas are given in Table-7.12.

7.6 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Baseline noise data has been measured using a weighted sound pressure level meter. The

survey was carried out in calm surrounding. Sound Pressure Level (SPL) measurement in

the outside environment was made using sound pressure level meter. Hourly noise meter

readings were taken at four (4) sites. The noise levels were monitored continuously from 6

AM to 9 PM at each location and hourly equivalent noise level was measured. The hourly

ambient noise levels monitored for summer, monsoon and winter seasons are given in

Tables-7.13 to 7.15 respectively. The noise location map is shown in Figure-7.3. The day

time equivalent noise levels estimated are given in Table-7.16. The noise standard for

various categories is given in Table-7.17.


WAPCOS Limited 7-12

Figure-7.3: Noise sampling Location Map

Table-7.13: Hourly equivalent noise levels-Summer Season (Unit:dB(A)) Location Trench Weir

site (N1) Downstream of trench weir (N2)

Power house site (N3)

Catchment Area (N4)

6-7 AM 37 37 38 38 7-8 AM 40 39 40 39 8-9 AM 41 41 41 42 9-10 AM 42 43 42 42 10-11 AM 44 44 43 42 11-12 Noon 45 44 40 42 12 noon 1 PM 42 43 44 44


WAPCOS Limited 7-13

Location Trench Weir site (N1)

Downstream of trench weir (N2)


Catchment Area (N4)

1-2 PM 42 42 43 44 2-3 PM 43 43 43 42 3-4 PM 42 42 42 42 4-5 PM 41 41 43 42 5-6 PM 40 40 42 42 6-7 PM 40 40 40 40 7-8 PM 39 39 39 39 8-9 PM 38 38 38 38

Table-7.14: Hourly equivalent noise levels-Monsoon Season (Unit:dB(A)) Location Trench Weir



Catchment Area (N4)

6-7 AM 42 41 43 43 7-8 AM 43 42 43 43 8-9 AM 43 42 44 44 9-10 AM 44 42 45 45 10-11 AM 44 43 46 45 11-12 Noon 45 43 46 45 12 noon 1 PM 45 44 46 46 1-2 PM 46 44 45 46 2-3 PM 45 44 45 45 3-4 PM 45 45 43 45 4-5 PM 44 46 42 44 5-6 PM 43 44 42 43 6-7 PM 43 43 42 43 7-8 PM 42 42 41 42 8-9 PM 40 40 40 41 Table-7.15: Hourly equivalent noise levels-Winter Season (Unit:dB(A)) Location Trench Weir



Catchment Area (N4)

6-7 AM 43 41 44 44 7-8 AM 44 42 43 45 8-9 AM 44 42 44 45 9-10 AM 44 43 45 45 10-11 AM 44 43 46 45 11-12 Noon 45 43 46 46 12 noon 1 PM 45 44 46 46 1-2 PM 46 44 45 46 2-3 PM 45 46 44 45 3-4 PM 44 45 43 45 4-5 PM 44 45 42 44 5-6 PM 43 44 42 43 6-7 PM 42 43 42 43 7-8 PM 42 41 42 41 8-9 PM 40 40 40 41


WAPCOS Limited 7-14

Table-7.16: Day time Equivalent noise levels S. No. Location Zone Seasons (Value (dB(A))

Summer Monsoon Winter 1. Trench Weir site Residential 41.55 43.8 43.9 2. Downstream of trench weir Residential 41.54 43.2 43.4 3. Power house site Residential 41.58 43.9 43.9 4. Catchment Area Residential 41.57 43.9 44.5

Table-7.17 : Ambient Noise Standards Area Code Category of Area Limits in dB(A)Leq

Day time Night time A. Industrial Area 75 70 B. Commercial Area 65 55 C. Residential Area 55 45 D. Silence Zone 50 40 Notes:

Day time 6 A.M. and 9 P.M. Night time is 9 P.M. and 6 A.M. Silence zone is defined as areas upto 100 meters around such Premises as hospitals, educational institutions and courts. The silence zones are to

be declared by competent authority. Use of vehicular horns, loudspeakers and bursting of crackers shall be banned in these zones.

Environment (Protection) Third Amendment Rules, 2000 Gazette notification, Government of India, date 14.2.2000.

The day time equivalent noise level at various sampling stations ranged from 41.54 to

41.58 dB(A) in summer season, 43.2 to 43.9 dB(A) in monsoon season and 43.4 to 44.5

dB(A) in winter season. The noise levels were observed to be well within permissible limits

specified for residential area (Refer Table-7.17).

7.7 LAND USE PATTERN

Landuse describes how a patch of land is used (e.g. for agriculture, settlement, forest),

whereas land cover describes the materials (such as vegetation, rocks or buildings) that

are present on the surface. Accurate land use and land cover identification is the key to

most of the planning processes.

The land use pattern of the study area has been studied through digital satellite imagery

data. Digital Resourcesat-2, LISS-IV satellite imagery (Path: 094, Row: 048, subscene-A)

dated 3rd January, 2014 was procured from National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA),

Hyderabad. The data was processed through ERDAS software package available with

WAPCOS.

Multi-variate statistics have been used for the analysis of multi-spectral data. As a first

step, clustering algorithms was established to a set of multi-variate class statistics against

which each pixel measurement vector in the scene was compared. Then a classification

decision rule, such as the probability of maximum likelihood that the pixel belongs to a

particular class amongst the statistics set was calculated and the pixel was assigned to the


WAPCOS Limited 7-15

particular class. The information classes most often considered include both cover type or

community type descriptors as well as limited structural categories, such as crown cover

and size class: of the trees.

Although two different approaches to the development of the multi-variate statistics are

used, unsupervised and supervised, their combination gives better results. In the

unsupervised classification, the radiance values of the image data set were submitted to

clustering algorithms that generate statistics until the stopping rule i.e. minimum number

of points per cluster was reached and the minimum distance between clusters and

separability measure was established. Another approach is to 'seed' spectral space with

starting points to establish candidate mean value for clusters, and then iterate the

clustering procedure until minimization criteria is achieved. In the supervised method,

training sites with known properties were used to extract spectral statistics from the

image data by interactively identifying the sites in the imagery. Ground truthing was done

for site identification. In the unsupervised method, identification of the cluster was done

after completing the classification by comparing the spatial distribution of the mapped

classes with ground reference data.

The wide geographic distribution and the range of sites and climates occupied by forests

complicates the understanding of the interaction of forests with solar radiation. Many

forests grow in uneven mountainous terrain. The terrain relief produces large variations in

how solar radiation reaches the forests and produces land form shadows. Terrain relief

also generates large micro-climate variations in temperature, precipitation, and soil

properties that produce large differences in forest composition and activity over elatively

small geographic areas. Vegetation indices are an aid for obtaining accurate results. The

DN values of different bands can be combined mathematically to create output images

that can be used extensively in forest analysis to bring out small differences between

vegetation classes. These mathematical combinations are called indices and if chosen

judiciously, they highlight and enhance differences, which cannot be observed in the

display of original color bands. Indices also help in minimizing shadow effects in satellite

multi-spectral images. Ground truth studies were conducted in the area to validate various

signals in the satellite images and correlate them with different land use domains. The

image obtained after the vegetation index, enhancement becomes a single band data Le.

The grey set. The grey set was merged with the colored False Color Composite (FCC). This

image was then classified using the prominent signatures extracted based on the past

experience. However, this is only a preliminary classification which will be refined

further. The classified image of the study area is given as Figure-7.4. The landuse pattern

of the study area is given in Table-7.18.


WAPCOS Limited 7-16

Table-7.18: Land use pattern of the study area of Chanju-III HE project based on satellite data S.No Category Area(ha) Area (%)

1 River/ Water body 160 0.36 2 Vegetation 7259 16.43 3 Barren area 23811 53.88 4 Terrace farming 2830 6.40 5 Snow 6299 14.25 6 Alpine Pasture 3829 8.66 7 Builtup area/Settlements 5 0.01

Total 44193 100.00 Source: Satellite Data

The major landuse category in the study area of Chanju-III HE project is Barren Land, as it

accounts for about 53.88% of the total study area followed by vegetation (16.43%) and

snow (14.25%). Alpine pastures account about 8.66% of the study area. Area under terrace

farming accounts for about 6.40% of the study area. The area settlement and water bodies

is 0.01% and 0.36% of the study area.


WAPCOS Limited 7-17

Figure-7.4: Classified Image of the Study Area

CHAPTER-8 BASELINE SETTING FOR ECOLOGICAL

ASPECTS


WAPCOS Limited 8-1

CHAPTER-8

BASELINE SETTING FOR ECOLOGICAL ASPECTS

8.1 GENERAL

Before start of any Environmental Impact Assessment study, it is necessary to identify the

baseline levels of relevant environmental parameters which are likely to be affected as a

result of the construction and operation of the proposed project. A similar approach has been

adopted for conducting the CEIA study for the proposed Chanju-III hydroelectric project. This

Chapter outlines the ecological aspects including vegetation, wildlife and aquatic ecology

including fisheries. The chapter is based on primary data collection for three seasons and

review of secondary data. The three seasons covered for primary data collection includes

summer, monsoon and winter season.

8.2 FOREST TYPES IN THE PROJECT AREA

Himachal Pradesh is situated in the northwest of India in the Himalayan ranges. It has a total

geographical area of 5.57 million ha. The State has more than 25 per cent of its total

geographic area under forest cover, which includes very dense, moderately dense, open forest

and scrub (FSI, 2009). The State is mountainous with altitude ranging between 460 and

6,600m. It has a deeply dissected topography, a complex geological structure and a rich

temperate flora in subtropical latitudes. The proposed project area falls in Chamba district

which recorded to have more than 16 per cent of their total area covered with forest. Based

on the primary survey as well as secondary data sources, the pre dominant forest types

assessed during field survey was y of forest types in

Lower Western Himalayan temperate forest (12/C1a-b) Moist temperate deciduous forests (12/C1e) Mixed coniferous forest (12/C1d) Oak/fir forest (12/C2b)

The forest types referred above are described in the following paragraphs.

Lower Western Himalayan temperate forest (12/C1a-b)

This type of forests is mainly confined to lowest portion of the temperate belt, particularly in

the outer ranges and on southern aspects. Banz and Moru oak forest is the predominate

elements of this type. This sub-type of forest is moderately represented in the project area

and observed in both the bank of Chanju nallah. There is a greater admixture of secondary

species in the top storey, mainly of deciduous tree and a well marked evergreen second

storey of Rhododendron arborium, Lyonia ovalifolia and Litsea spp., etc. The shrubby


WAPCOS Limited 8-2

undergrowth is copious and comprises of Berberis lycium, Coriaria nepalensi, Buddleja

asiatica, Rosa brunonii, Indigofera heterantha, Prinsepia utilis with some evergreen species

such as Sarcococca saligna and Daphne papyracea. There are a few climbers, which include

Hedera nepalensis, Parthenocissus semicordata and Clematis montana. Herbaceous flora

mainly comprises of Fragaria vesca, Primula denticulata, Valeriana jatamansi, Sweritia

cordata, Selinum candollii Gnaphalium luteo-album, Viola biflora, Heracleum lanatum,

Geranium nepalensis, grasses and sedges etc. The leaves of Moru (Quercus floribunda) are

extensively used for fodder hence these forests are heavily lopped.

Moist temperate deciduous forests (12/C1e)

The moist temperate deciduous forests are found at elevations ranging from 1,800 m to 2,700

m. Species composition in temperate deciduous forest varies with altitudes. They are

distributed in the valley portion, mainly on the moist and damp locations along nallahs,

streams and depressions. The top tree canopy consists of Aesculus indica, Acer caesium,

Ulmus wallichiana, Prunus padus, Juglans regia, Populus ciliata and Lyonia ovalifolia etc. The

undergrowth is usually rather thin in undisturbed areas owing to the heavy shed when the

trees are in leaf but the canopy is often broken enough to permit the growth of smaller trees

and shrubs. The tree species are found single or in groups and very often in groves. The under

storey comprises of species including Sorbus cuspidata, Salix spp. and Lyonia ovalifolia etc.

Undergrowth comprises of Berberis lycium. Indigofera heterantha, Sorbaria tomentosa,

Deutzia staminea, ferns and grasses etc.

Mixed coniferous forest (12/C1d)

The chief characteristics of this type of forest are the extensive development of coniferous

species although oaks are also frequent. These forests are the most attractive in the

Himalayas with a varying mixture of coniferous trees often of very fine growth, Spruce, Silver

fir, Blue pine and Deodar, and a varying inter-mixture of evergreen and deciduous broad-

leaved trees and strips and patches of broadleaved forest. This is a common forest type

observed in upper reaches of the project area. Spruce is the dominant species mainly found in

association with Kail, Deodar and Fir. However, this forest, type is mainly observed at

elevation ranging from 2,300 m to 3,200 m. Similar vegetation structure was also observed

upto an elevation of about 2,100 m in the project area during field studies. In the lower

reaches, Tosh predominates in association with Kail and Deodar on steep slopes. Patches of

fairly dense vegetation comprising of Kail, Fir and Deodar tree species were observed near

Taprigot and around Thanged nalla during field survey. At higher elevations, fir and Kharsu

were the dominant tree species. The undergrowth comprises of Berberis jaeschkiam,


WAPCOS Limited 8-3

Indigofera heterantha, Sorbaria tomentosa, Sarcococca saligna, Lonicera angustifolia,

Viburnum cotinifolium etc. The ground flora usually comprises of Fragaria vesca, Valeriana

jatamansi, Tarxacum officinale, Tanacetum longifolium, Aster thomsonii, grasses and ferns

which are confined to depressions. There is a good deal of mosses and lichen on the trees but

climbers are infrequent.

Kharsu/fir forest (12/C2b)

These types of forests especially occur on right bank of the Chanju nallah and catchment area

on the upper hills. This is typically a two storeyed high forest with the silver fir standing

singly or in strips and groups over oak and other evergreen and deciduous trees. On the

colder, moist and northern locations Kharsu is observed in pure patches. There is always more

or less growth over the soil and luxuriant herbaceous growth during the summer except too

dense and dark. The understorey comprises of Indigofera heterantha, Viburnum cotinifolium,

Rosa macrophylla, Cotoneaster microphyllus and Berberis jaeschkiam etc. The ground flora

consists of Valeriana jatamansi, Sweritia cordata, Selinum candollii, Potentilla supine,

Heracleum lanatum, Bunium persicum Fragaria vesca, Primula denticulata, Anemone spp.,

Polygonum spp., ferns and grasses. Climbers are relatively few, but the oaks carry a

conspicuous vesture of mosses.

8.3 OBJECTIVES

The ecological study of the surrounding area up to 10 km radius of propose project has been

conducted in order to understand the ecological status of the existing flora and fauna to

generate baseline information and evaluate the probable impacts on the biological

environment.

The objectives of the terrestrial ecological survey were to:

Preparation of comprehensive checklist of flora.

Determine frequency abundance and density of different vegetation component.

Importance value index of the dominant vegetation in the study area of proposed

project.

Estimation of ecological diversity index of different plant communities

Identification and listing of Rare Endangered species RET.

Identification and listing of plants of biologically, economical and medicinal

importance


WAPCOS Limited 8-4

8.4 SAMPLING SITES

Field studies for terrestrial ecology have been conducted at various locations in the study

area. The list of sampling locations is given in Table-8.1.

Table-8.1: Sampling Locations for Terrestrial ecological studies Sites Sampling locations Site-I Catchment Area (Chanju nallah) Site-II Trench weir site-I nearby Dantoi village Site-III Trench weir site-II on Mahed nallah Site-IV Power House site nearby Jakhla village Site-V Downstream of Power house site

The terrestrial sampling station is depicted in Figure-8.1.

Figure-8.1: Terrestrial Ecological Sampling Location Map


WAPCOS Limited 8-5

8.5 METHODOLOGY APPLIED FOR THE STUDY

For assessing the floral diversity in the study area both floristic survey and quantitative

analysis of vegetation were undertaken. Information regarding local names and locality of the

plants were recorded with the help of the locals and forest staff. The quantitative analysis of

vegetation was done by using quadrats as sampling units. The quadrats were laid randomly in

identified sites of the project area. The vegetation analysis was undertaken by collecting

numerical community data for trees, shrubs and herbs from the randomly laid quadrats. The

size of vegetation patches, 20 each random quadrates of 10mX10m size were laid to study for

tree, 5x5 m for shrubs, while 25 random quadrats for herbs were enumerated through 1 x 1 m

quadrats. The community level studies of the selected sites were conducted during various

seasons (summer, monsoon & winter). During the survey, individuals within the quadrat were

identified up to the species level and the numbers of individuals of each species in each

quadrat were counted. Vegetation composition was evaluated by analyzing the frequency,

density, abundance and importance value index (IVI) according to Mishra, (1968) and Curtis

and McIntosh. Based on the quadrat data, frequency, density and cover (basal area) for each

species were calculated using the following formula:

Density (ha-1) = (Total number of individuals of the species in all the quadrats/total number of

quadrats studied) multiplied by the factor depending on the quadrat size to express on per

hectare basis for trees and shrubs, individual/m2 for herbs.

Frequency (%) = (Number of quadrats in which the species occurred/total number of quadrats

studied) × 100;

Basal cover is considered as the portion of ground surface occupied by a species (Greig-Smith, 2

Radius)

Frequency indicates the number of sampling units in which a given species occur and thus

express the dispersion of various species. The density represents the numerical strength of

the species in the community. Based on the quantitative characters like frequency, density,

and dominance (Basal area or cover) the overall dominance of a species on the entire

community is measured by analyzing the synthetic character called Importance Value Index

(IVI), Philips (1959) reported that IVI expresses the abundance and ecological success of any

species. The values of IVI were computed by the summation of the value of relative

frequency, relative density and relative dominance (Curtis and McIntosh 1950 and 1951;


WAPCOS Limited 8-6

Mishra, 1968). Relative values for frequency, density and basal area were calculated by

dividing the individual species value by the total value multiplied by 100.

Diversity indices and evenness

The herbaceous vegetation has been studied through tiller analysis. Separate shoots

appearing above the ground were counted as individual tiller. The method was selected for

study because it was difficult to decide where an individual plant begins and where it ends.

Grasses and sedges usually form smaller and large tufts and the number of aerial shoots

(culms) varies greatly with the tufts as well as the species. Such a method provides a real

picture of the actual composition of herb age of mixed grassy vegetation. To assess diversity

of floral elements and structure of the plant community in different study sites, various

diversity indices were analyzed.

Shannon Weinner index (H )

It is calculated by using the following formula:

H = s

iii pp

1ln

where, s = the number of species pi = the proportion of individuals or abundance of the ith species expressed as a

proportion of total cover ln = log base n. Concentration of dominance (Cd) It is calculated as Cd= i/n)2) where ni is number of

individuals of taxon i. The value of D ranges from 0 (all taxa are equally present) to 1 (one

taxon dominates the community completely).

Equitability or Evenness was calculated by following formula which reads:

It is calculated using the formula given by Pielou (1966, 1969),: , where H is the

or proportion of individuals among the species.

Identification of Rare, Endangered and Threatened plant species

Rare and endangered species were identified referring to the Red Data Book of India,

following the IUCN Red list of plants and other available literature, flora and herbarium

pertaining to the rare/endangered species of state of Himachal Pradesh.

Economic important Plants

An ethno botanical survey was carried out to identify the wild plants used by the local people

for various uses including medicinal use.


WAPCOS Limited 8-7

8.6 FLORAL DIVERSITY

8.6.1 Findings of floral diversity within project area

In the present study, a total of 172 plant species belonging to 145 genera and 55 families

were recorded from the proposed project area. The higher number of species was contributed

by herbaceous flora with 88 species (51.16%) followed by shrubs with 31 (18.03%) species,

trees with 26 (15.12%) species, grasses with 17 (9.88%) species, climbers with 7 (4.07%)

species and sedges with 3 species (1.74%). The findings of number of floral species recorded

during field studies in various seasons are given in Table-8.2 and Figure-8.2.

Table-8.2: Vegetation composition recorded from proposed Chanju-III HE project Plant habit No. of species % of species

Herbs 88 51.16 Shrubs 31 18.03 Trees 26 15.12

Grasses 17 9.88 Climbers 7 4.07 Sedges 3 1.74 Total 172 100

The taxonomic group of species shows that angiosperms (Dicots & monocots) were the

dominant component of the flora in the study area (Figure-8.2). The composition of floristic

elements of the study area consisted of 83.72% dicots, 13.95% monocots and 2.33%

gymnosperm (Refer Table-8.3).

Table-8.3: Percentage composition of floristic elements in the study area

Plant groups Family

Genera Species

No. % No. % No. % Dicots 49 89.09 121 83.45 144 83.72

Monocots 5 9.09 20 13.79 24 13.95 Gymnosperm 1 1.82 4 2.76 4 2.33

Total 55 145 172


WAPCOS Limited 8-8

Figure-8.2: Taxa reported from the study area

In summer season, a total of 125 plant species were recorded during floristic survey for

Chanju-III HE project. Of these, 25 species were trees, 29 were shrubs, 55 were herbs, 7 were

grasses, 6 were climbers and 3 species of sedges. In monsoon season, a total of 145 plant

species were recorded, which is the highest number of plant diversity in the project area. Out

of 145 plants, 25 species were trees, 31 were shrubs, 64 were herbs, 15 were grasses, 7 were

climbers and 3 species were sedges. The field studies in winter season revealed that, a total

of 102 plant species were recorded. Of these, 25 species were trees, 31 were shrubs, 32 were

herbs, 7 were grasses, 5 were climbers and 2 species were sedges. In winter season species

richness were found to be low as compared to other seasons, it is because of prevailing

extreme cold climatic condition in the project area. (Refer Figure- 8.3).

Figure 8.3: Seasonal variations in the floristic composition at Chanju-III HE Project

The list of floral species recorded at various sampling locations of the project area in various

seasons is given in Table-8.4.

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160

Family

Genera

Species

Gymnosperm

Monocots

Dicots

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

Trees Shrubs Herbs Grasses Climbers SedgeLifeforms

Summer

MonsoonWinter


WAPCOS Limited 8-9

Table-8.4: List of plant species recorded from the Chanju-III HE Project Area in various seasons

Plant species Family Local name Division Habit Acer caesium Wall. ex Brandis Aceraceae Mapple/Mander Dicot Tree Angelica glauca Edgew Apiaceae Taskarsh-canda Dicot. Herb Bunium persicumBioss. Apiaceae Kala zera Dicot Herb Bupleurium candollii Wall. ex DC. Apiaceae Dicot Herb Chaerophyllum acuminatum Lindley Apiaceae - Dicot Herb Heracleum lanatum Michaux Apiaceae Hogweed Dicot Herb Selinum candollii DC. Apiaceae - Dicot. Herb Arisaema jacquimontii Bl. Araliaceae - Monocot Herb Hedera nepalensis K. Koch Araliaceae - Monocot Climber Ainsliaea aptera DC. Asteraceae - Dicot Herb Anaphalis busua (Buch.- Ham ex D.Don) DC. Asteraceae - Dicot Herb Anaphalis royleana DC. Asteraceae - Dicot Herb Anthemis cotula L. Asteraceae Chigar weed Dicot Herb Artemisia martima L. Asteraceae Safed parcha Dicot Shrub Artemisia nilagirica (Clarke) Pamp. Asteraceae Chirmara Dicot Herb Artemisia scoparia Waldst. Asteraceae Kunja Dicot Herb Aster thomsonii Clarke Asteraceae - Dicot Herb Cichorium intybus L. Asteraceae Khibsha Dicot. Herb Cirsium wallichii DC. Asteraceae Barunsh Dicot Herb Conyza canadensis L. Asteraceae Malchu Dicot Herb Conyza stricta Willd. Asteraceae - Dicot Herb Dichrocephala integrifolia (L.f.) Kuntze. Asteraceae - Dicot Herb Emilia sonchifolia (L.) DC. Asteraceae - Dicot Herb Erigeron multicaulis Wall. ex DC. Asteraceae Dicot Herb Erigeron multiradiatus Benth. Asteraceae - Dicot Herb Gnaphalium luteo-album L. Asteraceae - Dicot Herb Inulu racemosa Hk. Asteraceae Mano Dicot Herb Lactuca disecta D. Don Asteraceae - Dicot Herb Senecio laetus Edgew. Asteraceae - Dicot Herb Tagetes minuta L. Asteraceae - Dicot Herb Taraxacum officinale Weber Asteraceae Paranbala, Dicot Herb Youngia japonica (L.) DC. Asteraceae - Dicot Herb Impatiens sulcata Wallich Balsaminaceae - Dicot Herb Berberis aristata DC. Berberidaceae Kemal/Rausat Dicot Shrub Berberis lycium Royle Berberidaceae Kemal/Rausat Dicot Shrub Alnus nepalensis D.Don Betulaceae Piyakh Dicot Tree Corylus jacquemontii Decne. Betulaceae Thangi Dicot Tree


WAPCOS Limited 8-10

Plant species Family Local name Division Habit Cynoglossum lanceolatum Forsk. Boraginaceae Dicot Herb Cynoglossum zeylanicum(Vahl ex Horn.) Thumb. Boraginaceae Gypsy flower Dicot Herb

Capsella bursa-pastoris (L.) Medikus Brassicaceae Shaphered purse Dicot Herb

Cardamine hirsuta L. Brassicaceae - Dicot Herb Lepidium virginicum L. Brassicaceae - Dicot Herb Nasturtium officinale R. Br. Brassicaceae - Dicot Herb Thlaspi arvense L. Brassicaceae - Dicot Herb Buddleja crispa Benth. Scr. Buddlejaceae Kashna Dicot Shrub Sarcococca saligna ( D.Don) Muell.- Arg. Buxaceae - Dicot Shrub Cannabis sativa L. Cannabaceae Bhang Dicot Herb Viburnum cotinifolium D .Don Caprifoliaceae Nilonji Dicot Shrub Viburnum erubecens Wall. Ex DC. Caprifoliaceae Kilonj Dicot Shrub Stellaria monosperma D.Don Caryophyllaceae - Dicot Herb Chenopodium album L. Chenopodiaceae Bathuwa Dicot Herb Chenopodium ambrosioides L. Chenopodiaceae - Dicot Herb Coriaria nepalensis Wallich Coriariaceae Bhashndeyi Dicot Shrub Carex cruciata Wahlenb. Cyperaceae Monocot Sedge Carex nubigena Tilloch & Taylor Cyperaceae - Monocot Herb Eriophorum comosum (Wallich) Wall. ex Nees Cyperaceae Monocot Sedge Dioscorea deltoidea Wall. ex Griseb. Dioscoreaceae Kinsh Monocot Climber Elaeagnus parvifolia Wallich ex Royle Elaeagnaceae - Dicot Shrub Hippophae salicifolia D. Don. Elaeagnaceae Sarla Dicot Shrub Lyonia ovalifolia (Wall.) Drude. Ericaceae Alan Dicot Tree Rhododendron arboreum Smith Ericaceae Barh Dicot Tree Euphorbia pilosa L. Euphorbiaceae - Dicot Herb Astragalus candolleanus Royle ex. Benth. Fabaceae - Dicot Herb Indigofera heterantha Wall. ex. Brandis Fabaceae Kathi Dicot Shrub Medicago polymorpha L. Fabaceae - Dicot Herb Trifolium pratense L. Fabaceae - Dicot. Herb Trifolium repens L. Fabaceae - Dicot Herb Trigonella emodi Benth. Fabaceae - Dicot Herb Quercus floribunda Lindl. ex Rehder Fagaceae - Dicot Tree Quercus glauca Thunb. Fagaceae - Dicot Tree Quercus leucotrichophora A. Camus Fagaceae Banz Dicot Tree Gentiana capitata Buch.-Ham. ex D.Don Gentianaceae - Dicot Herb


WAPCOS Limited 8-11

Plant species Family Local name Division Habit Geranium nepalense Sweet Geraniaceae - Dicot Herb Geranium wallichianum D.Don ex Sweet Geraniaceae Rakt Jari Dicot. Herb Sweritia cordata (G.Don ) Cl. Geraniaceae - Dicot Herb Parrotiopsis jacquemontiana (Dcne.) Rehder Hammeleadaceae Killar Dicot Shrub Aesculus indica (Colebr.ex Cambess.) Hook. Hippocastanaceae Goon Dicot Tree Deutzia staminea R.Br. ex Wallich Hydrangeaceae - Dicot Shrub Hypreicum oblongifolium Choisy Hypericaceae - Dicot Shrub Juglans regia L. Juglandaceae Akhrot Dicot Tree Ajuga bracteosa Wallich ex Benth Lamiaceae Neelkanthi Dicot Herb Clinopodium umbrosum (M. Bieb.) C. Koch Lamiaceae - Dicot Herb Lamium album L. Lamiaceae - Dicot Herb Mentha longifolia L. Lamiaceae Takchi Dicot Herb Nepeta laevigata L. Lamiaceae - Dicot Herb Origanum vulgare L Lamiaceae Banbakari Dicot Herb Phlomis bracteosa Royle ex Benth. Lamiaceae - Dicot Herb Prunella vulgaris L. Lamiaceae - Dicot Herb Rabdosia rugosa (Wallich ex Benth.) Lamiaceae - Dicot Shrub Thymus linearis Benth. Lamiaceae Kochi masha Dicot. Herb Litsea spp., Lauraceae Chiluth Dicot Tree Reinwardtia indica Dumort. Linaceae - Dicot Herb Malva verticillata L. Malvaceae Mikanchi Dicot Herb Ficus palmata Forsk. Moraceae - Dicot Tree Morus serrata Roxb. Moraceae Kurumi Dicot Tree Fraxinus xanthoxyloides (Wall. Ex G. Don) DC. Oleaceae Sainjal Dicot Tree Oxalis corniculata L. Oxalidaceae Kuthamri Dicot Herb Phytolacca acinosa Roxb. Phytolaccaceae - Dicot Herb Abies pindrow Royley Pinaceae Tosh Gymno Tree Cedrus deodara (Roxb. ex Lam) G. Don Pinaceae Diyar Gymno. Tree Picea smithiana (Wallich) Boissier Pinaceae Rai Gymno Tree Pinus wallichiana A.B. Jackson Pinaceae Kail Gymno. Tree Aconogonum molle (D. Don) Hara Plantaginaceae - Dicot Herb Plantago depressa Willd. Plantaginaceae Maran Dicot Herb Plantago major L. Plantaginaceae Karecha Dicot Herb Agrostis pilosula Trin Poaceae - Monocot Grass Alopecurus arundinaceus Poir. Poaceae Creeping foxtail Monocot Grass Arthraxon lancifolius (Trin.) Hochst Poaceae Kangulya Monocot. Grass


WAPCOS Limited 8-12

Plant species Family Local name Division Habit Arundo donax L. Poaceae Fillu Monocot Grass Bromus gracillimus Vahl Poaceae - Monocot. Grass Bromus japonicus Vahl Poaceae - Monocot Grass Chrysopogon gryllus (L.) Trin. Poaceae Monocot Grass Cynodon dactylon (L.) Persoon Poaceae Dhoob Monocot Grass Dactylis glomerata L. Poaceae - Monocot Grass Eragrostis pilosaL. P. Beauv Poaceae - Monocot. Grass Festuca rubra L. Poaceae - Monocot. Grass Phleum alpinum L. Poaceae - Monocot Grass Poa annua L. Poaceae - Monocot Grass Poa supina Schrad. Poaceae - Monocot Grass Saccharum filifolium Nees ex Steud. Poaceae - Monocot Grass Saccharum rufipilum Steud Poaceae - Monocot Grass Stipa roylei (Nees) Mez Poaceae - Monocot Grass Fagopyrum dibotrys (D.Don) Hara Polygonaceae - Dicot Herb Oxyria digyna (L.) Hill. Polygonaceae Choti-chukri Dicot Herb Persicaria polystachya (Wall. Ex Meisn.) Polygonaceae - Dicot Herb Rheum emodii Wall. Polygonaceae - Dicot Herb Rumex hastatusL. Polygonaceae Amrehi Dicot Herb Rumex nepalensis Sprengel Polygonaceae Ubbal Dicot. Herb Primula denticulata Smith Primulaceae - Dicot Herb Caltha palustris L. Ranunculaceae - Dicot Herb Clematis montana Buch. -Ham. ex DC Ranunculaceae - Dicot Climber Ranunculus sceleratus L. Ranunculaceae - Dicot Herb Thalictrum foliolosum DC. Ranunculaceae - Dicot Herb Cotoneaster bacillaris Wallich Rosaceae Reosha Dicot Shrub Cotoneaster microphyllus Edgew Rosaceae - Dicot Shrub Cotoneaster rosea Edgew. Rosaceae - Dicot Shrub Duschenia indica L. Rosaceae Wild rusberry Dicot Herb Fragaria vesca L. Rosaceae Palla Dicot Herb Prinsepia utilis Royle Rosaceae Karangura Dicot Shrub Prunus armeniaca L. Rosaceae Chihri Dicot Tree Prunus padus L. Rosaceae Jammur Dicot Tree Pyracantha crenulata ( D. Don ) Roem. Rosaceae - Dicot Shrub Pyrus communis L. Rosaceae Naspati Dicot Tree Pyrus pashia Buch.-Ham. ex D.Don Rosaceae - Dicot Tree Rosa brunonii Lindley Rosaceae - Dicot Climber Rosa macrophylla Lindley Rosaceae - Dicot Shrub


WAPCOS Limited 8-13

Plant species Family Local name Division Habit Rosa webbiana Wall.ex Royle Rosaceae - Dicot Shrub Rubus foliolosus D.Don Rosaceae Karer Dicot Shrub Rubus macilentus Cambess Rosaceae Karer Dicot Shrub Sorbaria tomentosa ( Lindley) Rehder Rosaceae Kandayi Dicot Shrub Spiraea canescens D.Don Rosaceae - Dicot Shrub Galium aparine L. Rubiaceae Kuri Dicot Herb Galium elegans Wall. Rubiaceae - Dicot Herb Leptodermis lanceolata Wall. Rubiaceae - Dicot Shrub Rubia cordifolia L. Rubiaceae Manjistha Dicot Climber Boenninghausenia albiflora (Hook.) Reichb Rutaceae Pissumar-bhuti Dicot Herb Populus ciliata Wall. ex Royle Salicaceae Popular Dicot Tree Salix denticulata Anders. Salicaceae Bes Dicot Shrub Salix tetrasperma Roxb. Salicaceae Bes Dicot Tree Bergenia ciliata (Haworth) Sternb. Saxifragaceae Pathafodu Dicot Herb Verbascum thapsus L. Scrophulariaceae Akalvir/Tombru Dicot Herb Smilax aspera L. Smilacaceae - Monocot Climber Daphne papyracea Wallich ex Steudel Thymelaeaceae - Dicot Shrub Celtis tetrandra Roxb. Ulmaceae Kharak Dicot Tree Ulmus wallichiana Planch. Ulmaceae Moral Dicot Tree Girardinia diversifolia (Link) Friis Urticaceae - Dicot Shrub Lecanthus wallichii Wedd. Urticaceae - Dicot Herb Urtica dioca L. Urticaceae Ayen/Kandali Dicot Shrub Valeriana jatamansi Jones. Valerianaceae Nihani Dicot Herb Viola biflora L. Violaceae - Dicot Herb Viola canescens Wallich Violaceae Vanfsa Dicot Herb Parthenocissus semicordata (Wall.) Planch. Vitaceae - Dicot Climber

8.6.2 Economically Important plants

Economically forests are endowed with many useful plant species viz., timber yielding

species, fuel wood, fruits, dyes, fodder, resin and various minor forest products etc. The

important timber yielding trees which is mainly used for house construction and furniture

include Diyar (Cedrus deodara) Tosh (Abies pindrow), Rai (Picea smithiana), Kail (Pinus

wallichiana) and species like Moru (Quercus floribunda), Killar (Parrotiopsis jacquemontiana)

Moral (Ulmus wallichiana), Thangi (Corylus jacquemontii) and Kurumi (Morus serrata) are

used for fuelwood & fodder purpose. Reosha (Cotoneaster bacillaris) is used by locals for


WAPCOS Limited 8-14

making sticks in the area. The list of economically important plant species and their values in

the proposed project area is given in Table -8.5.

Table -8.5: List of economically important plant species recorded from the study area Plant species Local name Habit Economic value Abies pindrow Royley Tosh Tree Timber Bromus gracillimus Vahl - Grass Fodder Celtis tetrandra Roxb. Kharak Tree Timber, fodder Cotoneaster bacillaris Wallich Reosha Shrub Making sticks Duschenia indica L. Wild rusberry Herb Fruit edible Populus ciliata Wall. ex Royle Popular Tree Fodder,fuelwood Prunus armeniaca L. Chihri Tree Fruit edible Prunus padus L. Jammur Tree Fuel, fodder Pyrus communis L. Naspati Tree Fruit edible Rubus foliolosus D.Don Karer Shrub Fruit edible Salix denticulata Anders. Bes Shrub Fuelwood Ulmus wallichiana Planch. Moral Tree Timber, fodder, fuelwood Quercus floribunda Lindl. ex Rehder Moru Tree Fodder,fuelwood Pinus wallichiana A.B. Jackson Kail Tree Timber, furniture Picea smithiana (Wallich) Boissier Rai Tree Timber, furniture Parrotiopsis jacquemontiana (Dcne.) Rehder Killar Shrub Fodder Morus serrata Roxb. Kurumi Tree Fodder Litsea spp., Chiluth Tree Fuelwood Juglans regia L. Akhrot Tree Fruit edible Trifolium pratense L. - Herb Fodder Chenopodium album L. Bathuwa Herb Green vegetable Fraxinus xanthoxyloides (Wall. Ex G. Don) DC. Sainjal Tree Fuelwood Cedrus deodara (Roxb. ex Lam) G. Don Diyar Tree Timber/Resin/furniture Aesculus indica (Colebr.ex Cambess.) Hook. Goon Tree Fuelwood Quercus glauca Thunb. - Tree Fodder,fuelwood Alnus nepalensis D.Don Piyakh Tree Fuel, fodder Corylus jacquemontii Decne. Thangi Tree Fodder Acer caesium Wall. ex Brandis Mapple/Mander Tree Fuelwood, fodder Cannabis sativa L. Bhang Herb Fiber


WAPCOS Limited 8-15

8.6.3 Medicinally important plant species

Himachal Pradesh, in the Indian Himalaya, has much diversity of medicinal plants which are

widely used. Many medicinal plants are used in drug formulation based on Ayurvedic, Unani,

and Homeopathic and Allopathic pharmacy. The local people used various plants internally

for treating stomach disorder like diarrhea, dysentery, cold, cough, fever, asthma and

externally for rheumatism, skin diseases, cuts, boil and injuries. The usage of various plant

species by the locals varies with the altitude and availability of resources in the surrounding

areas. The most commonly used medicinal plants observed in the study area are Ainsliaea

aptera, Delphinium denudatum, Ajuga bracteosa, Artemisia martima, Bunium persicum,

Angelica glauca, Origanum vulgare, Thalictrum foliolosum etc. The list of medicinally

important plants observed in the study area and their uses are given in Table -8.6.

Table -8.6: List of medicinally important plants observed in the study area Plant species Part used Uses Oxytropis humifusa Leaves, flower Cures hepatitis, jaundice & stomach pain Delphinium denudatum Roots Rheumatism, epilepsy, asthma Geranium wallichianum Roots Opthalmia, burns, ringworm Lamium album Leaves Female disorders, cough, asthma Mentha longifolia Leaves Stomachache, diarrhea, fever Origanum vulgare Leaves Cough and cold, fever, vermifuge Rubia cordifolia Seeds, leaves Arthritis, urinary tract problem Tanacetum longifolium. All parts Headache, body ache, arthritis Thalictrum foliolosum Roots Diuretic, ophthalmia, purgative

Rumex nepalensis Leaves, roots Dysmenorrheal, stomachache, healing wounds

Stellaria monosperma Whole plant Gonorrhea, headache, wounds Taraxacum officinale Whole plant Liver disorders Clinopodium umbrosum Leaves Cuts & wounds Fragaria vesca Leaves, fruit Whooping cough, pneumonia, bronchitis Hippophae salicifolia Leaves & fruits Diarrhea and dysentery Thymus linearis Shoots Vermifuge, antiseptic Euphorbia pilosa Leaves, roots Wheezing, piles, dysentery, swelling Galium aparine Whole plant Urinary disorder Ajuga bracteosa Whole plant Cuts & boils rheumatism. Trigonella emodi Whole plant Gastric disorder, pain reliever Valeriana jatamansi Roots, rhizome Hysteria , joint pain and hypochondria Berberis lycium Root Contraceptive, eye ailment & jaundice Malva verticillata Leaves Injuries, wounds & scabies Viola canescens Flower & leaf Wounds, skin disease and fever Angelica glauca Roots, seeds Stomach ache, swelling. skin eruption


WAPCOS Limited 8-16

Plant species Part used Uses Boenninghausenia albiflora Leaves, flower Joint pain, fracture, swelling, poisonous Plantago major Leaves & roots Wounds, piles & asthma

Artemisia martima Leaves Antiseptic, diarrhea, stimulant, colic disorder

Bunium persicum Seeds Stimulants, diarrhea, dyspepsia Artemisia nilagirica Leaves Injuries, stomachache, anthelmentic Nepeta laevigata Leaves Swelling. Skin eruption, throat complaints Caltha palustris Roots Gastric troubles

Bergenia ciliata. Rhizomatous part Kidney stone and clean eyes of livestock

Crataegus oxyacantha Seeds Liver complaints, Jaundice Juglans regia Leaves and Bark Cleaning teeth, animal bone fracture Selinum candollii Roots Cough, asthma Ainsliaea aptera Root Diuretic and stomach ache. Rhododendron arboreum Flower juice

Injuries, urinary tract problem, blood purifier

Corylus jacquemontii Seed, oil Fractures, joint pain Salix alba L. Bark Antiseptic, wounds

8.6.4 Community characteristics at various sampling sites in various seasons In order to understand the community structure, vegetation sampling was carried out at

different locations in the project area.

Site-I, Catchment Area (Chanju nallah)

TREE & SHRUB COMMUNITY LAYER

In the catchment area, a total of 10 tree species were recorded while surveying for Chanju-III

HE Project. The average density of tree species was recorded to be 275 individuals/ ha. In

terms of IVI as well as density, Abies pindrow, Picea smithiana and Pinus wallichiana were

the dominant tree species at this sampling site. The maximum occurrence was observed for

Abies pindrow with 45% frequency.

A total of 12 shrub species were recorded from the catchment area of Chanju-III HE Project.

The average density of this group of species was recorded to be 715 individuals/ ha. In terms

of IVI (46.73) as well as density (120 individuals/ ha), Viburnum cotinifolium was recorded to

be the dominant shrub species at this sampling site. Sorbaria tomentosa, Cotoneaster

microphyllus, and Indigofera heterantha were the co-dominant species. The maximum

frequency of occurrence was recorded for Cotoneaster microphyllus with 70% frequency. The

details are given in Table-8.7.


WAPCOS Limited 8-17

Table-8.7: Distribution analysis of tree and shrub community at site-I Plant Species Frequency

% Density ind/ha

Abundance IVI

TREE COMMUNITY Abies pindrow Royley 45 65 1.44 79.51 Picea smithiana (Wallich) Boissier 35 50 1.43 56.29 Pinus wallichiana A.B. Jackson 30 40 1.33 45.53 Quercus floribunda Lindl. ex Rehder 20 30 1.50 28.88 Ulmus wallichiana Planch. 15 25 1.67 27.21 Acer caesium Wall. ex Brandis 10 10 1.00 12.23 Lyonia ovalifolia (Wall.) Drude. 20 25 1.25 22.45 Prunus padus L. 5 5 1.00 5.93 Salix alba L. 10 15 1.50 11.12 Sorbus cuspidata (Spach) Hedl. 10 10 1.00 10.85 Total 275 300 SHRUB COMMUNITY Cotoneaster bacillaris Wallich 15 20 1.33 12.57 Cotoneaster microphyllus L. 70 110 1.57 44.30 Deutzia staminea R.Br. ex Wallich 25 25 1.00 13.66 Indigofera heterantha Wall. ex. Brandis 45 70 1.56 33.21 Rosa macrophylla Lindley 15 15 1.00 7.05 Sorbaria tomentosa ( Lindley) Rehder 60 105 1.75 44.70 Spiraea canescens D.Don 35 55 1.57 23.16 Viburnum cotinifolium D .Don 55 120 2.18 46.73 Rubus macilentus Cambess 40 60 1.50 21.38 Salix denticulata Anders. 20 30 1.50 15.46 Sarcococca saligna ( D.Don) Muell.- Arg. 20 65 3.25 19.09 Viburnum erubecens Wall. Ex DC. 30 40 1.33 18.69 Total 715 300

Herbaceous Community Layer

In this community layer, a total of 27 herbaceous species were recorded with an average

density of 41.96 individuals /m2 during the field study in summer season. In terms of

importance value index (IVI), Bromus gracillimus (IVI, 32.32) was the dominant herbaceous

species followed by Festuca rubra (IVI, 29.68) and Poa himalayana (IVI, 27.82). The maximum

frequency for herbaceous layer was recorded for Fragaria vesca with 48% frequency.

During the quadrat study on herbaceous layer in monsoon season, a total of 34 herbaceous

species were recorded at the catchment area. The average density of this group of species


WAPCOS Limited 8-18

was recorded to be 55.12 individuals /m2. In terms of importance value index (IVI), Bromus

gracillimus (IVI, 29.95) was the dominant herbaceous species followed by Poa annua (IVI,

26.21) and Stipa roylei (IVI, 26.10). The frequency ranged from 12% to 48%.

In winter season, a total of 17 herbaceous species were recorded at site-I during quadrat

study. The average density of this group of species was recorded to be 24.40 individuals /m2.

The highest value of IVI (40.23) as well as density was recorded for Saccharum rufipilum

which was the dominant species at the site followed by Stipa roylei (IVI, 33.97) and Carex

nubigena (IVI, 31.84). The details are given in Table-8.8.

Table-8.8.: Distribution analysis of herb community at site-I Plant Species Frequency

(%) Density ind/m2

Abundance IVI

SUMMER SEASON Agrostis pilosula Trin 24 3.68 15.33 23.28 Ainsliaea aptera DC. 44 0.60 1.36 8.50 Bromus gracillimus Vahl 36 6.20 17.22 32.32 Carex cruciata Wahlenb. 20 1.84 9.20 13.87 Carex nubigena Tilloch & Taylor 40 4.00 10.00 22.36 Fragaria vesca L. 48 0.84 1.75 9.91 Gentiana capitata Buch.-Ham. ex D.Don 24 1.28 5.33 10.26 Poa annua L. 32 2.08 6.50 14.12 Rumex nepalensis Sprengel 40 0.88 2.20 9.23 Taraxacum officinale Weber 36 0.64 1.78 7.80 Valeriana jatamansi Jones. 40 0.68 1.70 8.39 Viola canescens Wallich 44 0.80 1.82 9.31 Dactylis glomerata L. 32 4.48 14.00 25.32 Festuca rubra L. 36 5.60 15.56 29.68 Phlomis bracteosa Royle ex Benth. 24 0.52 2.17 6.14 Poa himalayana Nees ex Steud. 28 4.80 17.14 27.82 Potentilla supina L. 24 0.52 2.17 6.14 Primula denticulata Smith 36 0.52 1.44 7.27 Plantago major L. 28 0.44 1.57 6.06 Capsella bursa-pastoris (L.) Medikus 20 0.52 2.60 5.90 Artemisia nilagirica (Clarke) Pamp. 16 0.40 2.50 4.99 Geranium wallichianum D.Don ex Sweet 20 0.32 1.60 4.69 Cirsium wallichii DC. 20 0.20 1.00 3.97 Fagopyrum dibotrys (D.Don) Hara 12 0.12 1.00 2.67

Total 41.96 300


WAPCOS Limited 8-19

Plant Species Frequency (%)

Density ind/m2

Abundance IVI

MONSOON SEASON Trifolium pratense L. 24 2.24 9.33 11.84 Stipa roylei (Nees) Mez 48 7.12 14.83 26.10 Selinum candollii DC. 20 0.64 0.29 19.67 Rumex nepalensis Sprengel 48 2.48 5.17 11.70 Poa annua L. 32 6.28 19.63 26.21 Geranium wallichianum D.Don ex Sweet 36 1.28 3.56 7.52 Festuca rubra L. 44 6.32 14.36 24.02 Bromus japonicus Vahl 36 4.08 11.33 17.42 Bromus gracillimus Vahl 44 8.16 18.55 29.95 Aster thomsonii Clarke 24 1.40 5.83 8.15 Astragalus candolleanus Royle ex. Benth. 16 1.00 6.25 7.02 Boenninghausenia albiflora (Hook.) Reichb 32 0.80 2.50 5.67 Duschenia indica L. 40 0.84 2.10 6.16 Erigeron multicaulis Wall. ex DC. 28 0.84 3.00 5.71 Phlomis bracteosa Royle ex Benth. 28 0.96 3.43 6.20 Prunella vulgaris L. 24 1.00 4.17 6.39 Taraxacum officinale Weber 36 0.84 2.33 5.97 Thalictrum foliolosum DC. 40 0.56 1.40 5.22 Viola canescens Wallich 44 0.92 2.09 6.63 Angelica glauca Edgew 36 0.60 1.67 5.12 Gentiana capitata Buch.-Ham. ex D.Don 20 0.68 3.40 5.00 Ainsliaea aptera DC. 36 0.56 1.56 4.98 Viola biflora L. 28 0.52 1.86 4.43 Valeriana jatamansi Jones. 32 0.60 1.88 4.92 Primula denticulata Smith 28 0.64 2.29 4.91 Plantago major L. 20 0.48 2.40 4.02 Oxyria digyna (L.) Hill. 16 0.20 1.25 2.47 Geranium nepalense Sweet 32 0.52 1.63 4.62 Fragaria vesca L. 12 0.20 1.67 2.39 Euphorbia pilosa L. 28 0.64 2.29 4.91 Eragrostis pilosaL. P. Beauv 20 0.64 3.20 4.81 Cirsium wallichii DC. 24 0.64 2.67 4.81 Cichorium intybus L. 12 0.32 2.67 3.23 Bunium persicumBioss. 12 0.12 1.00 1.84 Total 55.12 300


WAPCOS Limited 8-20


Density ind/m2

Abundance IVI

WINTER SEASON Festuca rubra L. 36 2.60 7.22 27.83 Poa annua L. 48 2.80 5.83 28.83 Saccharum rufipilum Steud 40 4.24 10.60 40.23 Stipa roylei (Nees) Mez 32 3.24 10.13 33.97 Ainsliaea aptera DC. 44 0.60 1.36 12.54 Anaphalis royleana DC. 40 1.36 3.40 17.90 Carex nubigena Tilloch & Taylor 44 3.20 7.27 31.84 Viola canescens Wallich 24 0.36 1.50 8.08 Fagopyrum dibotrys (D.Don) Hara 32 0.88 2.75 13.51 Fragaria vesca L. 24 0.56 2.33 10.12 Oxyria digyna (L.) Hill. 16 0.24 1.50 6.12 Plantago major L. 32 0.68 2.13 11.78 Stellaria monosperma D.Don 40 1.48 3.70 18.83 Taraxacum officinale Weber 24 0.32 1.33 7.67 Valeriana jatamansi Jones. 28 0.64 2.29 11.11 Conyza stricta Willd. 12 0.16 1.33 4.81 Thlaspi arvense L. 28 1.04 3.71 14.84 Total 24.40 300

Site-II, Ttrench weir site-I (nearby Dantoi village)

At the Trench weir site, a total of 13 tree species were recorded with an average density of

295 individuals/ ha. In terms of IVI, the dominant tree species was Populus ciliata (IVI, 68.20)

followed by Aesculus indica (IVI, 61.62) and Celtis tetrandra, (IVI, 42.28). Highest frequency

of occurrence was recorded for Aesculus indica with 45% frequency.

In shrub community layer, a total of 17 shrub species were recorded at the Trench weir site of

proposed Chanju-III HE Project during the field study. The average density of this group of

species was recorded to be 855 individuals/ ha. In terms of IVI (47.32), Berberis jaeschkiam

was dominant shrub species followed by Sorbaria tomentos (IVI, 45.62) and Indigofera

heterantha. The maximum frequency was observed for Berberis jaeschkiam and Sorbaria

tomentosa each with 65% frequency. The details are given in Table-8.9.

Table-8.9.: Distribution analysis of tree and shrub community at site-II Plant Species Frequency

% Density

Abundance IVI

TREE COMMUNITY (Density ind/ha) Aesculus indica (Colebr.ex Cambess.) Hook. 45 55 1.22 61.62


WAPCOS Limited 8-21

Plant Species Frequency %

Density

Abundance IVI

Ulmus wallichiana Planch. 15 15 1.00 16.17 Populus ciliata Wall. ex Royle 40 55 1.38 68.20 Picea smithiana (Wallich) Boissier 15 20 1.33 20.34 Lyonia ovalifolia (Wall.) Drude. 15 20 1.33 14.71 Celtis tetrandra Roxb. 35 45 1.29 42.28 Acer caesium Wall. ex Brandis 10 10 1.00 10.32 Abies pindrow Royley 10 15 1.50 14.14 Pinus wallichiana A.B. Jackson 10 10 1.00 11.04 Pyrus pashia Buch.-Ham. ex D.Don 10 10 1.00 9.15 Quercus floribunda Lindl. ex Rehder 15 15 1.00 14.11 Rhododendron arboreum Smith 10 15 1.50 10.11 Salix tetrasperma Roxb. 10 10 1.00 7.80 Total 295 300 SHRUB COMMUNITY (Density ind/ha) Berberis jaeschkiam C.K. Schn. 65 110 1.69 47.32 Berberis lycium Royle 30 50 1.67 20.03 Deutzia staminea R.Br. ex Wallich 35 60 1.71 19.16 Indigofera heterantha Wall. ex. Brandis 50 70 1.40 24.55 Rabdosia rugosa (Wallich ex Benth.) 45 75 1.67 20.81 Rubus macilentus Cambess 35 65 1.86 16.64 Sorbaria tomentosa ( Lindley) Rehder 65 120 1.85 45.62 Artemisia martima L. 25 55 2.20 14.11 Buddleja crispa Benth. Scr. 15 15 1.00 6.54 Coriaria nepalensis Wallich 5 5 1.00 2.63 Cotoneaster bacillaris Wallich 25 30 1.20 11.90 Cotoneaster microphyllus L. 30 35 1.17 11.75 Prinsepia utilis Royle 20 20 1.00 7.35 Pyracantha crenulata (D. Don) Roem. 10 10 1.00 3.81 Rubus foliolosus D.Don 25 45 1.80 13.20 Spiraea canescens D.Don 30 40 1.33 14.60 Viburnum cotinifolium D .Don 40 50 1.25 19.97 Total 855 300

Herbaceous Communty

A total of 30 herbaceous species were recorded with an average density of 42.76 individuals

/m2 during the field study in summer season. The highest value of IVI (25.44) as well as

density (6.32 individuals/ m2) was recorded for Rumex nepalensis which was dominant

herbaceous species at this site followed by Carex nubigena (IVI, 23.79) and Poa annua (IVI,

22.35). Frequency value ranged from 8% to 52% at this sampling site.


WAPCOS Limited 8-22

In monsoon season, a total of 33 herbaceous species were recorded with an average density of

52.96 individuals /m2 during the field survey. The highest value of IVI (21.22) as well as

density (5.28 individuals/ m2) was recorded for Valeriana jatamansi which was dominant

herbaceous species at this site closely followed by Poa supina (IVI, 21.08) and Poa annua (IVI,

20.09). Frequency value ranged from 4% to 56% at this sampling site.

In winter season, a total of 15 herbaceous species were recorded during the field study. The

average density of this group of species was recorded to be 17.52 individuals /m2. The highest

value of IVI (49.52) as well as density (4.04 individuals/ m2) was recorded for Carex nubigena

which was dominant herbaceous species at this site followed by Poa annua (IVI, 31.54),

Rumex nepalensis (IVI, 30.09) and Phleum alpinum (IVI, 28.46) Frequency value ranged from

20% to 48% at this sampling site. The details are given in Table-8.10.

Table-8.10.: Distribution analysis of herb community at site-II Plant Species Frequency

(%) Density ind/m2

Abundance IVI

SUMMER SEASON Valeriana jatamansi Jones. 44 1.28 2.91 9.75 Stellaria monosperma D.Don 40 1.68 4.20 11.44 Rumex nepalensis Sprengel 52 5.00 9.62 25.13 Poa annua L. 40 4.08 10.20 22.35 Oxalis corniculata L. 52 1.32 2.54 10.27 Gentiana capitata Buch.-Ham. ex D.Don 28 2.16 7.71 14.53 Festuca rubra L. 36 3.40 9.44 19.72 Dactylis glomerata L. 36 2.24 6.22 14.16 Cynodon dactylon (L.) Persoon 56 3.68 6.57 19.73 Carex nubigena Tilloch & Taylor 48 4.60 9.58 23.79 Carex cruciata Wahlenb. 24 2.24 9.33 15.76 Trifolium repens L. 44 1.24 2.82 9.57 Taraxacum officinale Weber 48 1.16 2.42 9.41 Cannabis sativa L. 24 0.88 3.67 7.58 Gnaphalium luteo-album L. 48 0.72 1.50 7.57 Erigeron multicaulis Wall. ex DC. 32 0.84 2.63 7.32 Primula denticulata Smith 48 0.64 1.33 7.24 Fragaria vesca L. 40 0.60 1.50 6.53 Viola canescens Wallich 32 0.52 1.63 5.69 Thalictrum foliolosum DC. 20 0.40 2.00 4.60 Heracleum lanatum Michaux 28 0.32 1.14 4.42 Geranium nepalense Sweet 32 0.44 1.38 5.29 Fagopyrum dibotrys (D.Don) Hara 24 0.36 1.50 4.45


WAPCOS Limited 8-23


Density ind/m2

Abundance IVI

Clinopodium umbrosum (M. Bieb.) C. Koch 32 0.64 2.00 6.31 Chenopodium album L. 24 0.52 2.17 5.41 Capsella bursa-pastoris (L.) Medikus 32 0.48 1.50 5.49 Ajuga bracteosa Wallich ex Benth 32 0.52 1.63 5.69 Ainsliaea aptera DC. 28 0.36 1.29 4.64 Rumex hastatusL. 20 0.36 1.80 4.33 Rheum emodii Wall. 8 0.08 1.00 1.83 Total 42.76 300 MONSOON SEASON Rumex nepalensis Sprengel 36 1.36 3.78 8.17 Primula denticulata Smith 52 1.40 2.69 8.99 Poa supina Schrad. 28 4.48 16.00 21.08 Poa annua L. 40 4.76 11.90 20.09 Phlomis bracteosa Royle ex Benth. 56 1.00 1.79 8.02 Oxalis corniculata L. 44 1.80 4.09 9.92 Gentiana capitata Buch.-Ham. ex D.Don 36 2.28 6.33 11.53 Festuca rubra L. 32 4.40 13.75 19.87 Cynodon dactylon (L.) Persoon 56 4.80 8.57 19.49 Carex nubigena Tilloch & Taylor 40 3.40 8.50 15.37 Carex cruciata Wahlenb. 32 4.08 12.75 18.63 Anaphalis royleana DC. 40 0.84 2.10 6.49 Saccharum filifolium Nees ex Steud. 16 2.60 16.25 16.62 Ainsliaea aptera DC. 36 0.60 1.67 5.40 Ajuga bracteosa Wallich ex Benth 24 0.44 1.83 4.13 Angelica glauca Edgew 16 0.16 1.00 2.36 Fragaria vesca L. 48 0.60 1.25 6.21 Geranium wallichianum D.Don ex Sweet 40 0.64 1.60 5.79 Potentilla supina L. 32 0.64 2.00 5.33 Taraxacum officinale Weber 44 0.64 1.45 6.06 Thalictrum foliolosum DC. 40 0.80 2.00 6.35 Trifolium repens L. 24 1.44 6.00 8.66 Valeriana jatamansi Jones. 48 5.28 11.00 21.22 Arisaema concinnum Schott. 4 0.04 1.00 1.07 Cirsium wallichii DC. 20 0.32 1.60 3.40 Cynoglossum zeylanicum (Vahl ex Horn.) Thumb. 16 0.20 1.25 2.60 Viola canescens Wallich 32 0.52 1.63 4.87


WAPCOS Limited 8-24


Density ind/m2

Abundance IVI

Sweritia cordata (G.Don ) Cl. 28 0.56 2.00 4.82 Senecio laetus Edgew. 24 0.48 2.00 4.31 Rumex hastatusL. 16 0.24 1.50 2.83 Plantago depressa Willd. 32 0.60 1.88 5.18 Oxyria digyna (L.) Hill. 20 0.36 1.80 3.60 Origanum vulgare L 24 0.68 2.83 5.22 Heracleum lanatum Michaux 12 0.12 1.00 1.93 Duschenia indica L. 32 0.40 1.25 4.40 Total 52.96 300 WINTER SEASON Ainsliaea aptera DC. 40 1.04 2.60 19.06 Anaphalis royleana DC. 32 0.84 2.63 16.40 Carex nubigena Tilloch & Taylor 48 4.04 8.42 49.52 Cichorium intybus L. 20 0.24 1.20 7.73 Fagopyrum dibotrys (D.Don) Hara 36 0.48 1.33 12.52 Fragaria vesca L. 40 0.60 1.50 14.33 Poa annua L. 36 2.16 6.00 31.54 Plantago major L. 32 0.52 1.63 12.55 Artemisia nilagirica (Clarke) Pamp. 44 1.08 2.45 19.79 Cannabis sativa L. 32 0.44 1.38 11.59 Valeriana jatamansi Jones. 20 0.36 1.80 9.63 Rumex nepalensis Sprengel 44 2.08 4.73 30.09 Cynoglossum lanceolatum Forsk. 32 0.40 1.25 11.11 Phleum alpinum L. 24 1.68 7.00 28.46 Festuca rubra L. 28 1.56 5.57 25.68 Total 17.52 300

Site-III, Power House site (nearby Jakhla village)

A total of 13 tree species were recorded at power house site of Chanju-III HE Project during

the field study. The average density of this group of species was recorded to be 240

individuals/ ha. A perusal of the data on the ecological analysis revealed that the highest

value of IVI (63.17) was recorded for Aesculus indica which was dominant species at this site

followed by Populus ciliata (IVI, 39.76) and Alnus nepalensis (IVI, 32.34). Frequency value

ranged from 5% to 30% of the site.

A total of 18 shrub species were recorded at the power house site of Chanju-III HE Project.

The average density of this group of species was recorded to be 690 individuals/ ha. In terms

of IVI (68.07) as well as density (125 individuals/ ha), Berberis lycium was recorded to be the


WAPCOS Limited 8-25

dominant shrub species at this sampling site. Sarcococca saligna, Sorbaria tomentosa, and

Rabdosia rugosa were the co-dominant shrub species at this site. Frequency value ranged

from 5% to 65%. The details are given in Table-8.11.

Table-8.11: Distribution analysis of tree, shrub and herb community at site-III Plant Species Frequency

% Density ind/ha

Abundance IVI

TREE COMMUNITY Populus ciliata Wall. ex Royle 15 25 1.67 32.34 Litsea spp., 30 45 1.50 39.76 Celtis tetrandra Roxb. 15 15 1.00 23.12 Alnus nepalensis D.Don 15 20 1.33 26.59 Aesculus indica (Colebr.ex Camb.) Hook. 15 40 2.67 63.17 Salix tetrasperma Roxb. 15 20 1.33 18.91 Rhododendron arboreum Smith 10 15 1.50 15.37 Quercus leucotrichophora A. Camus 10 10 1.00 14.11 Cedrus deodara (Roxb. ex Lam) G. Don 10 10 1.00 16.44 Abies pindrow Royley 10 10 1.00 17.74 Juglans regia L. 5 10 2.00 12.91 Pyrus pashia Buch.-Ham. ex D.Don 10 10 1.00 11.75 Ficus palmata Forsk. 5 10 2.00 7.79 Total 240 300 SHRUB COMMUNITY Spiraea canescens D.Don 30 40 1.33 17.63 Sorbaria tomentosa ( Lindley) Rehder 35 55 1.57 25.16 Sarcococca saligna ( D.Don) Muell.- Arg. 35 105 3.00 30.00 Salix denticulata Anders. 25 45 1.80 23.02 Rabdosia rugosa (Wallich ex Benth.) 45 80 1.78 24.82 Parrotiopsis jacquemontiana (Dcne.) Rehder 25 25 1.00 15.72 Indigofera heterantha Wall. ex. Brandis 25 35 1.40 15.41 Berberis lycium Royle 55 125 2.27 68.07 Daphne papyracea Wallich ex Steudel 25 30 1.20 13.35 Deutzia staminea R.Br. ex Wallich 20 30 1.50 12.39 Pyracantha crenulata (D. Don ) Roem. 20 20 1.00 10.88 Rubus macilentus Cambess 20 30 1.50 10.18 Rubus foliolosus D.Don 15 20 1.33 7.18 Prinsepia utilis Royle 10 15 1.50 6.83


WAPCOS Limited 8-26


Density ind/ha

Abundance IVI

Cotoneaster microphyllus Edgew 10 10 1.00 5.26 Coriaria nepalensis Wallich 10 10 1.00 6.41 Rosa burnonii Lindl. 10 10 1.00 4.77 Elaeagnus parvifolia Wallich ex Royle 5 5 1.00 2.92 Total 690 300

Herbaceous Community

In herbaceous layer, a total of 28 herbaceous species were recorded with an average density

of 40.32 individuals /m2 during the field study. The highest value of IVI (31.48) as well as

density (6.04 individuals/ ha) was recorded for Poa annua which was dominant herbaceous

species at this site followed by Rumex nepalensis (IVI, 29.29) and Cynodon dactylon (IVI,

28.26). Frequency value ranged from 4% to 48% of the site.


/m2 during the study in monsoon season. The highest value of IVI 28.82) was recorded for

Chrysopogon gryllus which was dominant herbaceous species at this site followed by Poa

annua (IVI, 27.00) and Cynodon dactylon (IVI, 24.21). Frequency value ranged from 8% to 60%

of the site.

In winter season, a total of 16 species were recorded during the quadrat study. The average

density of this group of species was recorded to be 17.36 individuals /m2. The maximum value

of IVI (37.47) was recorded for Stipa roylei which was the dominant herbaceous species at this

site followed by Rumex nepalensis (IVI, 35.69) and Poa annua (IVI, 24.21). Frequency value

ranged from 8% to 56%. The details are given in Table-8.12.

Table-8.12: Distribution analysis of herb community at site-III Plant Species Frequency

(%) Density ind/m2

Abundance IVI

SUMMER SEASON Trifolium repens L. 44 1.24 2.82 10.79 Taraxacum officinale Weber 36 1.44 4.00 11.16 Stellaria monosperma D.Don 36 1.76 4.89 12.63 Rumex nepalensis Sprengel 48 5.72 11.92 29.29 Poa annua L. 40 6.04 15.10 31.48 Oxalis corniculata L. 48 1.44 3.00 11.93 Origanum vulgare L 36 1.04 2.89 9.33 Nasturtium officinale R. Br. 8 1.12 14.00 14.38 Ajuga bracteosa Wallich ex Benth 24 1.16 4.83 9.58 Artemisia scoparia Waldst. 24 1.40 5.83 10.93


WAPCOS Limited 8-27


Density ind/m2

Abundance IVI

Cannabis sativa L. 28 1.28 4.57 10.18 Capsella bursa-pastoris (L.) Medikus 32 0.72 2.25 7.55 Chrysopogon gryllus (L.) Trin. 28 4.44 15.86 26.56 Conyza canadensis L. 28 0.84 3.00 7.91 Cynodon dactylon (L.) Persoon 44 5.40 12.27 28.26 Cynoglossum lanceolatum Forsk. 40 0.52 1.30 7.35 Duschenia indica L. 48 0.60 1.25 8.52 Erigeron multicaulis Wall. ex DC. 36 0.56 1.56 7.13 Gnaphalium luteo-album L. 36 0.76 2.11 8.05 Lecanthus wallichii Wedd. 12 0.64 5.33 7.14 Artemisia nilagirica (Clarke) Pamp. 20 0.72 3.60 7.05 Clinopodium umbrosum (M. Bieb.) C. Koch 32 0.52 1.63 6.58 Verbascum thapsus L. 8 0.08 1.00 1.97 Tagetes minuta L. 4 0.04 1.00 1.36 Ranunculus sceleratus L. 8 0.12 1.50 2.45 Mentha longifolia L. 20 0.48 2.40 5.54 Malva verticillata L. 12 0.16 1.33 2.93 Cirsium wallichii DC. 8 0.08 1.00 1.97 Total 40.32 300 MONSOON SEASON Trifolium repens L. 40 1.40 3.50 8.12 Thalictrum foliolosum DC. 32 1.64 5.13 8.70 Taraxacum officinale Weber 36 1.80 5.00 9.28 Saccharum filifolium Nees ex Steud. 20 1.80 9.00 10.03 Rumex nepalensis Sprengel 44 3.40 7.73 14.34 Poa annua L. 24 6.08 25.33 27.00 Oxalis corniculata L. 48 2.16 4.50 10.75 Gnaphalium luteo-album L. 48 1.28 2.67 8.19 Cynodon dactylon (L.) Persoon 60 6.96 11.60 24.21 Chrysopogon gryllus (L.) Trin. 44 8.20 18.64 28.82 Carex cruciata Wahlenb. 32 2.32 7.25 11.08 Cannabis sativa L. 24 1.52 6.33 8.42 Arthraxon lancifolius (Trin.) Hochst 24 2.96 12.33 14.29 Artemisia scoparia Waldst. 32 1.44 4.50 8.00 Thymus linearis Benth. 28 1.40 5.00 7.84 Arundo donax L. 36 1.16 3.22 7.17 Artemisia nilagirica (Clarke) Pamp. 44 1.00 2.27 7.11 Primula denticulata Smith 40 1.04 2.60 6.99 Origanum vulgare L 36 0.96 2.67 6.51


WAPCOS Limited 8-28


Density ind/m2

Abundance IVI

Fragaria vesca L. 24 1.00 4.17 6.30 Clinopodium umbrosum (M. Bieb.) C. Koch 28 0.84 3.00 5.74 Anaphalis royleana DC. 24 0.84 3.50 5.65 Ajuga bracteosa Wallich ex Benth 36 0.64 1.78 5.46 Viola canescens Wallich 24 0.76 3.17 5.33 Lactuca disecta D. Don 32 0.60 1.88 5.07 Ainsliaea aptera DC. 28 0.64 2.29 5.00 Cynoglossum lanceolatum Forsk. 20 0.60 3.00 4.58 Duschenia indica L. 28 0.52 1.86 4.55 Bupleurium candollii Wall. ex DC. 28 0.44 1.57 4.25 Angelica glauca Edgew 20 0.24 1.20 2.95 Phlomis bracteosa Royle ex Benth. 16 0.36 2.25 3.37 Valeriana jatamansi Jones. 16 0.24 1.50 2.74 Galium aparine L. 16 0.24 1.50 2.74 Youngia japonica (L.) DC. 16 0.24 1.50 2.74 Viola biflora L. 12 0.20 1.67 2.40 Prunella vulgaris L. 8 0.20 2.50 2.49 Senecio laetus Edgew. 8 0.12 1.50 1.79 Total 57.24 300 WINTER SEASON Rumex nepalensis Sprengel 44 2.60 5.91 35.69 Ainsliaea aptera DC. 32 0.72 2.25 15.13 Carex nubigena Tilloch & Taylor 36 1.68 4.67 26.29 Viola canescens Wallich 20 0.32 1.60 9.10 Fagopyrum dibotrys (D.Don) Hara 32 0.56 1.75 13.22 Fragaria vesca L. 48 1.40 2.92 23.63 Stipa roylei (Nees) Mez 56 2.80 5.00 37.47 Oxyria digyna (L.) Hill. 16 0.40 2.50 10.54 Stellaria monosperma D.Don 40 1.84 4.60 27.89 Tanacetum longifolium Wall ex DC. 24 0.40 1.67 10.50 Valeriana jatamansi Jones. 32 0.56 1.75 13.22 Dactylis glomerata L. 12 0.24 2.00 7.81 Thlaspi arvense L. 8 0.20 2.50 7.76 Poa annua L. 36 2.48 6.89 35.32 Thalictrum foliolosum DC. 24 0.56 2.33 12.75 Thymus linearis Benth. 32 0.60 1.88 13.69 Total 17.36 300


WAPCOS Limited 8-29

Site-IV, Trench weir site-II (Mahed nallah)

At the site-IV (Trench weir site-II (Mahed nallah)), a total of 11 tree species were recorded

during the field study. The average density of this group of species was recorded to be 290

individuals/ ha. In terms of importance value index (IVI), Aesculus indica (IVI, 48.90) was the

dominant tree species followed by Populus ciliata (IVI, 45.57) and Abies pindrow (IVI, 39.57).

Maximum density was observed for Populus ciliata with 45 individuals/ha.

In shrub community layer, a total of 15 shrub species were recorded at site-IV during the field

study. The average density of this group of species was recorded to be 745 individuals/ha.

The highest value of IVI (51.33) was recorded for Sorbaria tomentosa which was dominant

shrub species of the site followed by Daphne papyracea (IVI, 43.29) and Sarcococca saligna

(IVI, 31.87). Maximum density was recorded for Daphne papyracea with 125 individuals/ha.

Highest frequency of occurrence was observed for Rubus macilentus with 55% frequency. The


Table-8.13: Distribution analysis of tree, shrub and herb community at site-IV Plant Species Frequency

% Density ind/ha)

Abundance IVI

TREE COMMUNITY Rhododendron arboreum Smith 15 30 2.00 22.86 Populus ciliata Wall. ex Royle 25 45 1.80 45.57 Cedrus deodara (Roxb. ex Lam) G. Don 20 25 1.25 26.75 Prunus padus L. 20 20 1.00 21.24 Alnus nepalensis D.Don 25 45 1.80 38.91 Aesculus indica (Colebr.ex Cambess.) Hook. 30 40 1.33 48.90 Abies pindrow Royley 25 35 1.40 39.57 Celtis tetrandra Roxb. 10 10 1.00 11.94 Corylus jacquemontii Decne. 10 10 1.00 11.45 Pinus wallichiana A.B. Jackson 10 15 1.50 14.97 Ulmus wallichiana Planch. 15 15 1.00 17.86 Total 290 300 SHRUB COMMUNITY Daphne papyracea Wallich ex Steudel 45 125 2.78 43.29 Indigofera heterantha Wall. ex. Brandis 40 60 1.50 25.74 Rubus macilentus Cambess 55 90 1.64 29.68 Sarcococca saligna ( D.Don) Muell.- Arg. 50 115 2.30 31.87 Sorbaria tomentosa (Lindley) Rehder 50 120 2.40 51.33


WAPCOS Limited 8-30


Density ind/ha)

Abundance IVI

Viburnum cotinifolium D .Don 35 55 1.57 27.04 Parrotiopsis jacquemontiana (Dcne.) Rehder 20 30 1.50 17.90 Berberis aristata DC. 15 20 1.33 13.45 Buddleja crispa Benth. Scr. 15 20 1.33 7.88 Cotoneaster bacillaris Wallich 10 10 1.00 5.47 Cotoneaster microphyllus Edgew 20 20 1.00 10.75 Leptodermis lanceolata Wall. 5 5 1.00 2.07 Rosa macrophylla Lindley 10 15 1.50 5.93 Rubus foliolosus D.Don 20 25 1.25 10.50 Spiraea canescens D.Don 25 35 1.40 17.11 Total 745 300


During the community study for herbaceous layer in summer season, a total of 24 species

were recorded from the site-IV. The average density of this group of species was recorded to

be 51.08 individuals /m2. In terms of importance value index (IVI), Agrostis pilosula (IVI,

29.45) was the dominant herbaceous species followed by Carex cruciata (IVI, 27.75) and Poa

himalayana (IVI, 27.05). The maximum density was observed for Carex cruciata with 6.44

individuals /m2.


/m2 during the study in monsoon season. The highest value of IVI (31.05) as well as density

(7.80 individuals/ ha) was recorded for Bromus japonicus which was dominant herbaceous

species at this site followed by Rumex nepalensis (IVI, 27.90) and Poa annua (IVI, 25.67).

Frequency value ranged from 12% to 52% of the site

In winter season, a total of 14 species were recorded at Trench weir site-II (Mahed nalha).

The average density of this group of species was recorded to be 12.92 individuals /m2. In

terms of IVI, Persicaria polystachya was the dominant species with IVI, 44.10. Carex nubigena

(33.20), Rumex nepalensis (IVI, 27.48), Fagopyrum dibotrys (25.33) and Fragaria vesca

(IVI,23.37) were the co-dominant species at this community layer. Frequency value ranged

from 16% to 48% at this site. The details are given in Table-8.14.


WAPCOS Limited 8-31

Table-8.14: Distribution analysis of herb community at site-IV Plant Species Frequency

(%) Density ind/m2

Abundance IVI

SUMMER SEASON Gentiana capitata Buch.-Ham. ex D.Don 24 1.08 4.50 8.16 Fragaria vesca L. 48 1.00 2.08 9.25 Valeriana jatamansi Jones. 48 1.16 2.42 9.80 Dactylis glomerata L. 24 2.96 12.33 17.26 Carex cruciata Wahlenb. 48 6.44 13.42 27.75 Agrostis pilosula Trin 32 6.20 19.38 29.45 Phlomis bracteosa Royle ex Benth. 40 0.76 1.90 7.68 Gnaphalium luteo-album L. 36 0.88 2.44 7.80 Primula denticulata Smith 40 0.56 1.40 6.94 Poa annua L. 44 5.28 12.00 24.01 Poa himalayana Nees ex Steud. 36 5.84 16.22 27.05 Geranium wallichianum D.Don ex Sweet 36 0.48 1.33 6.25 Bromus gracillimus Vahl 28 3.56 12.71 19.18 Carex nubigena Tilloch & Taylor 44 4.48 10.18 21.18 Festuca rubra L. 40 5.00 12.50 23.32 Stellaria monosperma D.Don 32 1.00 3.13 8.02 Taraxacum officinale Weber 44 0.96 2.18 8.76 Viola canescens Wallich 40 0.64 1.60 7.24 Rumex nepalensis Sprengel 24 0.64 2.67 6.03 Thalictrum foliolosum DC. 16 0.48 3.00 4.97 Plantago major L. 28 0.56 2.00 5.90 Heracleum lanatum Michaux 28 0.36 1.29 5.01 Capsella bursa-pastoris (L.) Medikus 20 0.44 2.20 4.82 Artemisia nilagirica (Clarke) Pamp. 20 0.32 1.60 4.17 Total 51.08 300 MONSOON SEASON Poa annua L. 36 6.24 17.33 25.67 Rumex nepalensis Sprengel 48 7.36 15.33 27.90 Bromus gracillimus Vahl 40 6.08 15.20 24.59 Dactylis glomerata L. 40 4.96 12.40 20.91 Taraxacum officinale Weber 16 1.68 10.50 11.10 Viola canescens Wallich 28 1.40 5.00 8.72 Valeriana jatamansi Jones. 24 1.00 4.17 7.05 Thalictrum foliolosum DC. 32 1.28 4.00 8.38 Angelica glauca Edgew 48 0.96 2.00 8.47 Phlomis bracteosa Royle ex Benth. 36 1.40 3.89 8.99 Primula denticulata Smith 32 0.60 1.88 5.90 Duschenia indica L. 52 0.96 1.85 8.84


WAPCOS Limited 8-32


Density ind/m2

Abundance IVI

Trifolium repens L. 24 1.40 5.83 8.76 Persicaria polystachya (Wall. Ex Meisn.) 24 0.92 3.83 6.71 Bromus japonicus Vahl 36 7.80 21.67 31.05 Stipa roylei (Nees) Mez 32 5.40 16.88 23.43 Fragaria vesca L. 32 0.52 1.63 5.60 Selinum candollii DC. 32 0.52 1.63 5.60 Prunella vulgaris L. 24 0.64 2.67 5.51 Bunium persicumBioss. 20 0.24 1.20 3.46 Cirsium wallichii DC. 16 0.20 1.25 2.95 Rheum emodii Wall. 12 0.16 1.33 2.47 Oxyria digyna (L.) Hill. 20 0.28 1.40 3.65 Plantago major L. 20 0.32 1.60 3.84 Viola biflora L. 28 0.48 1.71 5.12 Cynoglossum zeylanicum (Vahl ex Horn.) Thumb. 20 0.36 1.80 4.03 Cichorium intybus L. 28 0.56 2.00 5.43 Ainsliaea aptera DC. 24 0.52 2.17 5.00 Geranium wallichianum D.Don ex Sweet 24 0.64 2.67 5.51 Astragalus candolleanus Royle ex. Benth. 16 0.64 4.00 5.37 Total 55.52 300 WINTER SEASON Cannabis sativa L. 24 0.88 3.67 21.32 Carex nubigena Tilloch & Taylor 32 1.68 5.25 33.20 Fagopyrum dibotrys (D.Don) Hara 32 1.16 3.63 25.33 Fragaria vesca L. 40 1.00 2.50 23.37 Persicaria polystachya (Wall. Ex Meisn.) 48 2.56 5.33 44.10 Ranunculus sceleratus L. 16 0.76 4.75 21.02 Rumex nepalensis Sprengel 44 1.28 2.91 27.48 Plantago major L. 36 0.84 2.33 20.77 Onopordon acanthium L. 20 0.72 3.60 18.95 Conyza stricta Willd. 32 0.56 1.75 16.25 Artemisia nilagirica (Clarke) Pamp. 28 0.52 1.86 15.22 Taraxacum officinale Weber 24 0.48 2.00 14.28 Cirsium wallichii DC. 20 0.28 1.40 10.34 Chrysopogon gryllus (L.) Trin. 16 0.20 1.25 8.39 Total 12.92 300


WAPCOS Limited 8-33

Site-V, Downstream of Power House site

A total of 10 tree species were recorded at site-V (Downstream of Power House site)) of

Chanju-III HE Project. The average density of this group of species was recorded to be 265

individuals /ha. In terms of IVI (85.13) as well as density (70 individuals/ ha) with 50%

frequency, Alnus nepalensis was recorded to be the dominant tree species at this sampling

site. Quercus leucotrichophora, Pyrus pashia and Populus ciliata were observed as the co-

dominant species at this tree community.

In shrub community layer, a total of 17 shrub species were recorded at site-IV during the field

study. The average density of this group of species was recorded to be 820 individuals/ha. In

terms of importance value index (IVI), Berberis lycium (IVI, 40.39) was the dominant shrub

species followed by Indigofera heterantha (IVI, 40.35) and Rabdosia rugosa (IVI, 29.35).

Maximum density was observed for Indigofera heterantha with 140 individuals/ha. Highest

frequency of occurrence was observed for Rabdosia rugosa with 60% frequency. The details


Table-8.15.: Distribution analysis of tree, shrub and herb community at site-V Plant Species Frequency

% Density ind/ha

Abundance IVI

TREE COMMUNITY Quercus leucotrichophora A. Camus 25 45 1.80 55.64 Pyrus pashia Buch.-Ham. ex D.Don 25 35 1.40 30.88 Alnus nepalensis D.Don 50 70 1.40 85.13 Juglans regia L. 15 15 1.00 20.94 Litsea spp., 20 25 1.25 20.97 Populus ciliata Wall. ex Royle 20 25 1.25 25.89 Rhododendron arboreum Smith 15 20 1.33 21.18 Celtis tetrandra Roxb. 15 15 1.00 19.72 Morus serrata Roxb. 10 10 1.00 13.19 Quercus glauca Thunb. 5 5 1.00 6.47 Total 265 300 SHRUB COMMUNITY Indigofera heterantha Wall. ex. Brandis 55 140 2.55 40.35 Berberis lycium Royle 40 75 1.88 40.39 Rabdosia rugosa (Wallich ex Benth.) 60 105 1.75 29.35 Spiraea canescens D.Don 45 65 1.44 26.43 Pyracantha crenulata (D. Don) Roem. 45 55 1.22 27.18 Deutzia staminea R.Br. ex Wallich 40 45 1.13 20.49 Urtica dioca L. 25 35 1.40 13.74


WAPCOS Limited 8-34


Density ind/ha

Abundance IVI

Sarcococca saligna ( D.Don) Muell.- Arg. 35 80 2.29 20.24 Rubus foliolosus D.Don 35 55 1.57 15.80 Prinsepia utilis Royle 20 25 1.25 10.02 Parrotiopsis jacquemontiana (Dcne.) Rehder 20 20 1.00 11.56 Leptodermis lanceolata Wall. 15 30 2.00 8.12 Elaeagnus parvifolia Wallich ex Royle 15 15 1.00 7.62 Buddleja crispa Benth. Scr. 20 30 1.50 12.64 Coriaria nepalensis Wallich 10 10 1.00 5.19 Hypreicum oblongifolium Choisy 10 20 2.00 4.86 Rosa burnonii Lindl. 15 15 1.00 6.02 Total 820 300



/m2 during the vegetation study in summer season. The highest value of IVI (38.43) as well as

density (7.00 individuals /m2) was recorded for Chrysopogon gryllus which was dominant

herbaceous species at this site followed by Cynodon dactylon (IVI, 32.40) and Poa annua (IVI,

31.02). Frequency value ranged from 8% to 56% of the site.


/m2 during the vegetation study in monsoon season. The highest value of IVI (33.41) as well as

density (7.12 individuals /m2) was recorded for Chrysopogon gryllus which was dominant

herbaceous species at this site followed by Trifolium repens (IVI, 31.56) and Cynodon

dactylon (IVI, 27.02). Frequency value ranged from 8% to 56% of the site.

A total of 19 herbaceous species were recorded during the vegetation study on herbaceous

layer in winter season. The average density of this group of species was recorded to be 21.76

individuals /m2. The highest value of IVI (36.66) as well as density (3.60 individuals /m2) was

recorded for Festuca rubra which was dominant herbaceous species at this site followed by

Stipa roylei (IVI, 32.63) and Cynodon dactylon (IVI, 29.31). Frequency value ranged from 12%

to 44% at this site. The details are given in Table-8.16.


WAPCOS Limited 8-35

Table-8.16.: Distribution analysis of herb community at site-V Plant Species Frequency

(%) Density ind/m2

Abundance IVI

SUMMER SEASON Cynoglossum lanceolatum Forsk. 36 0.60 1.67 7.55 Rumex nepalensis Sprengel 28 0.80 2.86 8.11 Artemisia scoparia Waldst. 32 1.04 3.25 9.57 Gnaphalium luteo-album L. 44 0.96 2.18 9.94 Carex cruciata Wahlenb. 36 3.00 8.33 19.59 Conyza canadensis L. 48 1.40 2.92 12.22 Cynodon dactylon (L.) Persoon 56 6.12 10.93 32.40 Medicago polymorpha L. 32 1.16 3.63 10.21 Oxalis corniculata L. 40 1.80 4.50 13.63 Poa annua L. 36 5.28 14.67 31.02 Saccharum rufipilum Steud 24 3.40 14.17 24.25 Clinopodium umbrosum (M. Bieb.) C. Koch 32 0.40 1.25 6.17 Origanum vulgare L 28 0.52 1.86 6.51 Taraxacum officinale Weber 32 0.48 1.50 6.59 Cannabis sativa L. 32 0.60 1.88 7.23 Trifolium repens L. 28 1.80 6.43 13.82 Chrysopogon gryllus (L.) Trin. 40 7.00 17.50 38.43 Lepidium virginicum L. 28 0.40 1.43 5.82 Rumex hastatusL. 24 0.44 1.83 5.78 Duschenia indica L. 24 0.40 1.67 5.53 Youngia japonica (L.) DC. 8 0.08 1.00 2.10 Verbascum thapsus L. 12 0.12 1.00 2.71 Emilia sonchifolia (L.) DC. 8 0.12 1.50 2.64 Chenopodium album L. 20 0.28 1.40 4.48 Capsella bursa-pastoris (L.) Medikus 16 0.20 1.25 3.64 Artemisia nilagirica (Clarke) Pamp. 24 0.32 1.33 5.03 Ajuga bracteosa Wallich ex Benth 24 0.32 1.33 5.03 Total 39.04 300 MONSOON SEASON Trifolium repens L. 52 7.00 13.46 31.56 Stellaria monosperma D.Don 24 1.64 6.83 11.52 Rumex nepalensis Sprengel 36 1.80 5.00 11.86 Primula denticulata Smith 56 1.40 2.50 11.37 Oxalis corniculata L. 32 2.48 7.75 14.98 Cynodon dactylon (L.) Persoon 56 5.80 10.36 27.02 Chrysopogon gryllus (L.) Trin. 28 7.12 22.00 33.41 Carex cruciata Wahlenb. 24 2.60 10.83 16.66 Artemisia scoparia Waldst. 44 3.40 7.73 18.37 Thalictrum foliolosum DC. 32 1.28 4.00 9.50 Taraxacum officinale Weber 36 0.84 2.33 7.73 Origanum vulgare L 40 1.44 3.60 10.46 Duschenia indica L. 48 0.92 1.92 8.96 Chenopodium album L. 40 0.52 1.30 6.70 Cannabis sativa L. 32 1.36 4.25 9.87


WAPCOS Limited 8-36


Density ind/m2

Abundance IVI

Artemisia nilagirica (Clarke) Pamp. 28 1.04 3.71 8.30 Viola biflora L. 36 0.60 1.67 6.69 Youngia japonica (L.) DC. 36 0.60 1.67 6.69 Rumex hastatusL. 28 0.68 2.43 6.53 Phytolacca acinosa Roxb. 8 0.08 1.00 1.84 Gnaphalium luteo-album L. 16 0.48 3.00 5.15 Geranium nepalense Sweet 20 0.60 3.00 5.87 Cynoglossum lanceolatum Forsk. 20 0.48 2.40 5.16 Conyza canadensis L. 24 0.52 2.17 5.52 Clinopodium umbrosum (M. Bieb.) C. Koch 24 0.60 2.50 5.95 Caltha palustris L. 12 0.20 1.67 3.07 Bupleurium candollii Wall. ex DC. 24 0.52 2.17 5.52 Ajuga bracteosa Wallich ex Benth 20 0.24 1.20 3.72 Total 45.28 300 WINTER SEASON Rumex nepalensis Sprengel 36 1.00 2.78 15.09 Phleum alpinum L. 24 1.44 6.00 19.54 Festuca rubra L. 40 3.60 9.00 36.66 Saccharum rufipilum Steud 36 2.20 6.11 25.37 Stipa roylei (Nees) Mez 32 2.96 9.25 32.63 Oxyria digyna (L.) Hill. 20 0.24 1.20 6.44 Stellaria monosperma D.Don 32 0.64 2.00 11.60 Poa annua L. 28 1.68 6.00 21.37 Ainsliaea aptera DC. 36 0.48 1.33 10.63 Anaphalis royleana DC. 28 0.76 2.71 12.45 Carex nubigena Tilloch & Taylor 24 1.56 6.50 20.81 Cannabis sativa L. 16 0.24 1.50 6.15 Ajuga bracteosa Wallich ex Benth 12 0.28 2.33 6.80 Fragaria vesca L. 44 0.60 1.36 12.68 Heracleum lanatum Michaux 20 0.36 1.80 7.85 Cynodon dactylon (L.) Persoon 44 2.72 6.18 29.31 Lecanthus wallichii Wedd. 24 0.28 1.17 7.30 Persicaria polystachya (Wall. Ex Meisn.) 36 0.40 1.11 9.95 Valeriana jatamansi Jones. 20 0.32 1.60 7.38 Total 21.76 300

8.6.5 Diversity indices measurements

Diversity indices calculated for all the sites separately for trees, shrubs and herbs for

different seasons are presented in Table-8.17 to 8.21. Shannon Weinner index (H ) is an index

used to measure diversity in categorical data. In a basic sense, it is the information entropy of

the distribution in a given area treating species as symbols and their relative population sizes

as the probability. The diversity index takes into account the number of individuals as well as

number of taxa. Value of Shannon Weinner index (H ) more than 2 is indicative higher species


WAPCOS Limited 8-37

diversity while its value around 1 or less than 1 indicates low diversity. Diversity index (H')

increases in value as the number of species increases. Thus, higher the value of (H ) the

greater is the species diversity in the community.

In the present study species diversity (H') ranged from 1.72 to 2.34 for tree species, 2.03 to

2.63 for shrub species in all study sites. In case of herbs, the range of diversity was calculated

for summer (2.63-3.02), winter (2.41-.2.59), whereas comparatively increased (2.80- 3.12) in

monsoon season. The maximum index for monsoon season clearly indicates that the species

richness plays an important role in increasing species diversity.

Dominance diversity (Cd) is another diversity index which always ranges from 0 - 1, indicates

species dominance within community gives greater weight to common species. In addition,

the value of Dominance closer to 1 indicates areas dominated by single or few species. The

value of Dominance had followed an opposite trend of diversity. Present results marked that

site-V (tree layer) found to have maximum concentration dominance (0.14) with least

diversity (2.08) whereas, site-III (herb layer), had the lowest dominance (0.05) with maximum

species diversity (3.12). Dominance is also used for the estimation of heterogeneity of various

sites.

The distribution of individuals among the species, referred to as evenness. Evenness compares

the similarity of the population size of each of the species present. As species richness and

between 0.88 to 0.95 for tree species, 0.88 to 0.93 for shrub species and 0.81 to 0.91 for herb

species in all sampling locations.

Table -8.17: Diversity indices of tree species occurring in various sampling sites

S.N. Sampling locations

Shanon-wiener

Diversity Index (H )

Concentration of dominance

(Cd)

Evenness

(J)

I Catchment Area 2.09 0.14 0.90 II Weir site-I nearby Dantoi village 2.25 0.13 0.88 III Power House site nearby Jakhala

village 2.40 0.10 0.94

IV Weir site-II on Mahed nallah 2.27 0.11 0.95 V Downstream of Power House site 2.08 0.14 0.91


WAPCOS Limited 8-38

Table -8.18: Diversity indices of shrub species occurring in various sampling sites

S.N. Sampling locations

Shanon-wiener



(Cd)

Evenness

(J)


village 2.58 0.09 0.89


Table -8.19: Diversity indices of herb species occurring in various sampling sites in summer season S.N.

Sampling locations

Shanon-wiener Diversity Index

(H )


(Cd)

Evenness

(J) I Catchment Area 2.68 0.10 0.84 II Weir site-I nearby Dantoi village 3.08 0.05 0.88 III Power House site nearby Jakhala

village 2.80 0.08 0.84


Table -8.20: Diversity indices of herb species occurring in various sampling sites in monsoon season

S.N.

Sampling locations

Shanon-wiener



(Cd)

Evenness

(J)


village 3.12 0.05 0.87



WAPCOS Limited 8-39

Table -8.21: Diversity indices of herb species occurring in various sampling sites in winter season

S.N.

Sampling locations

Shanon-wiener



(Cd)

Evenness

(J)


village 2.46 0.10 0.89


8.6.6 Lower floral diversity

The Himalayan flora consists of large number of Lower plant species. The tamperate

Himalayan climatic conditions are suitable for growth of pteridophytes, bryophytes, lichens

and fungi as well. The pteridophytes and bryophytes are confined to moist and shady places

while lichens gown on grounds, boulders, tree trunk as well as on the dead wood follen on the

ground in association with mosses.The some lower plant species observed in the project area


Table-8.22: List of Lower floral species observed in the study area S. N. Botanical Name Family

Pteridophytes 1 Adiantum capillus- veneris Adiantaceae 2 Athyrium fimbriatum Athyriaceae 3 Diplazium maximum Athyriaceae 4 Dryopteris chrysocoma Dryopteridaceae 5 Selaginella chrysocaulos Selaginellaceae Bryophytes 1 Dicranodontium spp. Dicranaceae 2 Funaria hygrometrica Funariaceae 3 Marchantia paleacea Marchanticeae Fungi 1 Agaricus arvensis Agaricaceae 2 Ganoderma lucidum Ganodermataceae 3 Morchela esculenta Morchellaceae Lichens 1 Flavoparmelia caperata Parmeliaceae 2 Parmelia micheli Parmeliaceae 3 Usnea longissisma Parmeliaceae


WAPCOS Limited 8-40

8.6.7 RET status of species

Following IUCN Red List of Threatened plants, no species have been assessed under

threatened category but species viz., Acer caesium, Dioscorea deltoidea and Bunium

persicum were listed in the Red Data book of Indian plants (Nayar and Sastry 1987, 1988 and

1990). However, these species were recorded at higher altitudes, and are not observed in the

land to be acquired for various project appurtenances.

8.7 FAUNA

The fauna of the study area consists mostly of species with zoo-geographic affinities of

palaearctic, Indo-Malayan and indigenous variably. However, to gain an insight in the

following respects for species of carnivore, ungulates, non-human primates, mammals,

birds/butterflies, reptiles and other fauna, the survey was conducted in the study area up to

10km radius from the project appurtenances in catchment area, weir site, power house site

and d/s power house site.

Ground surveys was carried out by trekking the impact zone for identification of faunal

species inhabiting the area along the streambanks, adjoining forest on the slopes, nallahs, hill

top and agricultural fields. Apart from direct sightings and primary data generated through

transects and trails, we have also collected secondary data from literatures published, forest

department and other sources like citing of animals by the locals in the study area. The

sighting of wild animals and other faunal groups were carried out during study period though

being tough terrain and hill peaks remain covered in snow most of the period, the possible

accounts are taxed in this section. The general methodology followed is described below as:

recording

all the species that were encountered while trekking along the foot trails between these

two sites, daily. Photographs of specimens of species were taken in the field for

identification purpose. Sampling was done for 1 hour in a stretch on each transect (n=4).

to record all the species of birds observed with the help of binoculars; field guides and

photography for 1 hour on each transect(n=4).

same transects (n=4) for 1 hour in each transect. Besides, information on recent

sightings / records of mammals by the villagers and locals was also collected form these

areas.


WAPCOS Limited 8-41

for 1 hour in each transect.

8.7.1 Mammals

The study area reported occurrence of a total of 18 species of wild mammal mostly

acclimatized of moist temperate climates as per the secondary information collected. These

18 species belong to 17 Genra, 11 families and 5 Order of mammals. The direct sighting of

most of these species in the demarcated study area up to 10km radius has not found and the

presence is only supported from secondary data. However, during present assessment in the

study area the possible presence of 13 species are also made out with the information

supplied by the locals and available literatures which belongs to 13 genera and 9 families.

About 7 species are carnivorous in nature and belong to the family Ursidae, Canidae,

Mustelidae and Felidae. These species are found in the forest area and towards snow covered

hill peaks, however, fewever times species of ursidae and canidae also cited near to

agricutral field at the fringes of forests in human habitation for searching the food as per the

information provided by the locals. Some of the common mammalsfound in the area are

Himalayan black bear (Selenarctos thibetanus), Fox (Vulpes montana), Goral (Naemorhedus

goral)and Yellow throated marten (Martes flavigula). Other mammals which are generally

remain at higher altitude peaks and alpine pature land are Jungle Cat, Goral, Bharal--Blue

Sheep, Common Langur, Markhor, Himalayan Mouse-Hare, Himalayan Tahr, Marmot etc. The

list of mammal species reported in the Study Area and their conservation status is given in

Table-8.23.

Table-8.23 : Mammalian species reported from the Study Area alongwith their conservation status Family/Species Common Name

Scientific name IUCN 2013 WPA (1972) Remarks

Mustelidae Himalayan Yellow-throated Marten

Martes flavigula Least Concern

Schedule II Indirect evidence*

Himalayan Weasel

Mustela sibirica Schedule II Indirect evidence*

Canidae Fox Vulpes monntana Data

deficient Schedule II Direct

sightings Cercopithecidae Hanuman Langur Semnopithecus

entellus Least Concern

Schedule II Direct sightings


WAPCOS Limited 8-42

Family/Species Common Name

Scientific name IUCN 2013 WPA (1972) Remarks

Bovidae Himalayan Tahr

Hemitragus jemlachicus

Vulnerable Schedule I Direct sightings

Ghoral

Naemorhedus goral

Near Threatened

Schedule III Direct sightings

Felidae Cat jungle Felis chaus Least

Concern Schedule II Indirect

evidence Ursidae Himalayan Black Bear

Salenarctos thibetanous

Vulnerable Schedule II Indirect evidence

Sciuridae Himalayan marmot-the largest ground squirl -

Marmota himalayana

Least Concern

Schedule II Direct Sighting

Ochotonidae The Himalayan Mouse hare or Royle's Pika

Ochotona roylei Least Conceren

Schedule IV Direct evidence

Vespertilionidae (Fruit Bats)

Coromandel Pipistrelle

Pipistrellus coromandra

Least Concern

Schedule V Indirect evidence

* Information from the locals, Secondary data from literature & of forest & wildlife division **

The information of other domesticated fauna present in the area was also collected. These

animals are mainly mammals and enlisted in the study area are as given in Table-8.24.

Table- 8.24: List of Domestic Fauna found in the Study Area S. No. Zoological Name Common Name

1 Bos indicus Cow 2 Cains familieris Dog 3 Capra hircus Goat 4 Equus cabilus Horse 5 Equus hermionus Ass 6 Felis domesticus Cat 7 Ovius polic Sheep

A detailed ecological survey of the Chanju-III HE project (10 km radius from periphery of the

project) was carried out giving details of fauna. However, Himalayan Tahr (Hemitragus

jemlachicus) of schedule-I of the wild life (protection) Act 1972 species of fauna was found in


WAPCOS Limited 8-43

the study area from the secondary informations. Himalayan tahr is listed as Near Threatened

by IUCN, as the population is declining due to hunting and habitat loss.

I. HIMALAYAN TAHR (Hemitragus Jemlachicus) Scientific classification:

Kingdom: Animalia Phylum: Chordata Class: Mammalia Order: Artiodactyla Family: Bovidae Genus: Hemitragus Species: jemlahicus

Habitat and distribution: The Himalayan Tahr inhabits steep rocky mountain sides,

temperate to sub-alpine forests up to tree line, between 2500 and 5,200 m. Hemitragus

jemlahicus prefers rugged wooded hills and mountains slopes in the subalpine and alpine

regions from 3500-4500 meters in elevation. It may also seasonally use mixed oak forests as

low as 2500 meters and alpine meadows as high as 5000 meters. The Himalayan tahr is

diurnal, and lives in groups of 2-20 individuals, excluding older solitary males. They most

often inhabit locations in where vegetation is exposed for browsing and grazing. During the

winter (when snow covers vegetation at higher elevations), they are found on lower-altitude

slopes.

Appearance: The Himalayan tahr has a small head, small pointed ears, large eyes, and horns

that vary between males and females. Their horns reach a maximum length of 46 cm.

Himalayan tahrs are sexually dimorphic, with females being smaller in weight and in size and

having smaller horns. It has dense, reddish to dark brown woolly coat with a thick undercoat,

keeping it warm in the winter. In the spring, as temperatures rise, it loses much of its coat,

and becomes lighter in colour. The exterior of a tahr is well adapted to the harsh climate of

the Himalayans.

Food and feeding behaviour: The Himalayan Tahr are herbivores subsisting on grass, sedges,

herbs, mosses, shrubs and trees. Male rarely come out for graze in open field. Sometimes

they come out for grazing in dusk time. They take shelter in the forest area with Quercus,

Abies, Rhododendron and Pinus wallichiana. Tahr in the study area feels on species, e.g.

shrubs such as Berberis sp, Cotoneaster microphylla, Juniperus wallichiana and

Rhododendron sp, grasses such as Danthonia, Festuca and Poa etc. sedges such as Carex and

Cyperus sp.; herbs such as Iris sp, Potentilla sp, Primula sp, Rheum sp, and the fern

Dryopteris sp., and other grasses, and occasionally on the leaves of the oak (Quercus sp.)

Tahr have been observed to rise up on their hind legs to browse or to reach grasses and


WAPCOS Limited 8-44

mosses growing in otherwise inaccessible rocky areas. They also lick crustose lichen off rocks,

with fodder, but during dry periods, they may drink water from streams.

Reproductive behaviour: Himalayan tahr is a group of wild goat that inhabits the most

inaccessible terrain, and is found in habitat with precipituous terrain of towering cliffs, rocks,

scrub and forest between 2000 to 4000 m. Males are larger than females and measures 90-100

cm at shoulder and weigh about 90 kg. Both males and females have massive horns almost of

equal size. Tahrs are polygynous and males are subject to stiff competition for access to

females. Young reproductive males roam and mate opportunistically (when larger males are

not present), while more mature males (more than four years old) will engage in ritualistic

behavior and fighting to secure mates. During mating season, reproductive males lose much of

their fat reserves, while females and nonreproductive males do not, indicating a substantial

cost to these behaviors. Mating occurs from October to January. One or occasionally two kids

are born in June and July after a gestation of 180-242 days depending on delayed

implantation.

Predation: The Himalayan tahr is natural prey for predators such as the Common Leopard

(Panthera pardus), Snow Leopard (Uncia uncia). Humans have also been a major threat to the

Tahr, as poaching for meat or hides by local villagers still occurs, although tahr meat has an

offensive goaty smell.

8.7.2 AVI-FAUNA

As many as 38 birds species belonging to 18 families were observed in the study area Most of

the species of birds are protected as their respective families have been listed under

Schedule IV of Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act 1972. On the basis of their sighting the species

are divided into common, rare and categories occasional. The bird includes the monal and

koklas, pheasants, Himalayan tragopan, snow pigeon and the chukor. Little Forktail, Koklass

Pheasant were among the uncommon or rarely sighted species, whereas Himalayan Monal was

reported from high altitude nearby area by the local inhabitants.

Most of the bird species to be affected in this zone prefer aquatic fresh water habitat, but

these are of common occurrence and distributed all over the Chanju nallah, Mahed nallah and

its tributeries e.g. White-capped Red start, Plumbeous Water Redstart, Brown Dipper, Little

Forktail, and Citrine Wagtail. Similarly, among the species of butterflies and mammals none

of the species is totally dependant or restricted to the catchment area.

Among them the common species are as Western Tragopan Tragopan melanocephalus

(Globally Threatened), Snowcock Tetraogallus himalayensis, Himalayan or Impeyan Monal


WAPCOS Limited 8-45

Lophophorus impejanus and Koklass Pheasant Pucrasia macrolopha are found here but data on

general bird life is lacking. The site is considered Data Deficient till we have more

information on avifauna. During present studies, species encountered are illustrated in the

Table-8.25.

Table 8.25: List of avi-faunal species recorded from the Study Area Common Name Scientific Name Family Abundance

European Goldfinch Carduelis carduelis Fringillidae Common Rock Bunting Emberiza fucata Fringillidae Common White-capped Bunting Emberiza stewarti Fringillidae House Sparrow Passer domesticus Passeridae Common *Alpine Accentor Prunella collaris Fringillidae Uncommon- Red vented Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer Pycnonotidae Common Himalayan Bulbul Pycnonotus leucogenys Pycnonotidae Common Common Hoopoe Upupa epops Upupidae Occasional Yellow browed Tit Silvyparus modestus Paridae Common Rufous-vented Tit Parus rubidiventris Paridae Common Simla Crested tit Parus rufonuchalis Paridae Occasional Green-backed Tit Parus monticolus Paridae Ocassional Ashy Drongo Dicrurus leucophaeus Dicrurinae Common Blue Whistling Thrush Myophonus caeruleus Turdidae Common Grey Bushchat Saxicola ferrea Muscicapidae Common Plumbeous Water Redstart

Rhyacornis fuliginosus Muscicapidae Common

Western Crowned Warbler Phylloscopus occipitalis Phylloscopidae Common White capped Water Redstart

Chaimarrornis leucocephalus

Muscicapidae Common

White-throated Fantail Rhipidera albicollis Rhipiduridae Common Brown Dipper Cinclus pallasii Cinclidae Fairly common Little Forktail Enicurrus scouleri Muscicapidae Uncommon Oriental Turtle Dove Streptopelia orientalis Columbidae Common Oriental White eye Zosterops palpebrosus Zosteropidae Uncommon Streaked laughing Thrush Garrulax lineatus Timaliidae Common Variegated Laughing thrush

Garrulax variegatus Timaliidae Common

Himalayan Griffon Gyps himalayensis Accipitridae Common Red billed Chough Pyrrhocorax pyrrhocorax Corvidae Common Rock pigeon Columba livia Columbidae Ocassional Snow Pigeon Columba leuconota Columbidae Fairly common Spotted Dove Streptopelia chinensis Columbidae Common Yellow-billed Chough Pyrrhocorax graculus Corvidae Common *Himalayan snow cock Tetraogallus himalayensis Phasianidae Fairly common Himalayan Monal Lophophorus impejanus Phasianidae Fairly Common Citrine Wagtail Motacilla citreola Motacillidae Common Chukar Alectoris gracea /chukar Phasianidae Fairly common *Western Tragopan Tragopan melanocephalus Phasianidae Uncommon *Snow Partridge Lewra lewra Phasianidae Uncommon *Koklass Pheasant Pucrasia macrolopha Phasianidae Uncommom


WAPCOS Limited 8-46

*Not sighted in the study area however present at higher elevation in Himachal pradesh.

8.7.3 Herpetofauna- Reptiles

A total of 6 species of reptiles were recorded from the area. However, only two species of

herpetofauna i.e. Ladakhi Rock Skink (Asymblepharus ladacensis) and Kashmir Rock Agama

(Laudakia tuberculata) were sighted during the survey. The information was collected from

secondary sources to find out occurrence of reptiles of Kashmir Himalayas from the locals &

from the literature (Biodiversity of the Kashmir Himalayas by GH, Dar et al. 2002) and from

recent studies by ZSI (2011). During priamary survey, no such species was encountered except

the rock agama and skinks. Similarly, presence of pit vipor is also supported from the

research evidence, which shows presence of Himalayan Pit Viper upto Ladakh Himalayas 4800

masl. The occurrences of common species of reptiles are enlisted in Table-8.26.

Table 8.26 : List of Reptiles in the study area Common Name Zoological name Lizards Common Garden Lizard Calotes versicolor Skinks or Ladakhi Rock Skink Lygosoma himalayana or Asymblepharus ladacensis Snakes Himalayan pit viper Agkistrodon himalayanus Mountain keel back Amphiesoma platycips Himalayan trinket snake Elaphe hodgsoni Rat snake Ptyes mucosus *Based on secondary data

8.7.4 Butterflies

During the survey, a total of 17 species of insects were sighted in the study period. Some of

the butterflies like Small copper (Lycaena phlaeas), Satyr (Aulocera sps.), Indian tortoise shell

(Aglais cachmirensis), Indian cabbage white (Pieris canidia indica) and Clouded yellow (Colias

sp.) were common and found throughout the study area. On the basis of their sighting the

species are divided into common, uncommon and occasional categories. The list of butterflies

recorded from the study area is given at Table-8.27. The alpine zone Himalayas are typical

habitat for Appollo butterflies. During present investigation total 16 species are observed

where presence of Palearctic species (S.No.11-16) and remaining Oriental species are viewed

from the ZSI report and remaining were sighted in the field.

Table 8.27: Insects found in the Project Area S.No. Common name Scientific name Family Abundance 1 Cabbage butterfly Pieris brassicae Pieridae Common 2 Common Emigrant Catopsilia pomona Pieridae Uncommon 3 Common Satyr Aulocera swaha swaha Nymphalidae Common 4 Indian Cabbage White Pieris canidia indica Pieridae Common


WAPCOS Limited 8-47

S.No. Common name Scientific name Family Abundance 5 Indian Tortoiseshell Aglais cachmirensis Nymphalidae Very Common 6 Small Copper Lycaena phlaeas Lycaenidae Fairly Common 7 Clouded Yellow Colias fieldii Pieridae Uncommon 8 Indian Red Admiral Vanessa indica Nymphalidae common 9 Painted Lady Vanessa cardui Nymphalidae common 10 The Tailed Cupid Everes huegelii Lycaenidae Common 11 Walnut Blue Chaetoprocta odata Lycaenidae Common 12 Pearl white Euchloe daphalis Pieridae Common 13 Violet Meadow Blue Polyommatus icarus* Lycaenidae Common 14 Common meadow blue Polyommatus eros* Lycaenidae Common 15 Silvery Meadow Blue Polyommatus florenciae* Lycaenidae Common 16 Mountain Apollos Parnassius spp**. Papilionidae Common 17 Large green underwing Albulina galathea* Lycaenidae Common *Ref ZSI 2011 ** Apollo alpine meadows (Threatened Category IUCN)

8.7.5 Protected Areas and Corridors for wild animals

There is no Wildlife sanctuary, National park or Biosphere Reserve present within the study

area. The project area does not come under any wildlife corridor. The pattern of occurrences

of fauna much above the project activity area reflects that no direct impacts are anticipated

on the occurrence and distribution of faunal diversity.

8.8 AQUATIC ECOLOGY

8.8.1 Methodology

The nallah /stream morphology is determined to ascertain the type of habitats, substratum

and covers (aquatic vegetation, substratum, large woody debris, Particulate as clay, silt,

sand, gravel, pebble, cobble, boulder, bedrock etc.), bank conditions, flow pattern, and type

of valleys following flood prone area and riparian covers etc has been assessed based on the

criteria described by Rosgen (1996) and habitat inventory described by Armontrout (1998),

Myers and Swanson (1992) and Rosgen (1996). Stream order classification was based on

headwaters are called first order streams. Stream formed by union of two such streams are

designated second order and whenever two streams of a particular order join they form next

order and so on. Habitat structures were observed in the nallah/stream stretches from down

stream to upstream at a fixed point including longitudinal survey of weir site, power house

site and influence zones of the hydroelectric project with onsite visual estimation.

Plankton samples were collected using a tericot ring net of a 20 µm net to make. For

enumeration of phytoplankton population, 100 ml composite water samples were collected

from the river surface up to 60 cm depth and were filtered through a 20 µm net to make 1 ml


WAPCOS Limited 8-48

of bulk sample. The bulk samples so collected were preserved in 2% formalin solution and

were brought to the laboratory for analysis. Ten replicate water samples each of 15 ml were

made out of the preserved 1 ml bulk sample and were centrifuged at 1500 rpm for 10

minutes. After centrifuging, the volume of aliquot concentrate was measured. 0.1 ml of

aliquot concentrate was used for enumeration of phytoplankton population in each replicate.

A plankton chamber of 0.1 ml capacity was used for counting of plankton under a light

microscope. Periphyton-Epilithic phytobenthos were obtained by scrapping the surface of

rocks and boulders (4 x 4 cm2) with the help of a hard brush and preserved in 3% formalin

solution for further analyses.

For the quantification of zooplankton and phytoplankton 100 liters of water for each

community was filtered at each site by using plankton net made up of fine silk cloth (mesh

size 25 µm). The filtrate collect

solution, while a part of the unpreserved samples for the study of zooplankton was brought to

the laboratory.

Benthic macro-invertebrates were collected from the pebbles, cobbles and gravels form the

surface collected up to 15 cm sediment depth at different elevations with the help of sieve of

a mesh size of 100 µm.

All collected specimens organisms of planktons, periphytons, benthoses etc were preserved

in 3 % formalin solution or 70 % alcohol and were identified by using keys formulated by

different workers such as Pennak (1953), Edmondson (1959), Ward and Whipple (1959),

Needham and Needham (1962), Trivedy and Goel (1984), Sarod and Kamat (1984), Hustedt

and Jensen (1985), Battish (1992), Edington and Holdren (1995) and APHA (1992, 1998). The

density of the plankton and benthic samples was estimated by using drop count method

(Bhatt et al., 2005) and standards methods of APHA (1992, 1998).

The total number of planktons present in a litre of water sample was calculated using the

following formula:

N = (n x v x 100)/ V

Where, N= Number of plankton per litre

n = average number of plankton cells in 0.1 ml of aliquot concentrate

v = volume of plankton concentrate (aliquot)

V= volume of water from bulk sample centrifuged

taking the density values of each species into consideration.


WAPCOS Limited 8-49

Shannon index of general diversity (H): - Pi log Pi

Where ni = density value for each species

N = total density value

Pi = density probability for each species = ni /N

8.8.2 Biotic Resources (Biological Characteristics)

Biotic resources study involved the assessment of status of phytoplankton, zooplankton,

phytobenthos, benthos and macro-invertebrates, macrophytes, fishes and other aquatic

fauna. Biotic resources are divided into two groups i.e. autotrophs and heterotrophs.

Autotroph constitutes the aquatic flora whereas heterotrophs constitutes of aquatic fauna.

Aquatic flora comprises of algae in suspended form (plankton) and benthic form (phyto-

benthos). Micro flora is comprised of Phytoplankton and Phytobenthos. Aquatic fauna

includes zooplankton, micro- invertebrates and fish & fisheries. Aquatic flora includes

microflora as phytoplankton, phytobenthos, and periphytons and macroflora consist of aquatic

plants.

8.8.3 Aquatic Floral Communties

Phytoplankton: This community is represented by Chlorophyceae (green algae), cynophyceae

(blue green algae) and Bacillarionphyceae (ditoms). The poor occurrence of phytoplankton in

this study can also be attributed to the high turbidity in river due to surface runoff caused by

snow melt waters and precipitation /rain at higher peaks results very sedimentation load and

torrent flow that inhibit the photosynthetic process, thus affect the community acutely. Total

30 taxa were recored from the study sites.The number of taxa /species was recorded higher

in side streams /tributaries than in the main stream course. Distribution and species diversity

index of phytoplanktos are represented in Tables-8.28 and 8.29.

The stream being a freshwater body, the presence of Chlorophyceae was more prominent.

Chlorophyceae included Spirogyra, Zygnema and Cladophora as filamentous algae forming

sheets on the river / streams edges. Other green algae found predominate are chlorella and

scenedesmus with other flagellates. Blue green algae are represented by Oscillatoria,

Phormidium and Schizothrix taxon. After diatoms (Bacillariophyceae), green algae are found

in abundance. At most of the sampling sites Achnanthes, Cocconeis, Fragilaria and

Gomphonema taxon were the common species in Chanju nallah and its tributaries recorded

during study period. The trend of aquatic flora is reflecting the local climatic conditions and

oligotrophic in nature. However, the occurrence was quite low that may be attributed to the

glacial melt water of oligotropic nature. Thus, the variation in occurrence of phytoplankton


WAPCOS Limited 8-50

taxa is the reflection of prevailing the water quality, channel morphology, elevation,

geomorphology that occurs in the project site in Mahed nallah, Chanju nallah and its

tributaries.

Macroflora/ Macrophytes: No growth of macrophytes seen in the area that may be due to

rapid currents and fall habitats. However, macrophytes that remain attached to the rocks,

boulders; stones, etc. belong to various genera of bryophytes (mosses). These mosses grow on

stone and boulders that protrude a few centimeters above the surface of water sometimes

growth reaches in the flowing water edges stones. The details are given in Table-8.30-8.31.

8.8.4 Zooplanktons

Microfauna: Zooplanktons are represented by protozoa, rotifer and crustaceans. Among

protozoans Arcella, Peridinium, and Ceratium taxon are commonly observed. Rotifers are

represented by Keratella, Brachionus and Philodina taxon. Copepod consists of Cyclopes

species whereas cladocerans are represented by Daphnia and Bosmina sp. The occurrence are

mainly from the edge pools of side stream or nallah, however, the group in totality is poorly

represented due to climate conditions followed by long winters and torrential flow. The low

occurrence is also linked to rapid habitat and rocky substratum in the deep gorge narrow

valley. Community composition and species diversity index of Zooplanktons are given in

Table-8.32 and 8.33 respectively.

8.8.5 Macro-invertebrates (Zoo benthos)

Macro-invertebrate fauna of Chanju Nallah and its tributeries are comprised by

Heptageniidae, Baetidae, Ephemerellidae, Blepharoceridae and Amphizoidae, Perlidae,

Hydropsychidae, Heptageniidae, Baetidae, Hydroptilidae, Chironomidae, Simulidae, Elmiade,

Blepharoceridae and Amphizoidae families (Table-8.34). Among them Ephemeropterans are

observed as the dominant group which is followed by Placopteran and dipterans. Species of

genera Stenonema, Epeorus, Baetis, Ephemeralla, Rhycophila and Chironimds are observed in

the region. The distribution and occurrence is directly related to the habitat structure and

substratum of Chanju Nallah and its tributaries. The poor occurrence of benthos during study

period could be due to low water temperature, high turbidity, torrent flow and rocky

substratum in stream/nallah and its tributaries. Species diversity index of Zoobenthos is given

in Table-8.35.

HPP

CL

E

IA R

epor

t fo

r C

hanj

u-III

HEP

, Ch

amba

, H

P W

APCO

S Li

mit

ed

8-51

Ta

ble-

8.28

: P

hyto

plan

kton

com

mun

ity

at v

ario

us s

ites

in t

he s

tudy

are

a of

Deo

thal

/Cha

nju

Nal

lah

for

Chan

ju

III H

EP

Phyt

opla

nkto

n Ta

xon

%

dist

ribu

tion

(c

ells

/l o

r sq

cm

)

Site

-1

Site

-2

Site

-3

Site

-4

Site

-5

Site

-6

S M

W

S

M

W

S M

W

S

M

W

S M

W

S

M

W

Blue

Gre

en A

lgae

Cya

noph

ycea

e Ph

orm

idiu

m

autu

mna

le

2.1

2.3

3.4

1.5

1.5

4.2

2.1

1.4

2.5

2.6

1.6

1.8

1.5

1.1

2.4

3.1

2.5

1.7

Osc

illa

tori

a li

mno

sa

2.5

1.9

1.7

0.0

0.0

1.3

2.3

1.7

1.7

1.8

1.5

1.7

1.1

0.0

0.0

1.7

1.8

1.6

Osc

illa

tori

a ti

nues

1.

6 1.

5 1.

8 2.

1 2.

3 1.

1 3.

4 1.

8 1.

9 1.

5 1.

4 1.

2 2.

5 1.

3 1.

3 1.

6 1.

2 0.

0 Sc

hizo

thri

x

fasc

icul

ata

1.1

0.0

1.4

2.5

1.2

1.3

2.6

1.5

2.6

0.0

1.1

2.7

1.2

0.0

2.4

2.1

1.2

1.8

Gre

en A

lgae

-Cho

lorp

hyce

ae

Chl

orel

la v

ulga

ris

1.5

1.2

1.6

0.0

1.2

0.0

2.2

1.8

1.8

1.3

0.0

1.2

3.1

2.1

3.6

2.5

1.6

3.2

Scen

edes

mus

el

lipt

icus

2.

5 1.

8 1.

4 4.

2 3.

1 3.

5 3.

4 2.

6 1.

4 1.

2 1.

5 4.

2 1.

2 0.

0 1.

5 1.

1 1.

4 1.

4

Zygn

ema

hi

mal

ayen

se

3.2

2.4

2.6

5.3

4.2

3.5

7.1

2.3

3.5

1.5

1.5

0.0

2.3

2.5

2.7

1.4

1.1

1.8

Spir

ogyr

a po

rtic

alis

2.

4 2.

3 2.

8 5.

2 4.

2 5.

4 3.

4 2.

8 2.

9 1.

6 1.

1 2.

3 1.

3 1.

0 0.

0 1.

7 2.

3 2.

3 C

lado

phor

a gl

omer

ata

2.5

2.1

3.1

2.7

1.4

1.1

4.2

2.3

3.3

3.5

2.4

2.4

1.5

1.6

1.5

2.5

1.5

1.4

Dia

tom

s-Ba

cilla

riop

hyce

ae

Coc

cone

is

plac

entu

la

0.0

0.0

1.4

1.5

2.3

1.6

4.6

2.4

3.6

3.6

1.6

2.4

1.9

1.3

2.7

1.4

1.2

3.5

Ach

nant

hes

line

aris

2.

5 1.

4 3.

7 1.

5 1.

7 5.

3 0.

0 0.

0 3.

7 3.

2 2.

3 6.

5 2.

4 2.

1 2.

7 1.

7 1.

4 3.

5 A

chna

nthi

dium

ex

ilis

1.

2 0.

0 1.

7 2.

4 2.

1 1.

5 1.

1 0.

0 1.

4 0.

0 1.

5 0.

0 1.

5 1.

3 3.

4 1.

4 0.

0 2.

7

Flag

ella

ria

sp

3.7

2.4

2.4

1.1

0.0

1.5

2.5

2.4

3.8

3.7

2.1

2.1

5.1

3.5

2.4

3.7

2.7

2.3

Cym

bell

a af

fini

s 4.

2 3.

2 1.

5 7.

5 5.

2 3.

5 5.

4 3.

8 1.

4 7.

2 5.

2 2.

4 3.

5 3.

2 3.

5 6.

4 3.

5 1.

4 Fl

agel

lari

a in

flat

a 5.

2 2.

5 3.

5 2.

5 1.

5 4.

2 1.

5 1.

2 2.

1 2.

8 1.

7 1.

2 4.

3 2.

6 1.

5 1.

7 1.

2 2.

5 A

chna

nthi

dium

m

inut

issi

ma

3.5

2.7

2.7

4.5

3.5

2.3

4.3

3.2

1.8

3.5

2.4

1.7

2.3

1.5

1.9

0.0

0.0

1.2

Cym

bell

a ve

ntri

cosa

1.

2 1.

2 0.

0 4.

2 2.

8 4.

3 3.

5 2.

1 3.

5 4.

2 3.

2 4.

2 9.

2 6.

2 4.

5 8.

2 5.

3 5.

1 A

mph

ora

oval

is

2.5

1.5

1.8

3.3

2.7

3.5

2.4

3.5

4.2

3.4

2.5

3.6

2.4

1.6

2.5

2.4

1.4

2.5

Flag

ella

ria

pinn

ata

1.2

1.4

1.7

2.5

2.3

3.4

2.4

1.5

3.5

4.2

3.4

4.2

2.8

2.5

2.4

1.4

2.6

2.4

HPP

CL

E

IA R

epor

t fo

r C

hanj

u-III

HEP

, Ch

amba

, H

P W

APCO

S Li

mit

ed

8-52

Ph

ytop

lank

ton

Taxo

n %

di

stri

buti

on

(cel

ls/l

or

sq c

m)

Site

-1

Site

-2

Site

-3

Site

-4

Site

-5

Site

-6

S M

W

S

M

W

S M

W

S

M

W

S M

W

S

M

W

Gom

phon

eis

herc

ulea

na

2.5

2.4

1.2

3.5

2.5

1.7

2.5

1.3

1.2

3.8

2.7

2.4

2.8

1.7

1.5

5.8

4.2

3.5

Gom

phon

ema

parv

ulum

1.

2 2.

3 3.

6 0.

0 1.

2 3.

5 4.

1 1.

7 2.

7 1.

8 1.

1 3.

4 1.

7 1.

2 1.

6 1.

6 0.

0 4.

2

Gom

phon

ema

oliv

aceo

ides

2.

1 3.

2 2.

4 1.

6 1.

4 1.

7 4.

8 3.

2 4.

3 7.

3 4.

5 4.

5 1.

6 3.

5 1.

8 4.

2 3.

2 4.

3

Frag

ilar

ia a

lpes

tris

2.

4 1.

5 2.

8 1.

2 1.

3 1.

8 0.

0 0.

0 2.

5 1.

9 1.

1 2.

1 2.

1 1.

5 2.

5 1.

5 1.

5 1.

2 G

omph

onem

a in

tric

atum

1.

5 1.

4 0.

0 1.

5 1.

6 1.

4 3.

2 2.

7 3.

5 4.

2 5.

2 3.

5 0.

0 1.

3 0.

0 1.

3 2.

4 3.

4

Nav

icul

a di

ceph

ala

1.4

1.2

1.8

2.4

2.3

3.6

3.2

2.4

4.1

0.0

1.3

1.4

1.2

0.0

1.5

0.0

0.0

2.3

Han

naea

arc

us

2.3

1.5

6.2

3.4

2.3

3.7

5.3

4.3

3.5

4.5

3.2

3.4

3.4

2.2

3.4

3.2

1.6

1.4

Syne

dra

med

ioco

ntra

cta

3.2

1.5

3.4

4.5

3.2

5.2

4.5

2.7

4.3

6.5

6.3

4.3

4.3

2.1

3.4

3.5

1.4

3.4

Reim

eria

sin

uata

5.

6 3.

2 5.

3 6.

1 4.

3 2.

4 4.

3 3.

2 4.

3 5.

7 2.

5 2.

8 11

.3

7.2

5.3

12.

4 6.

3 3.

7

Nav

icul

a ra

dios

a 6.

8 4.

1 3.

5 5.

8 2.

5 1.

3 3.

4 1.

5 2.

1 6.

2 3.

5 4.

6 8.

4 3.

4 2.

5 3.

5 2.

5 1.

7 Sy

nedr

a ul

na

3.9

4.3

2.4

7.2

2.5

1.6

4.3

3.3

3.6

5.2

2.5

4.3

7.3

5.3

2.6

2.4

2.4

2.9

Not

e-S=

Sum

mer

, M

=Mon

soon

, W

=Win

ter

Tabl

e-8.

29:

Phyt

opla

nkto

n Sp

ecie

s D

iver

sity

Inde

x, S

peci

es R

ichn

ess

and

Den

sity

in t

he S

tudy

Are

a of

Cha

nju-

III H

EP

Inde

x: /

Phy

topl

ankt

on

St

udy

site

s I

II III

IV

V

VI

Sum

mer

Sea

son

Shan

non

H'

1.46

1.

57

1.35

1.

58

1.51

1.

46

Shan

non

Hm

ax

1.52

1.

63

1.43

1.

63

1.55

1.

54

Shan

non

J'

0.98

0.

98

0.97

0.

98

0.96

0.

96

Mon

nsoo

n Se

ason

Sh

anno

n H

' 1.

29

1.23

1.

13

1.30

1.

25

1.26

Sh

anno

n H

max

1.

37

1.31

1.

21

1.34

1.

31

1.33

Sh

anno

n J'

0.

97

0.96

0.

96

0.96

0.

98

0.98

W

inte

r Se

ason

HPP

CL

E

IA R

epor

t fo

r C

hanj

u-III

HEP

, Ch

amba

, H

P W

APCO

S Li

mit

ed

8-53

In

dex:

/ P

hyto

plan

kton

Stud

y si

tes

I II

III

IV

V VI

Sh

anno

n H

' 1.

42

1.38

1.

37

1.41

1.

38

1.44

Sh

anno

n H

max

1.

46

1.42

1.

46

1.47

1.

42

1.47

Sh

anno

n J'

0.

96

0.98

0.

95

0.98

0.

99

0.96

Ta

ble-

8.30

: Be

nthi

c di

atom

(Pe

riph

yton

) co

mm

unit

y in

tri

buta

ries

of

Deo

thal

/Ch

anju

Nal

lah

in t

he S

tudy

Are

a of

Ch

anju

-III

HEP

Be

nthi

c di

atom

s /

Peri

phyt

ons

Site

-1

Site

-2

Site

-3

Site

-4

Site

-5

Site

-6

S M

W

S

M

W

S M

W

S

M

W

S M

W

S

M

W

Ach

nant

hes

affi

nis

11.2

8.

3 9.

2 3.

2 4.

3 2.

7 5.

5 2.

5 1.

4 11

.8

9.3

3.4

3.4

1.5

3.7

4.8

3.5

4.2

Flag

ella

ria

vauc

hera

e 1.

3 2.

3 3.

6 3.

4 1.

8 1.

2 1.

2 0.

0 1.

6 5.

2 3.

5 5.

3 4.

2 2.

4 2.

6 0.

0 1.

2 12

.8

Cym

bell

a af

fini

s 5.

8 2.

5 4.

2 2.

3 3.

4 4.

2 0.

0 1.

4 2.

6 3.

5 2.

4 4.

2 12

.4

8.2

3.7

8.3

3.5

9.3

Gom

phon

ema

parv

ulum

1.

5 1.

3 1.

8 1.

8 1.

1 0.

0 1.

1 0.

0 1.

4 2.

3 2.

7 2.

4 1.

4 3.

2 2.

5 4.

2 5.

3 6.

2

Ach

nant

hidi

um

Hau

ckia

na

1.4

1.4

1.8

1.4

2.1

3.4

2.8

1.5

1.2

1.2

1.6

2.4

2.5

2.4

2.7

2.5

2.4

3.7

Gom

phon

ema

intr

icat

um

3.1

2.4

1.5

2.5

2.5

2.4

2.1

1.4

2.3

1.1

1.4

1.1

2.6

2.3

4.7

6.2

6.2

0.0

Ach

nant

hidi

um

mic

roce

phal

a 7.

2 2.

5 1.

5 3.

4 2.

3 3.

5 6.

3 3.

5 2.

6 5.

1 3.

5 2.

6 0.

0 1.

5 3.

4 2.

2 3.

5 7.

9

Ach

nant

hidi

um

exil

is

2.3

1.5

5.2

3.5

2.4

11.6

3.

2 3.

2 7.

3 2.

4 1.

5 8.

3 3.

6 2.

4 15

.6

3.2

1.5

6.4

Dia

tom

a hi

emal

e 11

.2

7.3

2.7

13.5

10

.5

2.3

6.8

8.3

3.4

14.3

9.

4 7.

3 12

.4

11.8

6.

3 9.

3 6.

5 6.

4

Reim

eria

si

nuat

a 2.

3 2.

3 5.

2 4.

2 3.

2 3.

4 6.

2 4.

5 1.

8 11

.3

6.3

2.4

20.1

7.

6 2.

8 16

.2

8.3

3.4

Gom

phon

ema

oliv

aceo

ides

10

.5

8.2

8.3

29.3

18

.9

15.2

13

.5

14.8

17

.6

12.1

17

.3

14.3

21

.6

28.3

23

.7

12.7

11

.2

9.3

Gom

phon

eis

3.5

2.5

3.4

6.3

3.4

5.3

2.8

2.6

8.3

6.3

2.3

4.3

11.2

7.

3 10

.3

8.3

6.5

3.4

HPP

CL

E

IA R

epor

t fo

r C

hanj

u-III

HEP

, Ch

amba

, H

P W

APCO

S Li

mit

ed

8-54

Be

nthi

c di

atom

s /

Peri

phyt

ons

Site

-1

Site

-2

Site

-3

Site

-4

Site

-5

Site

-6

S M

W

S

M

W

S M

W

S

M

W

S M

W

S

M

W

herc

ulea

na

Flag

ella

ria

spp

3.2

3.5

2.4

3.4

2.7

4.7

5.6

5.3

3.5

4.3

2.6

3.4

2.5

6.5

7.2

3.6

3.4

4.5

Not

e-S=

Sum

mer

, M

=Mon

soon

, W

=Win

ter

Tabl

e-8.

31:

Bent

hic

diat

om (

Peri

phyt

on)

Spec

ies

Div

ersi

ty In

dex,

Spe

cies

Ric

hnes

s an

d D

ensi

ty in

the

Stu

dy A

rea

o

f Ch

anju

-III

HEP

In

dex:

/ P

hyto

plan

kton

Stud

y si

tes

I II

III

IV

V VI

Su

mm

er S

easo

n Sh

anno

n H

' 1.

26

1.41

1.

28

1.10

1.

35

1.17

Sh

anno

n H

max

1.

31

1.33

1.

37

1.16

1.

40

1.22

Sh

anno

n J'

0.

96

0.97

0.

98

0.95

0.

96

0.98

M

onns

oon

Seas

on

Shan

non

H'

1.15

1.

27

1.02

1.

13

1.05

1.

14

Shan

non

Hm

ax

1.21

1.

36

1.09

1.

18

1.10

1.

20

Shan

non

J'

0.97

0.

96

0.98

0.

95

0.97

0.

96

Win

ter

Seas

on

Shan

non

H'

1.24

1.

31

1.14

1.

24

1.09

1.

20

Shan

non

Hm

ax

1.29

1.

35

1.17

1.

32

1.16

1.

25

Shan

non

J'

0.98

0.

96

0.97

0.

98

0.96

0.

95

Tabl

e-8.

32:

Com

mun

ity

com

posi

tion

of

Zoop

lank

tons

in D

eoth

al/C

hanj

u N

alla

h in

the

Stu

dy A

rea

for

Chan

ju-I

II H

EP

Zoop

lank

tons

%

dist

ribu

tion

(C

ells

/L)

Site

-1

Site

-2

Site

-3

Site

-4

Site

-5

Site

-6

S M

W

S

M

W

S M

W

S

M

W

S M

W

S

M

W

Prot

ozoa

n

Ar

cella

cre

nula

ta

5.4

4.3

1.

5 1.

2

5.6

3.8

9.

3 6.

2

15.6

11

.2

14

.3

8.6

C

erat

ium

fur

ca

1.5

2.5

1.

2 0.

0

3.2

3.2

3.

7 1.

2

2.1

2.8

2.

8 1.

6

Peri

dini

um

cinc

tum

8.

2 1.

5

2.3

2.5

7.

2 4.

3

6.2

5.4

8.

3 5.

3

14.3

7.

6

Roti

fers

HPP

CL

E

IA R

epor

t fo

r C

hanj

u-III

HEP

, Ch

amba

, H

P W

APCO

S Li

mit

ed

8-55

Zo

opla

nkto

ns

%di

stri

buti

on

(Cel

ls/L

)

Site

-1

Site

-2

Site

-3

Site

-4

Site

-5

Site

-6

S M

W

S

M

W

S M

W

S

M

W

S M

W

S

M

W

Poly

arth

ra v

ulga

ris

3.5

2.6

3.7

2.1

6.3

5.7

4.3

2.4

3.8

7.3

3.2

7.2

8.3

2.5

5.6

3.5

3.3

2.1

Philo

dena

ros

eola

3.

4 2.

1 3.

2 1.

2 1.

1 1.

5 3.

5 2.

3 2.

4 8.

3 2.

3 3.

5 10

.5

6.2

8.1

9.6

3.2

8.6

Brac

hion

us b

iden

ta

3.5

2.5

3.2

3.1

5.3

3.5

1.5

5.6

4.5

6.2

3.4

4.5

2.4

2.4

3.5

3.5

4.3

5.4

Aspl

anch

na

prio

dont

a 3.

1 3.

5 5.

2 27

.3

24.6

23

.1

6.2

2.5

3.5

4.8

2.6

2.7

6.5

5.3

4.3

7.2

3.1

4.6

Kera

tella

qua

drat

a 2.

3 1.

5 2.

4 3.

5 3.

2 3.

5 4.

5 2.

4 4.

3 7.

5 3.

5 3.

4 2.

8 3.

4 2.

1 6.

3 3.

5 6.

4 Tr

icho

cerc

a lo

ngis

eta

8.3

5.6

3.3

24.3

4.

6 2.

4 3.

2 3.

5 4.

2 3.

5 4.

5 3.

4 14

.2

3.5

3.9

9.3

8.3

4.9

Clad

ocer

an

Dap

hnia

pul

ax

2.5

3.5

5.3

5.3

4.3

3.5

2.5

1.5

3.7

10.7

5.

6 7.

2 5.

6 8.

3 3.

6 4.

8 6.

2 7.

3 Bo

smin

a lo

ngir

ostr

is

0.0

0.0

3.4

23.1

3.

5 2.

7 18

.2

2.5

8.5

8.6

8.3

4.3

15.2

12

.8

18.3

6.

2 5.

4 9.

5 Co

pepo

ds

Cyc

lops

gl

acia

lis

5.3

2.4

4.2

6.2

3.5

2.1

1.5

2.5

3.7

3.5

3.4

7.2

1.8

2.7

1.5

3.5

1.9

3.5

Cyc

lops

scu

tife

r 11

.2

8.3

7.2

13.4

12

.6

10.5

6.

5 4.

3 6.

4 10

.3

8.4

3.5

3.5

2.5

3.8

1.8

1.2

1.4

Not

e-S=

Sum

mer

, M

=Mon

soon

, W

=Win

ter

Tabl

e-8.

33:

Zoop

lank

ton

Spec

ies

Div

ersi

ty In

dex,

Spe

cies

Ric

hnes

s an

d D

ensi

ty in

the

Stu

dy A

rea

of C

hanj

u-III

HEP

In

dex:

/ P

hyto

plan

kton

Stud

y si

tes

I II

III

IV

V VI

Su

mm

er S

easo

n Sh

anno

n H

' 1.

13

1.21

1.

26

1.13

1.

04

1.16

Sh

anno

n H

max

1.

17

1.26

1.

28

1.15

1.

10

1.19

Sh

anno

n J'

0.

98

0.95

0.

97

0.96

0.

98

0.96

M

onns

oon

Seas

on

Shan

non

H'

1.05

0.

99

0.82

0.

75

0.92

0.

98

Shan

non

Hm

ax

1.09

1.

07

0.99

0.

87

0.96

1.

06

Shan

non

J'

0.96

0.

99

0.96

0.

99

0.98

0.

96

Win

ter

Seas

on

Shan

non

H'

1.17

1.

01

0.98

1.

09

1.07

1.

09

Shan

non

Hm

ax

1.23

1.

11

1.05

1.

13

1.12

1.

15

Shan

non

J'

0.97

0.

98

0.98

0.

96

0.97

0.

97

HPP

CL

E

IA R

epor

t fo

r C

hanj

u-III

HEP

, Ch

amba

, H

P W

APCO

S Li

mit

ed

8-56

Ta

ble-

8.34

: M

acro

-inv

erte

brat

e (Z

oo b

enth

os)

spec

ies

com

posi

tion

in &

aro

und

the

Cha

nju-

III P

roje

ct

Inve

rteb

rate

s Ta

xon

%

dist

ribu

tion

(i

nd./

m2 )

Site

-1

Site

-2

Site

-3

Site

-4

Site

-5

Site

-6

S M

W

S

M

W

S M

W

S

M

W

S M

W

S

M

W

Hep

tage

niid

ae

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Am

elet

us p

rim

itiu

s 10

.3

8.3

9.3

8.2

6.4

7.2

3.2

2.1

1.4

1.5

1.1

1.6

4.3

2.4

3.5

2.6

2.3

0.0

Hyd

rops

ychi

dae

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Rhya

coph

ila

fusc

ula

1.5

1.4

1.8

2.5

1.7

1.6

3.1

2.5

3.5

0.0

0.0

1.5

2.8

1.3

1.9

6.4

4.6

4.3

Blep

haro

ceri

dae

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Bibi

ocep

hall

e sp

5.

3 5.

2 4.

3 3.

5 2.

3 3.

5 7.

2 5.

6 4.

5 3.

2 3.

5 4.

5 2.

4 1.

8 3.

5 2.

6 1.

8 2.

7 El

mid

ae

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Nar

pus

sp

larv

ae

1.8

1.1

1.5

2.9

2.5

3.5

8.2

5.2

5.3

5.6

3.3

2.5

2.5

2.4

3.4

3.8

2.4

3.4

Dip

tera

-Si

mul

idae

0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 Si

mul

ium

pic

tipu

s 10

.5

8.3

8.3

18.2

15

.3

18.2

8.

3 7.

3 10

.2

2.5

2.4

3.2

4.9

3.5

1.2

7.6

4.5

2.7

Ath

eric

idae

0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 A

ther

ix s

p (S

nipe

fly

la

rvae

) 1.

6 1.

5 1.

1 2.

1 1.

8 1.

2 1.

2 0.

0 1.

4 3.

2 2.

4 3.

2 5.

6 3.

5 2.

5 3.

5 2.

4 1.

3

Ephe

mer

ellid

ae

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Ephe

mer

alla

maj

or

2.5

1.3

1.8

4.6

2.8

2.3

3.5

3.5

2.5

4.2

2.4

3.5

4.8

4.3

3.4

5.6

4.5

3.5

Sten

onem

a

trip

unct

atum

2.

3 1.

5 2.

4 5.

3 2.

6 3.

2 3.

5 2.

4 4.

2 7.

2 3.

4 3.

5 1.

3 1.

0 2.

5 4.

2 2.

5 3.

5

Perl

idae

0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 El

mid

sp

larv

ae

1.8

1.7

1.5

3.2

2.3

2.5

1.2

1.7

2.6

4.2

3.7

3.5

4.5

2.5

3.4

5.6

1.6

2.4

Am

phiz

oida

e (t

rout

be

etel

) 3.

5 2.

6 3.

2 2.

5 2.

3 2.

8 7.

2 6.

2 4.

3 3.

5 2.

5 1.

4 3.

5 2.

6 0.

0 3.

8 2.

4 1.

2

Am

phiz

oa s

p.

2.8

1.5

2.1

6.3

4.5

2.3

6.5

5.3

4.3

4.8

4.1

3.4

2.8

3.5

4.3

7.1

6.2

4.2

Epeo

rus

lauh

alen

sis

3.5

2.5

3.5

3.5

2.5

4.2

2.3

2.8

3.5

5.3

4.6

4.8

2.1

2.4

3.7

3.4

3.2

2.6

Baet

idae

0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 B

aeti

s ch

andr

a 1.

1 1.

5 1.

7 2.

5 1.

4 1.

6 4.

3 2.

3 1.

7 7.

6 4.

3 2.

5 5.

3 4.

3 3.

4 1.

3 2.

4 4.

3 Ba

etis

him

alay

ana

3.5

3.1

3.2

4.2

3.2

3.2

7.1

5.3

3.5

5.3

3.5

1.5

4.3

3.4

2.4

5.6

3.5

2.4

Isop

erla

mon

tana

2.

4 2.

4 2.

5 3.

5 2.

6 3.

5 4.

5 5.

3 3.

7 8.

3 7.

6 4.

3 1.

3 1.

1 2.

4 4.

5 3.

2 2.

5 Pe

rla

mar

gina

ta

3.4

2.4

3.2

2.8

2.5

2.3

6.2

3.5

3.5

3.4

2.4

3.4

3.5

3.2

3.4

2.3

1.5

4.3

Cho

loro

perl

ator

rent

ium

16

.2

1.5

2.4

1.2

1.5

1.7

5.2

2.3

2.5

3.5

3.1

2.6

4.3

2.4

2.1

3.1

2.4

1.3

Hyd

ropt

ilida

e 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 O

chro

tric

hia

susa

nae

5.2

3.4

1.8

7.2

3.5

2.7

8.3

4.3

3.2

10.6

8.

3 7.

1 6.

2 6.

5 9.

2 7.

2 3.

4 5.

8

HPP

CL

E

IA R

epor

t fo

r C

hanj

u-III

HEP

, Ch

amba

, H

P W

APCO

S Li

mit

ed

8-57

In

vert

ebra

tes

Taxo

n %

di

stri

buti

on

(ind

./m

2 )

Site

-1

Site

-2

Site

-3

Site

-4

Site

-5

Site

-6

S M

W

S

M

W

S M

W

S

M

W

S M

W

S

M

W

Chir

onom

idae

0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 0.

0 C

hiro

nem

ous

sp

3.5

2.4

2.7

5.3

7.1

2.7

3.5

2.5

3.7

4.5

3.3

3.7

3.6

3.4

2.8

6.2

5.3

3.4

Not

e-S=

Sum

mer

, M

=Mon

soon

, W

=Win

ter

Tabl

e-8.

35:

Mac

ro-i

nver

tebr

ate

(Zoo

ben

thos

) Sp

ecie

s D

iver

sity

Inde

x, S

peci

es R

ichn

ess

and

Den

sity

in t

he S

tudy

Are

a of

Ch

anji

-III

HEP

In

dex:

/ P

hyto

plan

kton

Stud

y si

tes

I II

III

IV

V VI

Su

mm

er S

easo

n Sh

anno

n H

' 1.

41

1.36

1.

37

1.40

1.

38

1.40

Sh

anno

n H

max

1.

45

1.41

1.

42

1.44

1.

46

1.37

Sh

anno

n J'

0.

96

0.95

0.

96

0.98

0.

98

0.96

M

onns

oon

Seas

on

Shan

non

H'

1.19

1.

10

1.02

0.

89

1.02

1.

09

Shan

non

Hm

ax

1.24

1.

17

1.08

0.

92

1.12

1.

15

Shan

non

J'

0.98

0.

96

0.97

0.

96

0.95

0.

98

Win

ter

Seas

on

Shan

non

H'

1.23

1.

38

1.21

1.

28

1.27

1.

23

Shan

non

Hm

ax

1.27

1.

43

1.26

1.

34

1.34

1.

25

Shan

non

J'

0.98

0.

96

0.98

0.

97

0.96

0.

98


WAPCOS Limited 8-58

8.8.6 Quantitative Analysis

The density of Biotic Communties (Phytoplankton, Zooplankton, Periphuton macro-

invertebrates) recorded from study area in various seasons is depicted in Tables-8.36 to 8.38.

The poor occurrence of taxa in nalla/stream could be attributed to the habitat structure and

torrent flow with sedimentation load. The higher number of taxa in nalla/stream can be

attributed to the lower turbidity.

Table-8.36: Density of different biotic communities in the Study Area in summer season Biotic Communties Site 1 Site 2 Site 3 Site 4 Site 5 Site 6 Invertebrates Taxon (ind./m2) 206 87 887 1621 243 951 Periphytons (Cells/cm 2) 79 59 232 361 48 347 Phytoplankton Taxon (cells/l ) 139 131 346 382 151 353 Zooplanktons (Cells/L) 21 30 125 101 35 129 Table-8.37: Density of different biotic communities in the Study Area in monsoon season Biotic Communties Site 1 Site 2 Site 3 Site 4 Site 5 Site 6 Invertebrates Taxon (ind./m2) 198 82 876 1536 235 941 Periphytons (Cells/cm 2) 73 54 227 352 45 337 Phytoplankton Taxon (cells/l ) 132 126 330 366 143 344 Zooplanktons (Cells/L) 15 26 117 95 28 124

Table-8.38: Density of different biotic communities in the Study Area in winter season Biotic Communties Site 1 Site 2 Site 3 Site 4 Site 5 Site 6 Invertebrates Taxon (ind./m2) 178 96 735 1553 385 1023 Periphytons (Cells/cm 2) 72 41 229 340 56 325 Phytoplankton Taxon (cells/l ) 118 123 324 353 127 347 Zooplanktons (Cells/L) 12 35 114 75 42 131

8.8.7 Fisheries

During the field study of Chanju-III HE project, no endemic fish species were observed in the

Chanju Nallah and its tributaries. However during study period, presence of exotic Rainbow

Trout and Brown Trout species have been observed in the downstream and upstream stretches

of Chanju and Mahed Nallahs. That may be attributed to the favourable water temperature

and dissolved oxygen during different season. It has been inferred from the field survey that

temperature has become a limiting factor /deciding factor for aquatic life and endemic

fishes.


WAPCOS Limited 8-59

The major inhibition factor is low temperature and cascade habitat of flowing water. Other

-10% slope) with rocky

substratum, and habitat like rapids and cascades were also found governing factors for

occurrence of exotic fish species and other aquatic fauna.

View of Power House Site of Chanju-III HEP

Trench Weir Site of Chanju-III HEP


WAPCOS Limited 8-60

Downstream of Mahed Nallah

CHAPTER-9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASPECTS


WAPCOS Limited 9-1

CHAPTER 9

SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASPECTS

9.1 GENERAL

The aim of the socio-economic study is to assess the overall impact on various facets of

socio-economic environment due to establishment of the project in the Study Area

Villages. The present chapter outlines baseline socio-economic scenario of the study area

villages. The study area (10 km radius around the proposed project area) is spread over in

sub-districts Chamba and Chaurah of Chamba district. The following sections outline the

socio-economic profile of the Study Area Villages. As per the records of Census of India

2011 Primary Census Abstract.

9.2 DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE

9.2.1 Population

As mentioned the proposed project is located in the District Chamba. The study area or

the Project Influence Area comprises of about 38 villages in sub-district Chamba and

Chaurah. The total population in the study area villages is of the order of 2986 persons as

per Census of India 2011. The distribution of population and demographic profile in the

study area villages is outlined in Table 9.1 and depicted in Figure-9.1.

Table-9.1: Demographic profile in the Study Area Villages

S. No. Village Name Tota

l H

ouse

hold

s

Tota

l Po

pula

tion

Tota

l Mal

e Po

pula

tion

Tota

l Fem

ale

Popu

lati

on

Popu

lati

on

<6 y

ears

Ave

rage

Fa

mily

Siz

e

Sex

Rat

io

District Chamba Subdistrict Chamba

1 Sara (222) 35 237 112 125 29 7 1116 2 Sanotha (248) 62 406 204 202 80 7 990 3 Silla Gharat (253) 101 601 304 297 125 6 977 4 Ghagrauta (252) 112 638 328 310 109 6 945 5 Maingal (250) 62 454 235 219 118 7 932 6 Thundu (251) 43 311 164 147 66 7 896

Subtotal (A) 415 2647 1347 1300 527 6 965 Subdistrict Chaurah

7 Shimbra (456) 130 654 345 309 82 5 896 8 Tikarigarh (458) 236 1235 621 614 183 5 989 9 Jasaur Garh (509) 98 486 245 241 70 5 984

10 Helan (522) 37 207 108 99 30 6 917 11 Gadiog (507) 62 307 160 147 41 5 919 12 Utpur (506) 42 212 109 103 30 5 945 13 Kuther (505) 87 461 248 213 63 5 859 14 Bhatrudi (459) 152 734 384 350 80 5 911


WAPCOS Limited 9-2

S. No. Village Name 15 Dhar Tundara (460) 2 24 11 13 6 12 1182 16 Katwar (461) 123 678 337 341 123 6 1012 17 Deola (504) 59 302 147 155 37 5 1054 18 Drabbar (528) 96 588 321 267 75 6 832 19 Charauri (529) 112 707 354 353 118 6 997 20 Chanan (539) 86 501 257 244 84 6 949 21 Sarana (538) 19 134 64 70 22 7 1094 22 Kareri (530) 57 377 189 188 65 7 995 23 Jungrar (531) 33 191 96 95 22 6 990 24 Phanaota (494) 33 179 92 87 14 5 946 25 Gewa (496) 45 248 130 118 49 6 908 26 Baghai Garh (465) 64 326 166 160 57 5 964 27 Paraba (468) 68 421 218 203 93 6 931 28 Khander (467) 54 339 173 166 56 6 960 29 Chachoga (466) 82 426 208 218 54 5 1048 30 Jhakla (488) 136 756 397 359 131 6 904 31 Suala (487) 238 1277 678 599 190 5 883 32 Bharandui (469) 129 710 391 319 119 6 816 33 Mawa (473) 36 233 129 104 37 6 806 34 Juri (476) 53 362 197 165 42 7 838 35 Maihla (486) 58 324 166 158 59 6 952 36 Sundari (489) 33 218 104 114 58 7 1096 37 Dehra (485) 47 270 136 134 57 6 985 38 Kunda (483) 64 361 180 181 49 6 1006

Subtotal (B) 2571 14248 7361 6887 2196 6 936 Total (A+B) 2986 16895 8708 8187 2723 6 940 Source: Primary Census Abstract, 2011

Figure 9.1: Demographic profile in the Study Area Villages

0

2000

4000

6000

8000

10000

Total Male Population Total Female Population

1347 1300

8708 8187

Subdistrict Chamba

Subdistrict Chaurah


WAPCOS Limited 9-3

The male and female population in study area villages comprises about 51.54% and 48.46%

respectively of the total population. The population comprising of children below the age

of 6 years accounts for about 16.12% of the total population in the study area villages. The

sex ratio and average family size in the study area villages is 940 and 6 persons per family

respectively.

9.2.2 Caste Profile

The distribution of population in study area villages on the basis of caste is summarized in

Table-9.2 and Figure-9.2. General Caste is dominant caste in the study area accounting for

about 48.47% of the total population followed by Schedule Caste 28.07% and Schedule

Tribe comprise only 23.46% of the total population.

Table-9.2: Caste profile in Study Area Villages

S. No. Village Name Tot

al

Popu

lati

on

Sche

dule

C

aste

Po

pula

tion

Sche

dule

T

ribe

Po

pula

tion

Gen

eral

Cas

te


1 Sara (222) 237 25 165 47 2 Sanotha (248) 406 0 333 73 3 Silla Gharat (253) 601 1 187 413 4 Ghagrauta (252) 638 17 254 367 5 Maingal (250) 454 0 368 86 6 Thundu (251) 311 194 80 37

Subtotal (A) 2647 237 1387 1023 Subdistrict Chaurah

7 Shimbra (456) 654 44 74 536 8 Tikarigarh (458) 1235 533 76 626 9 Jasaur Garh (509) 486 79 81 326

10 Helan (522) 207 39 0 168 11 Gadiog (507) 307 13 5 289 12 Utpur (506) 212 94 39 79 13 Kuther (505) 461 119 146 196 14 Bhatrudi (459) 734 229 235 270 15 Dhar Tundara (460) 24 0 24 0 16 Katwar (461) 678 231 273 174 17 Deola (504) 302 62 130 110 18 Drabbar (528) 588 128 12 448 19 Charauri (529) 707 214 70 423 20 Chanan (539) 501 32 0 469 21 Sarana (538) 134 45 0 89


WAPCOS Limited 9-4

S. No. Village Name 22 Kareri (530) 377 98 0 279 23 Jungrar (531) 191 0 0 191 24 Phanaota (494) 179 23 0 156 25 Gewa (496) 248 200 7 41 26 Baghai Garh (465) 326 194 96 36 27 Paraba (468) 421 127 90 204 28 Khander (467) 339 0 145 194 29 Chachoga (466) 426 77 85 264 30 Jhakla (488) 756 424 84 248 31 Suala (487) 1277 420 277 580 32 Bharandui (469) 710 416 150 144 33 Mawa (473) 233 102 43 88 34 Juri (476) 362 0 356 6 35 Maihla (486) 324 125 30 169 36 Sundari (489) 218 68 0 150 37 Dehra (485) 270 255 0 15 38 Kunda (483) 361 112 53 196

Subtotal (B) 14248 4503 2581 7164 Total (A+B) 16895 4740 3968 8187 Source: Primary Census Abstract, 2011

Figure-9.2: Caste profile in the Study Area Villages

9.2.3 Literacy Levels

The details of literate and illiterate population amongst the total population of study area

villages are shown in Table-9.3. It is observed that about 48.73% of the total population in

0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

Schedule CastePopulation

Schedule TribePopulation

General Caste

237

1387 1023

4503

2581

7164

Subdistrict Chamba

Subdistrict Chaurah


WAPCOS Limited 9-5

the study area villages is literate, while about 51.27% are illiterate (Refer Figure-9.3). The

literacy rate amongst male and female population is 57.97% and 38.90% respectively.

Table-9.3: Distribution of literate and illiterate population in Study Area Villages

S. No. Village Name T

otal

Po

pula

tion

Popu

lati

on

Lite

rate

Mal

e Li

tera

te

Fem

ale

Lite

rate

Popu

lati

on

Illit

erat

e

Mal

e Ill

iter

ate

Fem

ale

Illit

erat

e

District Chamba

Subdistrict Chamba

1 Sara (222) 237 93 62 31 144 50 94 2 Sanotha (248) 406 174 110 64 232 94 138

3 Silla Gharat (253) 601 247 144 103 354 160 194

4 Ghagrauta (252) 638 310 187 123 328 141 187 5 Maingal (250) 454 158 109 49 296 126 170 6 Thundu (251) 311 174 98 76 137 66 71

Subtotal (A) 2647 1156 710 446 1491 637 854

Subdistrict Chaurah

7 Shimbra (456) 654 316 207 109 338 138 200

8 Tikarigarh (458) 1235 717 420 297 518 201 317

9 Jasaur Garh (509) 486 295 188 107 191 57 134

10 Helan (522) 207 97 61 36 110 47 63 11 Gadiog (507) 307 156 94 62 151 66 85 12 Utpur (506) 212 103 66 37 109 43 66 13 Kuther (505) 461 280 175 105 181 73 108 14 Bhatrudi (459) 734 333 201 132 401 183 218

15 Dhar Tundara (460) 24 3 2 1 21 9 12

16 Katwar (461) 678 247 152 95 431 185 246 17 Deola (504) 302 200 115 85 102 32 70 18 Drabbar (528) 588 236 161 75 352 160 192 19 Charauri (529) 707 314 190 124 393 164 229 20 Chanan (539) 501 222 141 81 279 116 163 21 Sarana (538) 134 65 37 28 69 27 42 22 Kareri (530) 377 182 99 83 195 90 105 23 Jungrar (531) 191 125 72 53 66 24 42 24 Phanaota (494) 179 114 70 44 65 22 43 25 Gewa (496) 248 126 72 54 122 58 64

26 Baghai Garh (465) 326 200 119 81 126 47 79

27 Paraba (468) 421 180 115 65 241 103 138


WAPCOS Limited 9-6

S. No. Village Name

28 Khander (467) 339 147 86 61 192 87 105 29 Chachoga (466) 426 276 153 123 150 55 95 30 Jhakla (488) 756 403 255 148 353 142 211 31 Suala (487) 1277 660 418 242 617 260 357 32 Bharandui (469) 710 340 223 117 370 168 202 33 Mawa (473) 233 95 63 32 138 66 72 34 Juri (476) 362 74 63 11 288 134 154 35 Maihla (486) 324 176 97 79 148 69 79 36 Sundari (489) 218 69 33 36 149 71 78 37 Dehra (485) 270 129 78 51 141 58 83 38 Kunda (483) 361 197 112 85 164 68 96

Subtotal (B) 14248 7077 4338 2739 7171 3023 4148 Total (A+B) 16895 8233 5048 3185 8662 3660 5002

Source: Primary Census Abstract-2011

Figure-9.3: Literacy profile in the study area villages

9.2.4 Occupational profile

The details on occupational profile in the study area villages are given in Table-9.4. It is

observed that 55.93% of the total population is engaged in some form of economically

productive activity or vocational activity, and have been designated as Total Working

population. It is also observed that total male workers accounts for 53.65% of working

population whereas female workers are about 46.35% of total population. On the other

hand, Non-workers or persons who are dependent on the population, which is engaged in

economically productive work accounts for about 44.07% of the total population. Among

the population that is working about 44.98% has been designated as Main workers (Those

0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

Male Literate Female Literate Population Illiterate

710 446

1491

4338

2739

7171

Subdistrict Chamba

Subdistrict Chaurah


WAPCOS Limited 9-7

workers who had worked for the major part of the reference period (i.e. 6 months or

more).) while the remaining 55.02% has been designated as Marginal workers (Those

workers who had not worked for the major part of the reference period (i.e. less than 6

months)).

Table-9.4: Occupational profile in the Study Area Villages

S. No. Village Name Tot

al

Popu

lati

on

Tot

al W

orki

ng

Popu

lati

on

Tot

al M

ale

Wor

kers

Tot

al F

emal

e W

orke

rs

Mai

n W

orke

rs

Mar

gina

l W

orke

rs

Non

Wor

kers


1 Sara (222) 237 204 102 102 194 10 33 2 Sanotha (248) 406 283 148 135 214 69 123 3 Silla Gharat (253) 601 327 169 158 318 9 274 4 Ghagrauta (252) 638 479 242 237 266 213 159 5 Maingal (250) 454 258 121 137 212 46 196 6 Thundu (251) 311 185 94 91 178 7 126

Subtotal (A) 2647 1736 876 860 1382 354 911 Subdistrict Chaurah

7 Shimbra (456) 654 363 189 174 89 274 291 8 Tikarigarh (458) 1235 641 340 301 307 334 594 9 Jasaur Garh (509) 486 230 130 100 127 103 256

10 Helan (522) 207 145 76 69 57 88 62 11 Gadiog (507) 307 166 92 74 46 120 141 12 Utpur (506) 212 114 61 53 27 87 98 13 Kuther (505) 461 249 138 111 95 154 212 14 Bhatrudi (459) 734 466 241 225 289 177 268 15 Dhar Tundara (460) 24 10 4 6 10 0 14 16 Katwar (461) 678 338 168 170 134 204 340 17 Deola (504) 302 147 75 72 56 91 155 18 Drabbar (528) 588 411 225 186 85 326 177 19 Charauri (529) 707 413 202 211 35 378 294 20 Chanan (539) 501 340 179 161 56 284 161 21 Sarana (538) 134 113 57 56 36 77 21 22 Kareri (530) 377 301 149 152 101 200 76 23 Jungrar (531) 191 171 84 87 61 110 20 24 Phanaota (494) 179 89 49 40 14 75 90 25 Gewa (496) 248 106 54 52 19 87 142 26 Baghai Garh (465) 326 148 96 52 59 89 178 27 Paraba (468) 421 237 118 119 23 214 184 28 Khander (467) 339 179 89 90 22 157 160 29 Chachoga (466) 426 214 106 108 33 181 212


WAPCOS Limited 9-8

S. No. Village Name 30 Jhakla (488) 756 361 217 144 183 178 395 31 Suala (487) 1277 435 346 89 411 24 842 32 Bharandui (469) 710 376 203 173 113 263 334 33 Mawa (473) 233 132 72 60 15 117 101 34 Juri (476) 362 242 123 119 138 104 120 35 Maihla (486) 324 175 93 82 82 93 149 36 Sundari (489) 218 104 55 49 50 54 114 37 Dehra (485) 270 126 67 59 71 55 144 38 Kunda (483) 361 171 95 76 24 147 190

Subtotal (B) 14248 7713 4193 3520 2868 4845 6535 Total (A+B) 16895 9449 5069 4380 4250 5199 7446 Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011

Figure-9.4: Occupational profile in the Study Area Villages

9.3 SOCIO-ECONOMIC SURVEY

Most often, development projects are planned based on the availability of exploitable

natural resources. This attracts flow of finances, investments, jobs and other livelihood

opportunities, which brings in people from different cultural and social background. Such

planned activities not only provide impetus to the local economy but also bring about a

multi-dimensional economic, social and cultural change. Most often it has been observed

that such development projects are commissioned in economically and socially backward

areas, which are inhabited by some of the indigenous populations. Commissioning of

0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

Main Workers Marginal Workers Non Workers

Subdistrict Chamba

Subdistrict Chaurah


WAPCOS Limited 9-9

development project invariably brings about a number of desired and undesired impacts

along with it. The baseline setting for socio-economic aspects are outlined in the present

portion.

9.4 LAND REQUIREMENT FOR THE PROJECT

The land required for various project appurtenances. The appurtenance wise land

requirement for the project is already outlined in Table-9.5. The entire land to be

acquired for the project is considered as forest land. On certain portions of land,

community/private settlements are private/community properties. For such categories of

land, compensation on account of forest land acquisition will be paid.

The land details of the Chanju III H.E.P is given in Table-9.5. The private land to be

acquired for the project is 1.870 ha. Whereas there is additional land of 0.2366 ha is being

acquired for the project colony.

Table-9.5: Land requirement for Chanju III hydroelectric project

S. No Project Component/ Activity Area (ha) 1 Forest land Surface 23.790 2 Forest Land under ground 4.704 3 Private Land Surface 1.870 Total 30.364 Source: HPPCL

9.5 SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE OF PROJECT AFFECTED FAMILIES

9.5.1 Methodology Adopted for Socioeconomic Survey

The information required to assess the socio-economic profile and property enumeration for

preparation of Resettlement and Rehabilitation Master Plan was collected with the help of a

detailed quantitative socio-economic survey of the Project Affected Families (PAFs) in the

affected villages.

The information on the following socio-economic parameters was collected:

Demographic profile Educational levels Occupational Profile Land holding pattern Assets owned Livestock and other socio-economic parameters etc.

Before the start of socio economic actual survey work, base-line information was collected

from secondary sources. These included record of existing documents, reports and other

publications relevant to the project.

A household level survey schedule was devised, which was formulated to capture the overall

socio-economic status of the PAFs, material assets owned by them. The survey schedule was

formulated to be a series of prompts, rather than a structured questionnaire, to allow the


WAPCOS Limited 9-10

investigators to phrase queries according to the circumstance during interpersonal

interviews with PAFs. This survey schedule was pre-tested in the field, and was finalized

after necessary modifications, to make it more project and area specific.

For the purpose of primary data collection, a survey team comprising of local investigators

was put-together from amongst the affected communities. Members of the survey team

(investigators/ surveyors) were local educated youths. The survey team traversed the entire

project area, including submergence area, dam alignment and site of other project

appurtenances in each of the project affected villages. The survey team visited all the

villages in which land is proposed to be acquired. The survey team coordinator scrutinized

the filled-in survey schedules for internal discrepancies and missing information; which was

eliminated in the field, in some cases by going back to the concerned families before it was

coded for computerization.

A total of 32 families are likely to be affected due to the proposed Chanju-III HEP. These

families were covered as a part of the socio-economic survey.

The filled-in survey schedules were scrutinized before they were computerized using

database computer software. The raw data was then compiled and systematized before it

was analyzed for various socio-economic parameters. Data analysis was undertaken using MS

Excel computer software. The analyzed outputs have been used in reporting the findings of

the socio-economic survey.

Survey Team conducting survey at the Project affected village


WAPCOS Limited 9-11

9.5.2 Public Consultation

The First Public Consultation meeting in respect of Chanju-III Hydro Electric Project (48 MW)

was held on 26.06.2016 at 11 AM at Datuin Mata Mandir, P/O Chanju, Tehsil Churah in Distt.

Chamba of Himachal Pradesh.

Public Consultation at Chanju Panchayat

List of Officers/ Officials of Project Authorities and M/s WAPCOS Limited (A Govt. of India

Undertaking) Consultant for preparing EIA/EMP reports of the Project is placed. The Minutes

of meeting is enclosed as Annexure-IV. Tentatively 300 persons from Project Affected

Families and Project Affected Panchayats and Project Affected Area attended the meeting

wherein Panchayat Presidents, Vice Presidents of both Chanju and Dehra Panchayats and

BDC Member were also present. In the gathering, 129 persons recorded their attendance

and other had refused to record the attendance. In the beginning pamphlets of R&R Policy

of HPPCL and brief summary of R&R Policy in Hindi language were distributed among the

public.

The meeting was hosted by Miss Deepika Rana, JO (Geology), HPPCL. First of all Er. Arun

Kapoor, General Manager, Ravi Chenab Projects, HPPCL was requested to make his speech

on the occasion.

Er. Arun Kapoor, General Manager, Ravi Chenab Projects, HPPCL welcomed the participants

and introduced the officers of HPPCL and M/s WAPCOS (A Govt. of India Undertaking )

Consultant engaged for preparing EIA/EMP reports of the Project. General Manager (RCP)

explained the salient features of Chanju-III HEP (48MW). Further, he defined the Project

Affected Families (PAF), Project Affected Area (PAA), Project Affected Zone (PAZ). The

General Manager (RCP) explained the Rehabilitation and Resettlement Policy of HPPCL and

highlighted the benefits to be provided to the locals from R&R Policy viz. good

compensation on acquisition of private land, houses and shops, adequate grant and great

relief to the effected families by providing jobs. In addition, for project affected families,

free medical camps, training and awareness camps, sponsorship for training in ITI


WAPCOS Limited 9-12

Institutions on merit basis, scholarship to the school children, training and Awareness Camps

on various fields like agriculture, horticulture, non-timber forest produce, herbal

plantation., Annual Sports Competitions, School Children Competitions etc. Further, he

elaborated on the contribution of to Local Area Development Fund (LADF) @ 1.5% of the

project cost as per provisions of H.P. Hydropower Policy. Also, he apprised about the HPPCL

commitment to contribute 1% of its revenue from power generation to LADF during

operation of the project. At the end, he clarified that HPPCL believes in long term

harmonious relationship with local communities in its project area and working a

commitment to make the lives of affected people better than earlier.

Thereafter, Mr. S.M Dixit, Dy. Chief Engineer, M/s WAPCOS apprised the public about the

appraised about the purpose of this public consultation meeting. He intimated the studies

carried out by M/s WAPCOS in the project area for the safeguard of environment and

incorporation of the same in Environmental Impact Assessment and Environment

Management Plan reports of the project under preparation by the agency. He highlighted

the importance of environment to be maintained during the project construction and during

O&M Stage of the project as well. He also made aware the participants that studies have

been carried out adhering to various rules, regulations and orders as stipulated in the

guidelines notified by Govt. of India. General Manager (RCP) and Sh. S.M Dixit requested the

participants to ask any question whatever in their mind and invited their

objections/suggestions.

The Key Issues raised during the Public Consultation are as follows:

All demands should be accepted as contained in NOC already issued to HPPCL for

setting up the project and if the demands have been accepted, the written

assurance in this regard shall be provided to the concerned Panchayat.

Local Contractors and people belonging to the concerned Panchayat have not be

allotted any Project Work.

Copy of EIA/EMP/R&R information should be provided in Hindi language. Also a

copy of NOC issued by Chanju Panchayat to HPPCL.

Locals were not well informed regarding the conduct of the Public Consultation.

Public Consultation should have been conducted in Dehra Panchayat.

Provision made for plying the vehicles in the project and the rates at which these

vehicles will be hired. The vehicles for the same shall be hired by Project Affected

Area only.

Provisioned rates for the hiring of the plying vehicles are very less.


WAPCOS Limited 9-13

Provision for the employment opportunity that shall be provided to the people who

are not technically qualified. Also the general provision for the employment for the

local people.

After all the demands of the PAFs shall be addressed NOC will be issued by the

concerned Panchayats.

Benefits local people will get with implementation of the project.

9.5.3 Findings of Socio-economic survey

a) Religious affiliation

As part of the socio-economic survey, information on the religious affiliation of the project

affected families was gathered. It has been observed from the data collected that all the

Project Affected Families follow Hinduism.

b) Caste profile of surveyed population

As part of the socio-economic survey, information on the caste profile of the surveyed

population was also gathered. The distribution of the surveyed population on the basis of

caste is depicted in Tables -9.6. It can be seen from Table-9.7 that 75.00% of PAF belonged

to General Castes category. About remaining 9.37% and 15.63% of he surveyed population

belonged to Scheduled Castes and Schedule Tribes respectively.

Table 9.6: Distribution of the surveyed families on the basis of caste S.No Name of the Villages General Castes Schedule Castes Schedule Tribes

1 Aaredi 1 3 Dantoi 7 4 Dehra 3 3 5 Jakhal 1 2 6 Kalprahi 9 1 7 Kunda 1 8 Shumbra 1 9 Sowala 2

10 Ulla 1 Total 24 3 5

c) Demographic Profile

The survey team contacted a total of 32 project affected families. The total population of

the project affected area is 258. The male and female population accounted for about

52.33% and 47.67% respectively of the total population. The distribution of male and female

population among the surveyed population is given in Table-9.7.


WAPCOS Limited 9-14

Table -9.7: Male and Female population of the surveyed families

S.No Name of the Village Male Female 1 Aaredi 5 5 2 Dantoi 44 41 3 Dehra 19 26 4 Jakhal 13 6 5 Kalprahi 41 32 6 Kunda 3 3 7 Shumbra 2 1 8 Sowala 5 4 9 Ulla 3 1

Grand Total 135 123

d) Marital Status

The information on marital status among the surveyed population was also collected. The

details are shown in Table-9.8. It is observed that 50.00% of the surveyed population is

-

Table -9.8: Marital status of surveyed population S.No Name of the Village Single Married Widow Widower

1 Aaredi 6 4 2 Dantoi 46 38 1 3 Dehra 17 24 1 1 4 Jakhal 11 12 5 Kalprahi 37 34 2 6 Kunda 4 2 7 Shumbra 1 2 8 Sowala 5 4 9 Ulla 2 2

Grand Total 129 124 3 2

d) Educational Profile

As part of the socioeconomic survey, information on the educational profile of the affected

population was also gathered. It is observed that 70.93% of the surveyed population is

literate. The educational profile of the surveyed population is depicted in Table -9.9.

Table- 9.9: Educational profile of the surveyed population S.No

Name of the Village

Primary School

Middle School

Secondary School

Senior Secondary

Graduate

Post Graduate

1 Aaredi 4 3 1 0 1 2 Dantoi 12 18 5 14 3 Dehra 4 5 9 7 4 Jakhal 9 2 3 1


WAPCOS Limited 9-15

S.No

Name of the Village

Primary School

Middle School

Secondary School

Senior Secondary

Graduate

Post Graduate

5 Kalprahi 17 13 16 16 4 1 6 Kunda 0 1 2 2 1 7 Shumbra 1 0 0 1 8 Sowala 0 4 3 1 9 Ulla 0 1 0 0

Total 47 47 39 42 5 2

Among the literates, about 25.68%, 25.68%,

21.31%, 22.95%, 3.28% and 1.09% are in the

primary school level, middle school level,

secondary school level and senior secondary

school level respectively. About 8.02% % of

the surveyed population has as either

completed or presently undergoing

education in the graduation level and 0.68%

of the literate population is post-graduate.

e) Occupational Profile

The information on the occupational profile of the surveyed population was also gathered as

part of the socio-economic survey. The population engaged in economically productive

activity is 45.74% of the total surveyed population .The data collected from the surveyed

households depicts that most of the residents in the region are 39.53%Farmer,Jobs

4.26%,Mason 1.55% and Shopkeeper 0.39%. Details are summarized in Table-9.10.

Table- 9.10: Occupational profile of the Surveyed population

S.No Village Name

Farm

er

Jobs

Mas

on

Stud

ent

Hou

sew

ife

shop

keep

er

1 Aaredi 2 1 5 2 2 Dantoi 46 19 20 3 Dehra 12 3 3 11 16 4 Jakhal 12 5 6 5 Kalprahi 21 6 24 21 1 6 Kunda 1 2 2 1 7 Shumbra 2 1 8 Sowala 4 3 2 9 Ulla 2 2

Grand Total 102 11 4 69 71 1


WAPCOS Limited 9-16

About 54.26% of the surveyed population is not engaged in any economically productive

activity. This population includes mainly students, housewives and other people who are

dependent on the working population.

f) Types of Households

The survey was conducted in 32 families for the types of houses owned by them. It was

observed from the survey that 31.25% of the households are permanent (Houses with wall

and roof made of permanent materials. Walls were made from galvanized iron, Bricks, Stone

or Concrete. The commonly used roof materials were galvanized iron, Asbestos sheets,

Brick, Stone or Concrete). About 56.25% of the households are Semi permanent (either wall

or roof is made of permanent material and the other having been made of temporary

material). About 12.5% of the households were temporary in nature, with both walls and

roof being made of temporary material. In temporary houses, walls were made of Grass,

Thatch, Bamboo, Plastic, Polythene, Mud, Unburnt brick or wood, while roofs were made of

Grass, Thatch, Bamboo, Wood, Mud, Plastic or Polythene. The dteails are given in Table-

9.11.

Table -9.11: Type of homesteads owned by the Surveyed Population

S.No Village Name Permanent Semi-Permanent Temporary 1 Aaredi 1 2 Dantoi 7 3 Dehra 2 2 2 4 Jakhal 1 2 5 Kalprahi 3 7 6 Kunda 1 7 Shumbra 1 8 Sowala 2 9 Ulla 1

Grand Total 10 18 4

i) Sources of Energy for Cooking

The major fuel used for cooking amongst the PAFs was firewood, LPG and electricity.

Firewood is the major fuel used for cooking, as it used by almost 81.25% of PAFs. About

9.38% of the surveyed PAFs used firewood and LPG. Whereas firewood, LPG and Electricity

is used by 3.13% of the surveyed households as a source of cooking. 6.25% of the surveyed

population used firewood and electricity. The details of the type of fuel used for cooking


Table 9.12: Source of energy for cooking of the of the surveyed Population S.No Village Name Firewood Firewood/LPG Firewood/LPG/

Electricity Firewood/ Electricity

1 Aaredi 1 2 Dantoi 7


WAPCOS Limited 9-17

S.No Village Name Firewood Firewood/LPG Firewood/LPG/ Electricity

Firewood/ Electricity

3 Dehra 3 2 1 4 Jakhal 2 1 5 Kalprahi 9 1 6 Kunda 1 7 Shumbra 1 8 Sowala 1 1 9 Ulla 1


j) Source of Energy for Power Supply

The details regarding source of the power supply to the PAFs is given in Table-9.13.

Table -9.13: Source of the Power Supply in the Surveyed Population S.No

Village Name

Electricity

Other Oil Lamp

Electricity/Kerosene Lamp

Electricity/Kerosene Lamp/Solar Lamp

1 Aaredi 1 0 0 0 2 Dantoi 5 0 2 0 3 Dehra 1 1 4 0 4 Jakhal 0 3 0 5 Kalprahi 6 0 3 1 6 Kunda 0 1 0 7 Shumbra 1 0 0 0 8 Sowala 2 0 0 0 9 Ulla 1 0 0 0


Electricity is the main source of power supply amongst the PAFs as 53.13% of the houses

have electricity supply. Both Electricity and Kerosene Lamp is used by almost 40.63% of

PAFs. Kerosene Lamp/ solar lamp/Electricity are used as a source of power supply by

3.13% of the PAFs and Other Oil 3.13% PAFs use as a source of power supply.

k) Drinking Water Facility

Almost 78.13% of the surveyed households have drinking water facility within the

residence, 15.63% of the surveyed population have drinking water facility within the

village, drinking water facility for the surveyed population for both outside residence and

within the residence/outside the residence is availble3.13% The details of the drinking

water facility amongst the surveyed population are given in Table-9.14. The information

on sources of drinking water amongst the PAFs is given in Table-9.15.


WAPCOS Limited 9-18

Table- 9.14: Drinking Water Facility in the surveyed population

S.No Village Name Within Residence

Outside Residence

Within Village

Within Residence/Outside

Residence 1 Aaredi 0 0 1 0 2 Dantoi 7 0 0 0 3 Dehra 5 0 1 0 4 Jakhal 2 0 0 1 5 Kalprahi 9 1 0 0 6 Kunda 1 0 0 0 7 Shumbra 0 0 1 0 8 Sowala 0 0 2 0 9 Ulla 1 0 0 0


Table-9.15: Source of Drinking Water in the surveyed Population

S.No. Village Name Tap/Well Tap/River/Stream Tap/Others Others 1 Aaredi 1 2 Dantoi 5 1 1 3 Dehra 6 4 Jakhal 1 2 5 Kalprahi 10 6 Kunda 1 7 Shumbra 1 8 Sowala 2 9 Ulla 1


It is observed from Table-9.15, that TAP/River/Stream /Well are the major source for

drinking water amongst the PAFs, followed by the other sources. It is further observed

through survey that mostly supply of drinking water in the surveyed villages is through

Community Owned 81.25%.The government supply drinking water facilities were 12.5%.

Whereas 6.25% of the surveyed villages get supply for drinking water through both

government and private sources. In almost all the surveyed households, drinking water

facilities is available throughout the year.

l) Sanitation Facility

It is observed from the data collected for the surveyed villages that out of total 32

households there are only 62.5% of the surveyed families with Water Closet Lavatory,

followed by pit lavatory and dry facility which is used by 25.0% and 12.5% respectively of

the total surveyed families. Village wise details for the Lavatory facility is given in Table-

9.16. It is observed from the collected survey data that 96.9% of the lavatory facilities in

the surveyed area are privately owned and 3.1% of the lavatory are Government Owned. It


WAPCOS Limited 9-19

is also observed from the data collected from the survey that 59.38% of the households

have facility of bathroom whereas 40.63% of the PAFs do not have this facility.

Table- 9.16: Lavatory Facility in the surveyed Population S.No Village Name Water Closet Dry Lavatory Pit Lavatory

1 Aaredi 1 2 Dantoi 3 4 3 Dehra 4 1 1 4 Jakhal 2 1 5 Kalprahi 7 1 2 6 Kunda 1 7 Shumbra 1 8 Sowala 2 9 Ulla 1

Grand Total 20 4 8

m) Material Assets

Details of the material assets owned by the surveyed population is given in Table-9.17. It

is observed from the responses of the survey that Cutter, Chaffcut, Spade, mobile phones,

wodden-hoe, cable and TV are popularly owned material assets by the surveyed

population.

Table- 9.17: Material assets owned by the surveyed Population

S.No

Name of the Villages

TV

Cabl

e

CD

TR

TRN

Mob

ile

Wri

st W

atch

Mot

or B

ike

Refr

iger

ator

Car

LPG

Bicy

cle

Mod

ern

Furn

itur

e

Mot

or B

ike

Car

Bicy

cle

LPG

Woo

den

Hoe

Cutt

er

Spad

e

Seed

Thre

sher

Leve

ler

Chaf

fcut

Oth

er

1 Aaredi 1 2 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 1 0 0 0 3 1

2 Dantoi 1 0 0 0 0 7 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 25 7 0 0 6

25 6

3 Dehra 4 6 0 0 0 9 1 1 0 1 5 0 1 1 1 0 5 5 22

16 0 0 3

15 3

4 Jakhal 3 6 0 0 0 5 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 2 10 7 0 0 2 5 2

5 Kalprahi 7 10 0 0 1

13 2 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0

10

27

11 0 1 4

21 7

6 Kunda 1 2 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 4 2 0 0 1 3 1

7 Shumbra 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 0 0 0 2 1

8 Sowala 1 2 0 0 1 2 0 0 0 1 2 0 0 0 1 0 2 2 5 2 0 0 0 5 1

9 Ulla 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 0 0 0 2 1

Grand Total

18

28 0 0 3

41

11 3 0 3 7 0 3 3 3 0 7

31

100

48 0 1

16

81

23


WAPCOS Limited 9-20

n) Rearing of Trees

Almost all the project affected families are engaged in agricultural activities and growing

and rearing of trees generally fruit trees apple is the most reared fruit tree among the

surveyed population followed by Chir, Akhrot and Peach.

o) Livestock

The survey collected reveals that the animals reared by the surveyed population are cows,

bull, ox, poultry, goats and calves. The details of the animal reared by the surveyed

population is given in Table-9.18.It is further observed that the grazing of the animals is

done at agricultural fields, forest lands, community forest lands and some are stall fed.

Table- 9.18: Livestock reared by the surveyed Population

S.No Village Name Cows Milk Giving cows Bull/Ox Goats Poultry Calves

1 Aaredi 1 1 0 0 1 4 2 Dantoi 15 7 16 36 7 5 3 Dehra 10 6 7 0 6 8 4 Jakhal 8 6 4 30 3 7 5 Kalprahi 22 14 19 0 9 14 6 Kunda 2 2 2 0 1 1 7 Shumbra 2 1 1 0 1 1 8 Sowala 4 3 1 0 2 1 9 Ulla 0 0 2 0 1 0 Grand Total 64 40 52 66 31 41

p) Medical Profile

It has been observed through the information collected from the survey that major

diseases that occur in the surveyed population are malaria, common cold, cough, fever

and viral fever. The type of medical treatment that is mostly adopted by the surveyed

population is Allopathic, Homeopathy, Ayurvedic, traditional faith healers and home

remedies.

CHAPTER-10 PREDICTION OF IMPACTS


WAPCOS Limited

10-1

CHAPTER-10

PREDICTION OF IMPACTS

10.1 GENERAL

Based on the project details and the baseline environmental status, potential impacts as a

result of the construction and operation of the proposed Chanju-III hydroelectric project

have been identified. This Chapter addresses the basic concepts and methodological

approach for conducting a scientifically based analysis of the potential impacts likely to

accrue as a result of the proposed project. The Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for

quite a few disciplines is subjective in nature and cannot be quantified. Wherever

possible, the impacts have been quantified and otherwise, qualitative assessment has

been undertaken. This Chapter deals with the anticipated positive as well as negative

impacts due to construction and operation of the proposed project. The construction and

operation phase comprises of various activities each of which is likely to have an impact

on environment. Thus, it is important to understand and analyze each activity so as to

assess its impact on environment. The key activities have been categorized for

construction and operation phases.

Construction Phase Activities Site preparation Earthwork and excavation including controlled blasting and drilling Construction of a trench weir of top elevation 2100 m and size 30 m (L) x 2 m (W)

on Chanju nallah Construction of a trench weir of top elevation 2100 m and size 15 m (L) x 0.7 m (W)

on Mahed nallah Intake, Pressure shaft, Power House (3x16 MW) , Head Race Tunnel, Connecting

Tunnel, Tail Race Tunnel of length 76 m, Desilting tank of size 50 m (L) x 5 m (W) x 9 m (H) on Chanju Nallah and 40 m (L) x 3 m (W) x 6 m (H) on Mahed Nallah, Feeder tunnel, Feeder Channel and Forebay.

Construction and widening of project roads Project headquarter, offices and colonies Disposal of muck and construction wastes Transportation of construction material Operation and maintenance of construction equipment Civil and mechanical fabrication works for construction of various project

components. Operation of DG sets Disposal of pollutants from workshops, etc. Disposal of effluents and solid waste from labour camps and colonies

Operation Phase Activities Diversion of water from Chanju and Mahed Nallah for hydropower generation Equipment maintenance and restoration Sewage and solid waste generation from project colonies


WAPCOS Limited

10-2

The various project activities and associated potential environmental impacts on various

environmental parameters have been identified and summarized in a matrix and the same

is outlined in Table-10.1.

HPP

CL

E

IA R

epor

t fo

r Ch

anju

-III

HEP

, Ch

amba

, H

P W

APC

OS

Lim

ited

10-3


WAPCOS Limited

10-4

The impacts which have been covered in the present Chapter are categorized as below:

- Impacts on Water Environment - Impacts on Air Environment - Impacts on Noise Environment - Impacts on Land Environment - Impacts on Biological Environment - Impacts on Socio-Economic Environment

10.2 IMPACTS ON WATER ENVIRONMENT

The various aspects covered under water environment are:

- Water quality - Sediments

10.2.1 Water quality

a) Construction phase

The major sources of surface water pollution during project construction phase are as

follows:

Sewage from labour camps/colonies Effluent from crushers Pollution due to muck disposal Effluents from other sources

i) Sewage from labour camps

The project construction is likely to last for a period of 3 years. The peak labour strength

likely to be employed during project construction phase is about 150 workers and 34

technical staff. The employment opportunities in the area are limited. Thus, during the

project construction phase, some of the locals may get employment. It has been observed

during construction phase of many of the projects; the major works are contracted out,

who bring their own skilled labour. However, it is only in the unskilled category, that

locals get employment.

The construction phase, also leads to mushrooming of various allied activities to meet the

demands of the immigrant labour population in the project area.

The following assumptions have been made for assessing the emigrating population in the

area:

80% of workers and technical staff emigrating into the area are married. In 80% of the family of workers both the husband and wife will work. In 100% of the family of technical staff, only husband will work. 2% of total migrating population has been assumed as service providers. 50% of service providers will have families. Family size has been assumed as 5.


WAPCOS Limited

10-5

Based on these assumptions, peak migrant population has been calculated as 560 persons

(Table-10.2). This population is expected to reside in the project area at any given time.

Table- 10.2: increase in population due to migration of labour and technical staff during construction phase A. Migrant Population of Laborers Total labor force 150 Married laborers (80% of 150) 120 Single laborers (20% of 150) 30 Husband and wife both working Labour (80% of 120) 96 Number of families where both husband and wife work (96/2) 48 Number of families where only husband work (20% of 150) 30 Total number of laborers families (48+30) 78 Total Migrant Population of Laborers (78 x 5 + 30) 420 B. Migrant Population of Technical Staff Total technical staff 34 Married technical staff 17 Single technical staff 17 Total migrant population of technical staff (17 x 5 + 25) 110 Migrant Workforce (Labor plus Technical) 530 C. Service Providers Total service providers (2% of total migrant workforce) 10 Married service providers (50 % as assumed) 5 Single service providers 5 Total migrant population of service providers (5 x 5 + 5) 30 Total Migrant Population 560

Immigration of 560 population for a long duration in remote area can cause serious impact

on various environmental resources including socio-economic profile of local population.

The congregation of large number of construction workers during the peak construction

phase is likely to create problems of sewage disposal, solid waste management, tree

cutting to meet fuel requirement, etc. Appropriate mitigating measures have been

suggested in EMP, which needs to be implemented to minimize such impacts.

The domestic water requirement has been estimated as 70 lpcd. Thus, total water

requirements work out to 39.2 kld. It is assumed that about 80% of the water supplied will

be generated as sewage. Thus, total quantum of sewage generated is expected to be of

the order of 31.40 kld. The BOD load contributed by domestic sources will be about 25.2

kg/day. It is recommended to provide adequate treatment for the sewage generated from

labour camps, so as to avoid adverse impacts due to disposal of untreated sewage from

the labour camps.

ii) Effluent from crushers

During construction phase, two number of small crushing Plant shall be established at

Power house site and confluence of Tanger and Deothal Nallah to cater for the

requirement of aggregates in Intake area and some length of HRT, desilting tank, etc. It is


WAPCOS Limited

10-6

proposed that only crushed material would be brought at construction site. Water is

required to wash the boulders and to lower the temperature of the crushing edge. About

0.1 m3 of water is required per ton of material crushed. The effluent from the crusher

would contain high suspended solids i.e. of the order of 3000 4000 mg/l. The effluent, if

disposed without treatment can lead to marginal increase in the turbidity levels in the

receiving water bodies. The natural slope in the area is such that, the effluent from the

crushers will ultimately find its way in Chanju Nallah. It is proposed to treat the effluent

from crushers in settling tank before disposal so as to ameliorate even the marginal

impacts likely to accrue on this account.

iii) Pollution due to muck disposal

The major impact on the water quality arises when the muck is disposed along the river

bank. The project authorities have identified suitable muck disposal sites which are located

near the river channel. The muck will essentially come from the road-building activity,

tunneling and other excavation works. The muck out falling into the river will lead to

increase in turbidity of the river. The high turbidity is known to reduce the photosynthetic

efficiency of primary producers in the river and as a result, the biological productivity will

be greatly reduced. Therefore, the prolonged turbid conditions would have negative impact

on the aquatic life. Therefore, muck disposal has to be done in line with the Muck Disposal

Plan given in EMP to avoid any adverse impact.

b) Operation phase

The major sources of water pollution during project operation phase include:

Effluent from project colony. Sediments Desiltation

i) Effluent from project colony

During project operation phase, due to absence of any large-scale construction activity,

the cause and source of water pollution will be much different. Since, only a small number

of O&M staff will reside in the area in a well-designed colony with sewage treatment plant

and other infrastructure facilities, the problems of water pollution due to disposal of

sewage are not anticipated. In the operation phase, about 10 families (total population of

about 50) will be residing in the project colony proposed to be developed. About 5.4

m3/day of sewage will be generated. The total BOD loading will be order of 2.25 kg/day. It

is proposed to provide bio toilet to treat the sewage generated from project colony. The

BOD loading will reduce to 3 to 4 kg/day. The quantum of sewage so generated will be so

small that no major adverse impact is anticipated as a result of disposal of effluents from

the project colony.


WAPCOS Limited

10-7

ii) Sediments

When a river flows along a steep gradient, it could carry a significant amount of sediment

load, depending on the degradation status of the catchment. When a hydraulic structure is

built across the river, it creates a reservoir, which tends to accumulate the sediment, as

the suspended load settles down due to decrease in flow velocity. The proposed project is

envisaged the construction of trench weir across the nallah. Thus, in the proposed project,

sedimentation problems are not anticipated.

iii) Desiltation

Desilting tanks can be cleaned by flushing the accumulated silt directly back into the

source stream, thus creating a slug of sediment that harms downstream water quality and

aquatic habitat and species. Proper management measures shall be suggested as a part of

Management measures in Environmental Management Plan, outlined as volume-II of this

Report.

10.3 IMPACTS ON AIR ENVIRONMENT

In a water resources project, air pollution occurs mainly during project construction phase.

The major sources of air pollution during construction phase are:

Pollution due to fuel combustion in various equipment Emission from crushers Fugitive emissions from various sources. Blasting Operations Pollution due to increased vehicular movement Dust emission from muck disposal Pollution due to DG sets

Pollution due to fuel combustion in various equipment

The operation of various construction requires combustion of fuel. Normally,

diesel is used in such equipment. The major pollutant which gets emitted as a result of

combustion of diesel is SO2. The particulate matter emissions are minimal due to low ash

content in diesel. The short-term increase in SO2, even assuming that all the equipment are

operating at a common point, is quite low, i.e. of the order of less than 1 g/m3. Hence, no

major impact is anticipated on this account on ambient air quality.

Emissions from crushers

The operation of the crusher during the construction phase is likely to generate fugitive

emissions, which can move even up to 1 km in predominant wind direction. During

construction phase, one crusher each is likely to be commissioned near proposed power

house and confluence of Tanger and Deothal Nallah. During crushing operations, fugitive

emissions comprising mainly the suspended particulate will be generated. Since, there are no

major settlements close to the trench weir and power house sites; hence, no major adverse


WAPCOS Limited

10-8

impacts on this account are anticipated. However, during the layout design, care should be

taken to ensure that the labour camps, colonies, etc. are located on the leeward side and

outside the impact zone (say about 2 km on the wind direction) of the crusher.

Fugitive Emissions from various sources

During construction phase, there will be increased vehicular movement. Lot of construction

material like sand, fine aggregate are stored at various sites, during the project construction

phase. Normally, due to blowing of winds, especially when the environment is dry, some of

the stored material can get entrained in the atmosphere. However, such impacts are visible

only in and around the storage sites. The impacts on this account are generally, insignificant

in nature.

Blasting Operations

Blasting will result in vibration, which shall propagate through the rocks to various degrees

and may cause loosening of rocks/boulders. The overall impact due to blasting operations

will be restricted well below the surface and no major impacts are envisaged at the

ground level. During various blasting operations, dust will be generated, ID blowers will be

provided with dust handling system to capture and generated dust. The dust will settle on

vegetation, in the predominant down wind direction. Appropriate control measures have

been recommended to minimize the adverse impacts on this account.

Pollution due to increased vehicular movement

During construction phase, there will be increased vehicular movement for transportation

of various construction materials to the project site. Similarly, these will be increased

traffic movement on account of disposal of muck or construction waste at the dumping

site. The maximum increase in vehicle is expected to 5 to 6 vehicles per hour. Large

quantity of dust is likely to be entrained due to the movement of trucks and other heavy

vehicles. Similarly, marginal increase in Hydrocarbons, SO2 and NOx levels are anticipated

for a short duration. Modeling studies for hydrocarbon emissions were conducted and the

results are given in Table-10.4.

Table-10.4: Increase in hydrocarbon concentration due to vehicular movement Distance (m) Increase in HC concentration (µg/m3) 10 0.5 20 0.25 30 0.17 40 0.13 50 0.10 60 0.08 70 0.07 80 0.06


WAPCOS Limited

10-9

The increase in vehicular density is not expected to significant. In addition, these ground

level emissions do not travel for long distances. Thus, no major adverse impacts are

anticipated on this account.

Dust emission from muck disposal

The loading and unloading of muck is one of the source of dust generation. Since, muck will

be mainly in form of small rock pieces, stone, etc., with very little dust particles. Significant

amount of dust is not expected to be generated on this account. Thus, adverse impacts due

to dust generation during muck disposal are not expected.

Pollution due to operation of DG sets

The requirement of construction power would vary at each individual site depending upon

the equipment deployed. The operation of DG sets would lead to air pollution. The

capacity of DG sets would be estimated during project construction phase. The fuel

consumed shall be LDO. The major emission LDO combustion shall be SO2. The particulate

matter emissions shall be marginal, due to low ash content in LDO.

Stack height of DG sets to be kept in accordance with CPCB norms, which prescribes the

minimum height of stack to be provided with each generator set to be calculated using the

following formula:

H

H = Total height of stack in metre

h = Height of the building in metres where the generator set is installed

KVA = Total generator capacity of the set in KVA

In addition, appropriate management measures to reduce emission level from the DG sets

shall be implemented to reduce the impacts on ambient air quality.

Impacts on Soil, Material, Vegetation and Human Health

Based on the findings of the studies conducted to assess impacts on ambient air quality

from various sources, it can be concluded that marginal impact on ambient air quality is

anticipated due to the various construction related activities. The increase in air pollution

level shall be marginal and is not expected to affect soil, material and vegetation.

Marginal impact on health is expected on labour involved in construction activities, for

which proper personal protective equipment shall be provided.

10.4 IMPACTS ON NOISE ENVIRONMENT


In a water resource projects, the impacts on ambient noise levels are expected only during

the project construction phase, due to earth moving machinery, etc. Likewise, noise due to

quarrying, blasting, vehicular movement will have some adverse impacts on the ambient


WAPCOS Limited

10-10

noise levels in the area.

Impact due to operation of construction equipement

it is a known fact that there is a reduction in noise level as the sound wave passes through a

barrier. The transmission loss values for common construction materials are given in Table-

10.5.

Table-10.5: Transmission loss for common construction materials Material Thickness of construction

material (inches) Decrease in noise level dB(A)

Light concrete 4 38 6 39

Dense concrete 4 40 Concrete block 4 32

6 36 Brick 4 33 Granite 4 40

Thus, the walls of various houses will attenuate at least 30 dB(A) of noise. In addition there

are attenuation due to the following factors.

Air absorption Rain Atmospheric in homogeneities. Vegetal cover

Thus, no increase in noise levels is anticipated as a result of various activities, during the

project construction phase. The noise generated due to blasting is not likely to have any

effect on habitations. However, blasting can have adverse impact on wildlife. It would be

worthwhile to mention that no major wildlife is observed in and around the project site.

Hence, no significant impact is expected on this account.

Impacts due to increased vehicular movement

During construction phase, there will be significant increase in vehicular movement for

transportation of construction material. At present, there is no vehicular movement near

the dam site. During construction phase, the increase in vehicular movement is expected

to increase up to a maximum of 5 to 6 trucks/hour.

As a part of EIA study, impact on noise level due to increased vehicular movement was

studied using Federal Highway Administration model. The results of modeling are outlined

in Table-10.6.


WAPCOS Limited

10-11

Table-10.6: Increase in noise levels due to increased vehicular movement Distance (m) Ambient noise

level dB(A) Increase in noise level due to increased vehicular movement dB(A)

Noise levels due to increased vehicular movement dB(A)

Increase in ambient noise level due to increased vehicular movement dB(A)

10 36 72 72 60 20 36 67 67 55 50 36 61 61 49 100 36 57 57 45 200 36 52 52 40 500 36 46 47 35 1000 36 42 44 31

As mentioned earlier, there will be significant attenuation due to various factors, e.g.

absorption by construction material, air absorption, atmospheric in homogeneties, and

vegetal cover. Thus, no significant impact on this account is anticipated. Appropriate

measures have been suggested as a part of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) report

to minimize impacts on wildlife.

Impacts on labour

The effect of high noise levels on the operating personnel has to be considered as this may

be particularly harmful. It is known that continuous exposures to high noise levels above

90 dB(A) affects the hearing acuity of the workers/operators and hence, should be

avoided. To prevent these effects, it has been recommended by Occupational Safety and

Health Administration (OSHA) that the exposure period of affected persons be limited as

per the maximum exposure period specified in Table-10.7.

Table-10.7: Maximum Exposure Periods specified by OSHA Maximum equivalent continuous Noise level dB(A)

Unprotected exposure period per day for 8 hrs/day and 5 days/week

90 8 95 4 100 2 105 1 110 ½ 115 ¼ 120 No exposure permitted at or above this level

Noise generated due to drilling

The noise levels monitored at a 10 m distance from the source and oper

given in Table-10.8.


WAPCOS Limited

10-12

Table-10.8: Noise generated due to drilling Equipment Noise level at source dB(A) Standing idle (inside cabin) 70-72 Standing idle (10 m radius) 72-74 On load (inside cabin) 78-80 On load (10 m radius) 82-84

The noise levels during various construction activities have been compared to various

standards prescribed by Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), which are

being implemented in our country through rules framed under Factories Act. It can be

observed that as per unprotected exposure period specified by OSHA (Refer Table-10.7)

that for an 8 hour duration, equivalent noise level exposure should be less than 90 dB(A).

The Director General of Mines Safety in its circular no. DG(Tech)/18 of 1975, has

prescribed the noise level in mining operations for workers in 8 hour shift period with

unprotected ear as 90 dB(A) or less. Similar norms can be considered for construction

phase of the proposed project as well. The workers who are expected to be exposed to

noise levels greater than 90 dB(A), should not work in these areas beyond 6 to 8 hours. In

addition, they also need to be provided with ear plugs. Thus, increased noise levels due to

drilling are not expected to adversely affect the workers operating the drill or involved in

other construction related activities.

Noise generated due to blasting

Noise generated by blasting is instantaneous, site specific and depends on type, quantity

of explosives, dimension of drill hole, degree of compaction of explosives in the hole and

rock. Noise levels generated due to blasting have been monitored at various sites and the

results have been summarized in Table-10.9.

Table-10.9: Noise generation due to blasting No. of holes Total charge (kg) Maximum

charge/delay (kg) Distance (m) Noise level dB(A)

15 1500 100 250 76-85 17 1700 100 250 76-86 18 1800 100 250 74-85 19 1900 100 400 70-75 20 2000 100 100 76-80

It can be observed from Table-10.9, that noise level due to blasting operations are

expected to be of the order of 75-86 dB(A). Since, there are no settlement located within

400 to 500 m from the project site, the incremental noise due to blasting is not expected

to lead to any significant increase in ambient noise levels. The blasting is likely to last for

4 to 5 seconds depending on the charge, noise levels over this time would be

instantaneous and short in duration. Considering attenuation due to various sources, even


WAPCOS Limited

10-13

the instantaneous increase in noise level is not expected to 60 dB(A). Hence, noise level

due to blasting is not expected to cause any significant adverse impact

10.5 IMPACTS ON LAND ENVIRONMENT


The major impacts anticipated on land environment during construction are as follows:

Quarrying operations Operation of construction equipments Soil erosion Muck disposal Acquisition of land Seismicity

Quarrying operations

The total quantities required for the construction of civil components of the Chanju-III HEP

are as follows:

Concrete Volume : 57,682 m3 Fine Aggregate : 35,460 m3 Coarse Aggregate : 70,919 m3

The above construction material shall be extracted from the identified quarry sites located

at the confluence of Tanger nallah with Deothal nallah. The quantum of muck generation is

1.48 lakh m3, of which 0.29 lakh m3 shall be used as construction material. Fine aggregate

requirement shall be met locally from the river bed and crushed sand.

River Bed Material for Aggregates

During construction phase, a large quantity of construction material like stones, pebbles,

gravel and sand would be needed. Significant amount of material is available in the river

bed. It is proposed to extract construction material from borrow areas in the river bed.

The extraction of construction material will lead to formation of pits. Normally, deposition

of material takes place at sites where velocity reduces on account of flattening of slopes,

increase in cross-sectional area. Such sites are used for extraction of construction

material. The pits at sites after extraction of construction material will be under constant

action on account of erosion in high flows and deposition under low flows. These pits with

passage of time will be stabilized due to settlement of silt and sediments in the pits

created on the river bed. Thus, no major impacts are anticipated on this account.


During construction phase, a large quantity of construction material like stones, pebbles,

gravel and sand would be needed. Significant amount of material is available in the river

bed. It is proposed to extract construction material from borrow areas in the river bed.


WAPCOS Limited

10-14

The extraction of construction material will lead to formation of pits. The river borne

material present in the Chanju and Mahed nallahs is expected to be used as coarse

aggregate. The fine aggregate will be mined locally or may be used as crushed sand. The

total quantity of coarse aggregate and fine aggregate requirement is about 70,918 m3 and

35,459 m3 respectively.

Normally, deposition of material takes place at sites where velocity reduces on account of

flattening of slopes, increase in cross-sectional area. Such sites are used for extraction of

construction material. The pits at sites after extraction of construction material will be

under constant action on account of erosion in high flows and deposition under low flows.

These pits with passage of time will be stabilized due to settlement of silt and sediments

in the pits created on the river bed. Thus, no major impacts are anticipated on this

account.

Impacts due to rock quarrying

The extraction of construction material quarries will lead to visual impacts because they

remove a significant part of the hills. Other impacts will be the noise generated during

aggregate acquisition through explosive and crushing, which could affect wildlife in the

area, dust produced during crushing operation to get the aggregates to the appropriate

size and transport of the aggregates, and transport of materials.

Deforestation of the quarry land.

Disruption of drainage pattern, diversion of streams and silting of surrounding farms,

fields and streams.

Disturbances of habitats due to blasting and vibrations generated during blasting.

Dust pollution due to various activities like drilling, blasting, loading, movement of heavy

trucks, dumpers, loaders, etc.

Siltation in surrounding rivulets, streams and ponds due to weathering, erosion and flow

of dust and debris.

Health hazards to local population due to smoke, dust, noise, fly rock, machine and blast

vibrations, etc.

The quarrying operations are semi-mechanized in nature. Normally, in a hilly terrain like

Himachal Pradesh, quarrying is normally done by cutting a face of the hill. A permanent

scar is likely to be left, once quarrying activities are over. With the passage of time, the

rock from the exposed face of the quarry under the action of wind and other erosion

forces, get slowly weathered and after some time, they become a potential source of

landslide. Thus it is necessary to implement appropriate slope stabilization measures to

prevent the possibility of soil erosion and landslides in the quarry sites.


WAPCOS Limited

10-15

Operation of construction equipment

During construction phase, various types of will be brought to the site. These

include crushers, batching plant, drillers, earthmovers, rock bolters, etc. The siting of this

construction would require significant amount of space. Similarly, space will

be required for storing of various other construction equipment. In addition, land will also

be temporarily acquired, i.e. for the duration of project construction for storage of

quarried material before crushing, crushed material, cement, rubble, etc. Efforts must be

made for proper siting of these facilities.

Various criteria for selection of these sites would be:

Proximity to the site of use Sensitivity of forests in the nearby areas Proximity from habitations Proximity to drinking water source

adverse impacts on environment are minimal, i.e. to locate the construction equipment,

so that an impact on human and faunal population is minimal.

Soil erosion

The runoff from the construction sites will have a natural tendency to flow towards Chanju

or Mahed Nallah. For some distance downstream of major construction sites, such as dam,

power house, etc. there is a possibility of increased sediment levels which will lead to

reduction in light penetration, which in turn could reduces the photosynthetic activity to

some extent of the aquatic plants as it depends directly on sunlight. This change is likely

to have an adverse impact on the primary biological productivity of the affected stretch of

Deothal Nallah. Since, this nallah has significant flow; hence, impacts on this account are

not expected to be significant. However, runoff from construction sites, entering small

streams would have significant adverse impact on their water quality. The runoff would

increase the turbidity levels with corresponding adverse impacts on photosynthetic action

and biological productivity. The impacts on these streams and rivulets thus, would be

significant. Adequate measures need to be implemented as a part of EMP to ameliorate

this adverse impact to the extent possible.

Muck disposal

The information on muck from excavation of the project components such as trench weir,

Power house, TRT, Adits, Pressure shaft etc. and its disposal are given in Table-10.10.


WAPCOS Limited

10-16

Table-10.10: Component wise Total Muck Generation Project

Component Quantity of muck/

debris generate

d

Additional quantity of

muck due to 45 % swell

factor

Total quantity of

muck/ debris including

swell factor

Estimated quantity of

muck/ debris proposed to

be utilized 40 %


muck/ debris proposed to be

dumped

1 2 3 4 = (2+3) 5 6 = (4-5) Trench Weir, Desilting Arrangement on Chanju Nallah, HRT from Chanju Nallah

18927.00 8517.15 27444.15 10977.66 16466.49

Adit 1, HRT 12719 5723.55 18442.55 7377.02 11065.53 Adit 2, HRT 7779 3500.55 11279.55 4511.82 6767.73 Adit 3, HRT 14161 6372.45 20533.45 8213.38 12320.07 Adit 4, HRT 22321 10044.45 32365.45 12946.18 19419.27 Adit 5, HRT 19231 8653.95 27884.95 11153.98 16730.97 Adit 6, HRT 18947 8526.15 27473.15 10989.26 16483.89 Trench Weir, Desilting Arrangement on Mahed Nallah, HRT from Mahed Nallah

4063 1828.35 5891.35 2356.54 3534.81

Intermediate Adit to Pressure Shaft, Pressure Shaft.

1601 720.45 2321.45 928.58 1392.87

Pressure Shaft, Power House, Road

18378 8270.10 26648.10 10659.24 15988.86

Total 120170.49 Source: DPR

It can be observed from Table-10.10, that a total 1.20 lakh m3 of muck needs to be

disposed. The muck disposal sites are located at least 30 m from HFL. The sides of muck

disposal area will be properly protected and stabilized with Gabions/ Retaining Walls of

suitable designed sections. The details of muck disposal areas and capacities are given in

Table-10.11.

Table-10.11: Muck Disposal Sites and Capacities S.No. Name of the dumping site Capacity (m3) 1 Dumping Site I 17789.00 2 Dumping Site II 13975 3 Dumping Site III 6944 4 Dumping Site IV 12719 5 Dumping Site V 20515


WAPCOS Limited

10-17

S.No. Name of the dumping site Capacity (m3) 6 Dumping Site VI 18798 7 Dumping Site VII 16936 8 Dumping Site VIII 4930 9 Dumping Site IX 2096 10 Dumping Site X 17100 Total 131802

Source: DPR The capacity of various muck disposal sites is 1.32 lakh m3, hence capacity of the dumping

area is sufficient to accommodate the quantum of muck to be disposed.

Muck, if not securely transported and dumped at pre-designated sites, can have serious

environmental impacts, such as:

Muck, if not disposed properly, can be washed away into the main river which

can cause negative impacts on the aquatic ecosystem of the river.

Muck disposal can lead to impacts on various aspects of environment.

Normally, the land is cleared before muck disposal. During clearing operations,

trees are cut, and undergrowth perishes as a result of muck disposal.

In many of the sites, muck is stacked without adequate stabilization measures.

In such a scenario, the muck moves along with runoff and creates landslide like

situations. Many a times, boulders/large stone pieces enter the river/water

body, affecting the benthic fauna, fisheries and other components of aquatic

biota.

Normally muck disposal is done at low lying areas, which get filled up due to

stacking of muck. This can sometimes affect the natural drainage pattern of the

area leading to accumulation of water or partial flooding of some area.

The muck disposal sites will be suitably stabilized on completion of the muck disposal. The

details of stabilization of muck disposal sites are outlined in Environmental Management

Plan covered in Volume-II of this Report.

Acquisition of land

The total land required for the project is 30.364 ha. Permanent acquisition of land is

required for trench weir site, Power House etc. The ownership status of the land required

for various project appurtenances are given in Table-10.12.

Table-10.12: Land requirement for Chanju III hydroelectric project S. No Project Component/ Activity Area (ha) 1 Forest land (Surface) 23.790 2 Forest Land (underground) 4.704 3 Private Land (Surface) 1.870 Total 30.364 Source: HPPCL


WAPCOS Limited

10-18

Impact due to Seismicity

The study area of Chanju-III project lies in seismic zone V as per IS: 1893 (part-i), 2002 and

all civil structures have been designed accordingly.

Impacts due to roads

Roads would be constructed for linking the work site to other sites and to job facility

areas. They would essentially be unpaved and would be constructed at a workable

gradient so that loaded construction equipment does not have to toil hard to go up slope.

An average gradient of 1:15 has been contemplated. These roads would be connected to

the existing roads in the area or to other project roads. The details are given in Table-

10.13.

Table-10.13: List of new roads to be constructed New roads to be constructed Length (Km) Road to Trench Weir Site 0.30 Road to Power House Site 3.10 Road to Dumping Site-II 0.50 Total 3.90 Source: HPPCL The proposed power house on Chanju Nallah is on the left bank as such one no. bridge has

to be constructed on Chanju nallah to access the power house. It is proposed to construct

ropeways to various project components sites to transport the construction material. The

ropeways are proposed to connect forebay site, adit site and intake site for the transport

of material and machinery during construction.

The construction of roads can lead to the following impacts:

The topography of the project area has steep to precipitatuous slope, which

descends rapidly into narrow valleys. The conditions can give rise to erosion

hazards due to net downhill movement of soil aggregates.

Removal of trees on slopes and re-working of the slopes in the immediate vicinity

of roads can encourage landslides, erosion gullies, etc. With the removal of vegetal

cover, erosive action of water gets pronounced and accelerates the process of soil

erosion and formation of deep gullies. Consequently, the hill faces are bared of soil

vegetative cover and enormous quantities of soil and rock can move down the

rivers, and in some cases, the road itself may get washed out.

Construction of new roads increases the accessibility of a hitherto undisturbed

areas resulting in greater human interferences and subsequent adverse impacts on

the ecosystem.

Increased air pollution during construction phase.


WAPCOS Limited

10-19

10.6 IMPACTS ON BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT


i) Increased human interferences

During project construction phase, labour population is likely to congregate near various

construction sites. It can be assumed that the technical staff likely to congregate will be

of higher economic status and will live in a more urbanized habitat, and will not use wood

as fuel. However, workers and other population groups residing in the area may use fuel

wood (if no alternate fuel is provided) for whom firewood/coal depot could be provided.

The details of fuel wood requirements are given as below:

* Average fuel wood consumption : 20 kg pcd * Population size over : 560 Project construction phase * Average consumption per day : 11.2 t/day or 336 t/month * For a construction period of 3 years : 12096t or 13,440 m3.

One tree produces about 2.5 m3 of wood, thus, if alternative fuel was not arranged then

about 5376 trees may be cut to meet the fuel wood requirements to the labour

population, over a construction phase of 3 years. Hence to minimize impacts, it is

recommended that the project contractor shall provide alternate source of fuel be

provided to the labour population, so that they do not cut trees to meet their fuel wood

requirements. The details are covered in Environmental Management Plan covered in

Volume-II of this Report.

The other major impact on the flora in and around the project area would be due to

increased level of human interferences. The workers may also cut trees to meet their

requirements for construction of houses and other needs. Thus, if proper measures are not

undertaken, adverse impacts on terrestrial flora is anticipated. Since, labour camps are

proposed to be constructed by the contractor along with necessary facilities, such impacts

are not envisaged.

During project construction phase trees will have to be cleared for construction of road,

colony, dam axis, muck disposal, etc. The tree felling or clearing shall be done by the

Forest Department.

Impacts due to Vehicular movement and blasting

Dust is expected to be generated during blasting, vehicle movement for transportation of

construction material or construction waste. The dust particles shall settle on the foliage

of trees and plants, thereby reduction in amount of sunlight falling on tree foliage. This

will reduce the photosynthetic activity. Based on experience in similar settings, the


WAPCOS Limited

10-20

impact is expected to be localized up to a maximum of 50 to 100 m from the source. Thus,

no significant impact is expected on this account.

Acquisition of forest land

During project construction phase, land will be required for location of construction

equipment, storage of construction material, muck disposal, widening of existing roads

and construction of new project roads. The total land requirement for the project is

30.364 ha, out of which 28.494 ha is the forest land. The balance land is 1.87 ha, which is

private land.

At the trench weir site, a total of 13 tree species were recorded with an average density

of 295 individuals/ ha. The dominant tree species was Populus ciliata followed by Aesculus

indica and Celtis tetrandra.

No rare and endangered species are observed in the forest to be acquired for the project.

Thus, no adverse impacts are anticipated on this account.

10.6.2 Impacts on Terrestrial fauna


Disturbance to wildlife

The total land requirement for the project is 30.364 ha, of which 28.494 ha is the forest

land. The balance land to be acquired for the project (1.87 ha) is 1.87 ha, which is private

land.

During construction phase, large number of machinery and construction workers shall be

mobilized. The operation of various equipments will generate significant noise, especially

during blasting which will have adverse impact on fauna of the area. The noise may affect

the fauna and in the area. Likewise, siting of construction plants, workshops, stores,

labour camps etc. could also lead to adverse impact on fauna of the area due to increase

human interfererence.

During construction phase, accessibility to area will lead to influx of workers and the

people associated with the allied activities from outside will also increase. Increase in

human interference could have an impact on terrestrial ecosystem. The other major

impact could be the blasting to be carried out during construction phase. This impact

needs to be mitigated by adopting controlled blasting and strict surveillance regime and

the same is proposed to be used in the project. This will reduce the noise level and

vibrations due to blasting to a great extent. Likewise, siting of construction equipment,

godowns, stores, labour camps, etc. may generally disturb the fauna in the area.

However, disturbance due to various construction activities shall be limited to area in

vicinity to construction sites. However, few stray animals sometimes venture in and


WAPCOS Limited

10-21

around the project site. Thus, to minimize any harm due to poaching activities from

immigrant labour population, strict anti-poaching surveillance measures need to be

implemented, especially during project construction phase. The same have been

suggested as a part of the Environmental Management Plan (EMP).

Impacts on avi-fauna

The project area and its surroundings are quite rich in avi-fauna. However, water birds are

not very common in the area. The main reason for this phenomenon is that water birds

generally require quiescent or slow moving water environment. However, in the proposed

project area and its surroundings due to terrain conditions, water flow is swift, which does

not provide suitable habitat for the growth of water birds. The project would lead to

quiescent condition, which is expected to increase the avi-faunal population of the area.

b) Operation phase

i) Increased accessibility

During the project operation phase, the accessibility to the area will improve due to

construction of roads, which in turn may increase human interferences leading to marginal

adverse impacts on the terrestrial ecosystem. The increased accessibility to the area can

lead to increased human interferences in the form of illegal logging, lopping of trees,

collection of non-timber forest produce, etc. Since significant wildlife population is not

found in the region, adverse impacts of such interferences are likely to be marginal. The

details of measures to improve terrestrial ecology of the area are covered in Volume II of

this Report.

10.6.3 Aquatic Flora


During construction phase wastewater mostly from domestic source will be discharged

mostly from various camps of workers actively engaged in the project area. Around 39.2

kld of water is required for the workers during the peak construction phase out of which

80% (i.e. about 31.36 kld) will be discharged back to the river as wastes, more or less as a

point source from various labour camps. The minimum flow during lean season is about

1.86 cumec. However, sufficient water for dilution will be available in Chanju Nallah to

keep the DO of the river to significantly high levels.

b) Operation phase

The completion of Chanju-III hydroelectric Project would bring about significant changes

in the riverine ecology, as the river transforms from a fast-flowing water system to a

quiescent lacustrine environment. Such an alteration of the habitat would bring changes in

physical, chemical and biotic life. Among the biotic communities, certain species can


WAPCOS Limited

10-22

survive the transitional phase and can adapt to the changed riverine habitat. There are

other species amongst the biotic communities, which, however, for varied reasons related

to feeding and reproductive characteristics cannot acclimatize to the changed

environment, and may disappear in the early years of impoundment of water. The micro-

biotic organisms especially diatoms, blue-green and green algae before the operation of

project, have their habitats beneath boulders, stones, fallen logs along the river, where

depth is such that light penetration can take place. But with the damming of river, these

organisms may perish as a result of increase in depth.

10.6.4 Impacts on Aquatic Fauna

Construction phase

Impacts due to excavation of construction material from river bed

During the construction phase a large quantity of construction material like stones,

pebbles, gravel and sand would be needed. Significant amount of material is available in

the Quarry and river bed. It is proposed to extract construction material from quarry as

well as from the River bed. The extraction of construction material may affect the river

water quality due to increase in the turbidity levels. This is mainly because the dredged

material gets released during one or all the operations mentioned below:

Excavation of material from the river bed. Loss of material during transport to the surface. Overflow from the dredger while loading Loss of material from the dredger during transportation.

The cumulative impact of all the above operations is increase in turbidity levels. Good

dredging practices can however, minimize turbidity. It has also been observed that slope

collapse is the major factor responsible for increase in the turbidity levels. If the depth of cut

is too high, there is possibility of slope collapse, which releases a sediment cloud. This will

further move outside the suction radius of dredged head.

In order to avoid this typical situation, the depth of cut be restricted to:

H/C < 5.5

Where, - Unit weight of the soil

H - Depth of soil C - Cohesive strength of soil

The dredging and deposition of dredged material may affect the survival and propagation of

benthic organisms. The macro-benthic life which remains attached to the stones, boulders

etc. gets dislodged and is carried away downstream by turbulent flow. The areas from where

construction material is excavated, benthic fauna gets destroyed. In due course of time,

however, the area gets recolonized, with fresh benthic fauna. The density and diversity of


WAPCOS Limited

10-23

benthic fauna will however, be less as compared with the pre-dredging levels.

Impacts due to discharge of sewage from labour camp/colony

The proposed hydro-power project envisages construction of a project colony near project

site. This would result in emergence of domestic waste water which is usually discharged

into the river. However, it is proposed to commission a septic tank for treatment of

sewage prior its disposal. Due to perennial nature of Chanju Nallah, it maintains sufficient

flow throughout the year which is sufficient to dilute the treated sewage from residential

colonies. Therefore, as mentioned earlier, no adverse impacts on water quality are

anticipated due to discharge of sewage from labour camp/colony.

(b) Operation Phase

Impacts on fisheries

In the project area, fisheries is not observed, hence no impact on riverine fisheries is

envisaged.

10.7 IMPACTS ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

A project of this magnitude is likely to entail both positive as well as negative impacts on

the socio-cultural fabric of the area. During construction and operation phases, a lot of

allied activities will mushroom in the project area.

10.7.1 Impacts due to influx of labour force

During the construction phase a large labour force, including skilled, semi-skilled and un-

skilled labour force including their families of the order of about 560 persons, is expected

to immigrate into the project area. It is felt that most of the labour force would come

from other parts of the country. However, some of the locals would also be employed to

work in the project. The labour force would stay near to the project construction sites.

The project will also lead to certain negative impacts. The most important negative

impact would be during the construction phase. The labour force that would work in the

construction site would settle around the site. They would temporarily reside there. This

may lead to filth, in terms of domestic wastewater, human waste, etc. Besides, other

deleterious impacts are likely to emerge due to inter-mixing of the local communities with

the labour force. Differences in social, cultural and economic conditions among the locals

and labour force could also lead to friction between the migrant labour population and the

total population.

10.7.2 Economic impacts of the project

Apart from direct employment, the opportunities for indirect employment will also be

created which would provide an impetus to the local economy. Various types of business

like shops, food-stall, tea stalls, etc. besides a variety of suppliers, traders, transporters


WAPCOS Limited

10-24

will concentrate here and benefit immensely as demand will increase significantly for

almost all types of goods and services. The locals will avail these opportunities arising

from the project and increase their income levels. With the increase in the income levels,

there will be an improvement in the infrastructure facilities in the area.

10.7.3 Impacts due to land acquisition

Another most important deleterious impact during construction phase will be that,

pertaining to land acquisition. About 30.364 ha of land proposed to be acquired for the

proposed Chanju III hydro-electric project. Of this about 28.494 ha is forest land and

balance is 1.87 ha is private land.

10.7.4 Impacts on cultural/religious/historical monuments

Apart from village temples in the study area, monuments of cultural, religious, historical or

archaeological importance are not reported in the project as well as the study area. Thus, no

impacts on such structures is envisaged.

10.7.5 Construction workforce related influence on social services (Educational, Health, Communication, Water Supply, Consumer Goods, and Sanitation etc.)

During construction phase, a large labour force, including skilled, semi-skilled and un-

skilled labour force, is expected to immigrate into the project area. It is felt that most of

the labour force would come from various parts of the country. Some of the locals would

also be employed to work in the project. The labour force would stay near to the project

construction sites. A sizeable amount of surplus income generated through labour will be

spent on education. This will improve the quality of life of the locals.

10.7.6 Construction workforce related influence on law and order

Certain impacts are likely to emerge due to inter-mixing of the local communities with the

expatriate labour force. Differences in social, cultural and economic conditions among the

locals and labour population could become a reason of friction between the migrant labour

population and the local population.

10.7.7 Construction related influence on occupational health, community health

The labour population involved in construction activities may immigrate into the project area

is likely to have different cultural, ethnic and social backgrounds. Such a mixture of

population has its own advantages and disadvantages. The advantages include exchange of

ideas and cultures between various groups of people which would not have been possible

otherwise. Due to longer residence of this population in one place, a new culture, having a

distinct socio-economic identity would develop which will have its own entity.

The benefits however, are always not a certainty and depend on several factors. Often, they

are directly related to the way construction phase is handled by the project authorities and

their sensitivity to various socio-economic problems that could develop during this phase.


WAPCOS Limited

10-25

It is normally experienced that untreated sewage would find its way into natural drainage

system, and is likely to get collected as pools of sewage or it out-falls into the nearest water

body along natural drainage pattern. Thus, it is important to provide appropriate sewage

treatment facilities at the labour camp and at the construction sites prior to disposal. The

garbage comprising of waste materials, e.g. packaging, polythene or plastic materials are

likely to be generated during project construction and operation phase at the power station.

The same needs to be properly collected and disposed at designated sites.

10.7.8 Improved access facilities in the project area

Development of the proposed Chanju-III hydroelectric project will have multifold

beneficial impacts. The immediate beneficial impacts from the project will be improved

connectivity by the road. The improved road access will bring an improvement of food

security situation and overall economic and social stability. The improved access road will

also provide cheap, safe and fast transport of goods and services from rural areas to urban

centers and vice versa. This will contribute significantly to improve the overall socio-

economic condition of the people.

10.7.9 Impacts on infrastructure

The availability of infrastructure is generally a problem during the initial construction

phase. Though the construction workers would be willing to pay for certain facilities like

health, education, etc., the facilities itself are often not made available timely and of the

desired quality. The adequacy of water supply, sewage treatment, housing etc. should,

therefore, be ensured before and adequate measures would be taken at the very start of

the project.

10.7.10 Impacts on Flour Mills (Gharats)

There are total 25 flour mills observed in the area between proposed trench weir sites and

power house site of Chanju-III project. The details of flour mills are given in Table-10.14.

Table-10.14: Details of flour mills between proposed trench weir sites and Power house site Name of Revenue Village

Khasra No. No. of flour Mills

No. of share holders

Kunda 235 1 1 Downstream of

Chanju-III HEP Diversion site

237 1 3 510/238 2 18

Sub Total I 4 22

Jakhla

749 1 2 In the vicinity of Power House site and downstream of diversion of Mahed nallah

761 2 15 889/766 1 1 772 2 29 786 2 10 837/776 and 839/783 2 5 777 2 11


WAPCOS Limited

10-26

779 1 5 781 1 1 782 1 14 787 2 11 794 2 5 880/795 2 1

Sub Total II 21 110 Total 25 132

Adequate measures to mitigate the impacts on flour mills between proposed trench weir

sites and Power house site has been recommended as a part of Environmental Management

Plan outlined in Volume II of this Report.

10.7.11 Impacts due increase in traffic

With large scale increase in construction activity of river valley projects, the number of

major accidents during construction stage has increased. Further, increased construction

activity can also create construction related hazards for persons working on the projects. The

degree of safety achieved in project construction has a direct bearing on the amount of

effort expanded to avoid accidents by those who control the conditions and practices on the

project. In order to avoid accidents it shall be the overall responsibility of the project

authorities to provide measures for the safety of all persons working on the projects.

10.8 INCREASED INCIDENCE OF WATER-RELATED DISEASES

10.8.1 Increased incidence of water-related diseases

Since, this is a run-of river project in a mountainous region, increase in water spread area

will be marginal and it would remain mostly confined in the gorge of the river, the increase

in the incidence of water borne disease is not expected. Further, mosquitoes are normally

observed upto a maximum elevation of about 2000 m above sea level. The proposed project

is located just above this elevation. Hence, increase in incidence of mosquitoes is not

expected at the project site.

10.8.2 Aggregation of labour

About 200 labourers and technical staff will congregate in the project area during peak

construction phase. The total increase in population is expected to be of the order of 560.

Most of the labour would come from various parts of the country. The labourer would live in

dormitories provided by the Contractor. Proper sanitary facilities are generally provided.

Hence, a proper surveillance and immunization schedule needs to be developed for the

labour population migrating into the project area.

10.8.3 Inadequate facilities in labour camps

Improperly planned labour camps generally tend to become slums, with inadequate facilities

for potable water supply and sewage treatment and disposal. This could lead to outbreak of


WAPCOS Limited

10-27

epidemics of water-borne diseases. Adequate measures for supply of potable water and

adequate treatment for sewage has been recommended as a part of Environmental

Management Plan outlined in Volume II of this Report.

AUGUST 2017


76 C, Sector 18, Gurgaon - 122015, Haryana, INDIA Tel. 0124-2397396, Fax. 0124-2397392










AUGUST 2017

VOLUME- I I EMP REPORT



CONTENTS

HPPCL EMP Report for Chanju III HEP, Chamba, HP

WAPCOS Limited i

CONTENTS

CHAPTER-1 COMPENSATORY AFFORESTATION AND BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION PLAN

1.1 Introduction 1-1 1.2 Compensatory Afforestation 1-1 1.3 Biodiversity Conservation 1-4 1.4 Conservation Plan for Schedule-I species 1-7 1.5 Conservation of floral species 1-8 1.6 Monitoring of Biodiversity Conservation & Management Plan 1-8 1.7 Budget 1-9 CHAPTER-2 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN 2.1 Introduction 2-1 2.2 Need for Greenbelt Development Plan 2-1 2.3 Structure for Greenbelt 2-1 2.4 Scheme for Greenbelt Development 2-1 2.5 Budget 2-2 CHAPTER-3 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL 3.1 Control of Water Pollution During Construction Phase 3-1 3.2 Control of Water Pollution During Operation Phase 3-1 3.3. Management of Sand 3-1 3.4. Environmental Flows 3-1 CHAPTER-4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT IN LABOUR CAMPS 4.1 Introduction 4-1 4.2 Provision of Heating 4-1 4.3 Provision of Water Supply 4-1 4.4 Sanitation & Sewage Treatment Facilities 4-1 4.5 Solid Waste Management from Labour Camps 4-2 4.6 Provision of free fuel 4-4 4.7 Fire protection in Labour camp and staff colonies 4-5 4.8 Safety during construction phase 4-7 4.9 Traffic Management 4-9 4.10 Labour Awareness programme 4-9 4.11 Disposal of Construction Waste 4-10 4.12 Budget 4-10 4.13 Implementing Agency 4-10

CHAPTER-5 PUBLIC HEALTH DELIVERY SYSTEM

5.1 Introduction 5-1 5.2 Development of Medical Facilities 5-1 5.3 Cost Estimates 5-3 CHAPTER-6 MUCK MANAGEMENT PLAN 6.1 Introduction 6-1 6.2 Muck Generation 6-1


WAPCOS Limited ii

6.3 Budget 6-3 CHAPTER-7 RESTORATION AND LANDSCAPING OF CONSTRUCTION SITES 7.1 Introduction 7-1 7.2 Quarrying Operations 7-1 7.3 Restoration of Quarry Sites 7-2 7.4 Landscaping and Restoration Plan 7-3 7.5 Budget 7-4 CHAPTER-8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT IN ROAD CONSTRUCTION 8.1 Introduction 8-1 8.2 Impacts due to Construction of Roads 8-1 8.3 Management Measures 8-1 8.4 Budget 8-3 CHAPTER-9 CONTROL OF AIR AND NOISE POLLTION 9.1 Impacts on Air Quality 9-1 9.2 Mitigation Measures 9-1 9.3 Budget for Control of Air Pollution 9-4 9.4 Measures for Noise Control 9-4 9.5 Implementing Agency 9-6 CHAPTER-10 CATCHMENT AREA TREATMENT PLAN 10.1 Need for Catchment Area Treatment 10-1 10.2 Approach for the Study 10-3 10.3 Estimation of Soil Loss Using Silt Yield Index (SYI) Method 10-7 10.4 Watershed Management Available Techniques 10-9 10.5 Catchment Area Treatment Plan 10-10 10.6 Cost Estimates 10-17 10.7 Schedule for Implementation of CAT Plan 10-17 CHAPTER-11 ENERGY CONSERVATION MEASURES 11.1 General 11-1 11.2 Energy Conservation During Construction Phase 11-1 11.3 Energy Conservation During Operation Phase 11-1 11.4 Energy Efficient Equipment 11-1 11.5 Distribution of Fuel 11-2 11.6 Budget 11-2


WAPCOS Limited iii

CHAPTER 12 RESETTLEMENT AND REHABILITATION PLAN

12.1 Introduction 12-1 12.2 Resettlement and Rehabilitation Plan 12-1 12.3 Measures for Rehabilitation 12-2 12.4 Budget 12-15 CHAPTER-13 LOCAL AREA DEVELOPMENT PLAN 13.1 Aims and Objectives of LADF 13-1 13.2 Definition and Declaration of PAF, PAA & PAZ 13-1 13.3 Local Area Development Committee (LADC) 13-2 13.4 Parameters for Allocation of Fund 13-3 13.5 Allocation of fund under Project Affected Area 13-3 13.6 Allocation of fund under project Affected Zone 13-4 13.7 Allocation of fund as per LADF 13-4 CHAPTER-14 MONITORING AND EVALUATION OF R&R MEASURES 14.1 Introduction 14-1 14.2 Institutional/Administrative Arrangement For Implementation 14-1

of R&R Measures 14.3 Monitoring and Evaluation 14-2 14.4 Budget 14-7 CHAPTER-15 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 15.1 The Need 15-1 15.2 Areas of Concern 15-1 15.3 Water Quality 15-1 15.4 Air Quality and Meteorology 15-2 15.5 Noise 15-2 15.6 Ecology 15-2 15.7 Incidence of Water-Related Diseases 15-3 15.8 Landuse Pattern 15-3 15.9 Summary of Environmental Monitoring programme 15-3 15.10 Summary of EMP alongwith Implementing Agency & Responsibility 15-4 15.11 Establishment of an Environmental Management Cell 15-7 CHAPTER-16 COST ESTIMATES 16.1 Cost for Implementing Environmental Management Plan 16-1 16.2 Cost for Implementing Environmental Monitoring Programme 16-1 CHAPTER-17 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT INVOLVED 17-1 IN THE CEIA STUDY


WAPCOS Limited iv

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1.1: Nest Box

Figure-6.1: locations of muck disposal sites

Figure-6.2: locations of muck disposal site-I

Figure-6.3: locations of muck disposal site-II

Figure-6.4: locations of muck disposal site-III

Figure-6.5: locations of muck disposal site-IV

Figure-6.6: locations of muck disposal site-V

Figure-6.7: locations of muck disposal site-VI

Figure-6.8: locations of muck disposal site-VII

Figure-6.9: locations of muck disposal site-VIII

Figure-6.10: locations of muck disposal site-IX

Figure-6.11: locations of muck disposal site-X

Figure-8.1: Existing and Proposed Access Road for Project Site

Figure-10.1: Drainage map for catchment area of Chanju-III HEP

Figure-10.2: Land Use Map for catchment area of Chanju-III HEP

Figure-10.3: Slope Map for catchment area of Chanju-III HEP

Figure-10.4: Prioritisation Map for catchment area of Chanju-III HEP

Figure-10.5: Catchment Area Treatment measures for Chanju-III HEP

Figure-15.1: Institutional Setup at Corporate Level in HPPCL

CHAPTER-1 COMPENSATORY AFFORESTATION AND

BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION PLAN

HPPCL EMP Report for Chanju-III HEP, Chamba, HP

WAPCOS Limited 1-1

CHAPTER-1

COMPENSATORY AFFORESTATION AND BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION PLAN

1.1 INTRODUCTION

Conservation is the sustainable use of natural resources, so that it is preserved for future

generation as well. Natural conservation involves proper management of natural wealth,

places that sustain these resources besides the human pressure that affect the resources.

The need for conservation, preservation and management of biological diversity arises

because of threats to natural ecosystems by anthropogenic activities. In view of the

foreseen disturbance and degradation of natural ecosystems, a compensatory afforestation

plan and biodiversity conservation and management plan has been proposed for Chanju-III

hydroelectric project

1.2 COMPENSATORY AFFORESTATION

The Forest Department of Himachal Pradesh is responsible for conservation and

Management of forests in the state. The objective of the compensatory afforestation is to

make up for the loss of forest land proposed to be utilized for construction of the

proposed Chanju-III hydroelectric project.

1.2.1 Impacts on Forest

The total land required for the project is 30.364 ha; out of which 28.494 is forest land.

The details of land required is given in Table-1.1.

Table-1.1: Details of land requirement for Chanju-III HEP S. No. Type of Land Area (ha) 1 Forest Land Surface 23.790 2 Forest Land Under Ground 4.704 3 Private Land Surface 1.870 Total 30.364

The tree density at weir site and catchment area is 240 and 295 per ha respectively. The

dominant tree species at weir site are Picea smithiana and Quercus semecarpifolia Shrub

layer is represented by, etc. Viburnum cotinifolium, Sorbaria tomentosa., Rubus

macilentus, are the dominant trees recorded from power house site. The commonly

observed shrubs at this site were Lonicera angustifolia, Corylus jacquemontii. and Spiraea

canescens. No rare and endangered species are observed in the forest to be acquired for

the project. Thus, no adverse impacts are anticipated on this account.


WAPCOS Limited 1-2

1.2.2 Afforestation

The Indian Forest Conservation Act (1980) stipulates:

- If non-forest land is not available, compensatory plantation are to be established

on degraded forest lands, which must be twice the forest area affected or lost.

- If non- forest land is available, compensatory forest are to be raised over an area

equivalent to the forest area affected or lost.

It is proposed to afforest double the forest land being acquired for the project. Thus, a

total of (28.494X2) 56.988 ha of land shall be afforested. The afforestation work is to be

done by the Forest Department

Methodology for Compensatory Afforestation

The objective of the afforestation programme will be to develop natural areas in which

ecological functions could be maintained on sustainable basis. Therefore planting of

economic important indigenous species would be undertaken. The compensatory

afforestation is proposed to be done mainly in those forest blocks where degraded land

and forest blanks are available for planting. The sites for compensatory afforestation will

be selected by

Seeding will be collected from nearest nursery for block and avenue plantation.

Mixed species will be selected for plantation to conserve the soil moisture.

25%, Soil Moisture Conservation (S.M.C.) work will be taken up of total cost of

block plantation.

Maintenance to be done up to five years.

Work will be executed by the Forest Department.

In the areas proposed for afforestation, digging of trenches and pits would be done along

the contour. About 20 to 30m long contour trenches would be dug leaving a space of 50 cm

(septa) between the two consecutive trenches. Soil would be dug on the lower side of the

trench after removing pebbles and weeds. For digging 1500 pits per ha pits would be dug

15 cm uphill side from the contour trenches. The spacing of pits along contour trench will

not be closer than 1.25 m. Extreme care would be taken in transporting the plants from

nurseries to the plantation site to avoid any damage. Planting would be completed before

the monsoon period is over.

Fuel Wood & Fodder Plants

It is proposed to develop vegetative barrier of hedge plants to protect plants which have

fuelwood as fodder value. The seeds of hedges like Salix lindleyana, Rosa webbiana,

Juniperus communis, Berberis jaeschkeana, etc. will be sown in contour trenches before

the onset of monsoon. When the water of surface run off reaches the line of ridges its


WAPCOS Limited 1-3

speed is checked and the hedge plants stop silt and only percolated water passes down

slowly. Hedges spread and grow well in the silt left behind and form a natural terrace.

Fencing

Stone wall 125 cm high and 45 cm wide or 4 strand barbed wire fencing would be erected

during first year along with soil working.

Watch & Ward and Fire Protection

Protection of plantation is the greatest challenge in hills as villagers and their livestock

damage the plantation before it is established. Hence the protection of plantation

particularly in the juvenile stage is of paramount importance and watchmen/ chowkidars

would be engaged from the nearby villages for the required job. Besides the above, other

appropriate measures would be adopted to ward off these potential threats.

Species for compensatory afforestation

The species for plantation are selected after considering altitude, aspect, biotic pressure,

soil depth, moisture etc. The species recommended for afforestation are listed in Table-

1.2.

Table-1.2: Species recommended for Compensatory Afforestation S. N. Plant species Local name 1 Picea smithiana Rayi 2 Ulmus wallichiana Moral 3 Abies pindrow Tosh 4 Acer caesium Mapple/Mander 5 Aesculus indica Goon 6 Alnus nepalensis Piyakh 7 Cedrus deodara Diyar 8 Pinus wallichiana Kail 9 Populus ciliata Popular 10 Prunus padus Jammur 11 Quercus floribunda Moru/Green Oak 12 Quercus leucotrichophora Banz

Budget

The compensatory afforestation is proposed to be undertaken on degraded forest land

identified in consultation with the State Forest Department. Plant species have been

identified based on soil and climatic conditions of the proposed compensatory

afforestation area. The estimated cost of Compensatory Afforestation programme is

Rs. 66.99 lakh. The details are given in Table-1.3.

Table-1.3: Cost estimates of Compensatory Afforestation Plan S.

No. Particulars Unit Unit Rate Cost

(Rs. lakh) 1. Total area for compensatory

afforestation as per the notification of Govt of HP for wooden Fence Posts

56.988 ha

Rs. 80,000/ha 45.59


WAPCOS Limited 1-4

S. No.

Particulars Unit Unit Rate Cost (Rs. lakh)

2. Maintenance of afforestation area Average rate for 5 years is 20000/- per ha

56.988 ha

Rs. 20,000/ha 11.40

3. Charges for providing infrastructure support to the Forest Department for executing compensatory afforestation works

5 years Rs. 2.0 lakh/year 10.0

Total 66.99

In addition, the project proponents will also pay for cost of trees and NPV of forests as

determined the Forest Department.

1.3 BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION

The project area did not have any threatened category of species as classified by IUCN.

1.3.1 Habitat Improvement Programme

Habitat improvement programme is an integral part of biodiversity management. This

programme consists of bringing into useful association of those condition needed by a

species to reproduce and survive. The following activities have been proposed for habitat

improvement programme:

Afforestation: Area under forest and tree cover will be expanded through systematic

planning and implementation of afforestation and rehabilitation programme in degraded

and open forests and available non forest lands.

Regeneration of felled areas will be ensured in a time bound manner and productivity of

plantations will be increased through use of improved seeds and planting stock. The

indigenous fruit bearing plants, vital from wildlife point of view are proposed to be

planted so as to enrich the habitat & ensure the sufficient availability of food.

Monoculture will be discouraged and mixed plantations of broad-leaved fodder, fuel wood

and wild fruit species will be promoted. This activity will increase forest cover and will

provide habitat to the animals. Afforestation programme in the degraded Forest

Compartments, is proposed to be carried out and species for this shall be finalized by the

Forest Department. An amount of Rs.10 lakh can be earmarked for this purpose.

Avi-fauna : Forests are vital for the survival, foraging, breeding and nesting of avifauna.

Natural forests provide a variety of food materials to the birds not only in the form of

nectar of flowers, fruits, seeds etc. in the trees, shrubs, herbs and grasses but they also

contain a large number of insects eaten by birds. In the forests, food is always available

for the faunal component. Although most floral species flower during spring through

summer but fruit maturation and seed ripening takes place in them throughout the year.

Therefore, first strategy of improvement of habitat for birds is avoiding nest predation or

brood parasitism through maintenance of large contiguous forest tract. These areas have


WAPCOS Limited 1-5

the ability to support the largest number of forest interior birds and will also be more

likely to provide habitat for area sensitive species. It is more practicable to protect the

existing forest area rather than creating new forest area.

Another measure for habitat improvement for avifauna is to be installation of artificial

nest boxes in the influence zone and catchment area of the project after consultation with

the forest department as well as local NGOs. These nest boxes has been found to be quite

beneficial for attracting hole nester birds. The size and capacity of boxes vary from one

species to another.

Feature of a Nest Box:

The characteristic features of nest box are listed below and shown in Figure 1.1.

Untreated wood (Jamun, mango, pine, cedar or fir) Thick walls (at least ¾ inches) Extended, sloped roof Rough or grooved interior walls Recessed floor, coated with primer and paint Drainage holes Ventilation holes Easy access for monitoring and cleaning Sturdy construction No outside perches

The entrance hole should have a 2-inch diameter and 6 inch depth from entrance hole.

Nest boxes are placed on trees at height from 10-12 ft. Such nest boxes designs have been

used with success.

Figure 1.1: Nest Box

It is proposed that one qualified person be hired for a period of three years. An amount of

Rs. 6.97 lakh can be earmarked for habitat improvement of avi-fauna in the study area.

The details are given in Table-1.5.


WAPCOS Limited 1-6

Table-1.5: Cost of habitat improvement for avi-fauna in the study area S. No. Particulars Amount (Rs. lakh)

A Non-recurring Cost 1

average cost Rs. 1000 per wooden box) and installation in the area along with the green belt (100)

1.0

2 Repair and maintenance of the nests 2.0

B Recurring Cost (for 3 years) 1 Salary for one skilled person @ Rs. 10,000 per month

for implementation and data collection including 10% escalation

3.97

Total Cost (A+B) 6.97

1.3.2 Anti-poaching Measures

For the improvement of vigilance and measures to check poaching number of measures

described below would be undertaken.

During construction phase in and around the main construction areas, i.e. the trench weir

site, powerhouse site, etc. where construction workers congregate, some disturbance to

the wildlife population may occur. Therefore, marginal impacts may be on wildlife due to

various construction activities. In view of this it is recommended that 2 check posts be

developed in the major construction area i.e. near trench weir site, labour camps, to

implement anti-poaching measures during project construction phase. Each check post

shall have 6 guards to ensure that poaching does not take place in the area. The guards

will be supervised by a range officer. It is also recommended that the staff manning these

check posts have adequate communication equipment and other facilities. Apart from

inter-linking of check posts, communication link needs to be extended to Divisional Forest

Office and the local police station also.

Purchase of anti-poaching kits: To capture and translocate wild animals out of human

habitations or agricultural lands, various trapping equipments pertaining to anti-poaching

activities are needed. In the absence of these the staff faces difficulties and all efforts

made on this behalf are futile. For this an amount of Rs. 3 lakh has been earmarked. The

anti-poaching kits will include equipments for self defense of the staff as well.

Infrastructure Development: This includes antipoaching huts, rock shelters development

and residential quarters for forest guards. For effective monitoring, one watch tower is

also proposed to be established at an identified place having high pressure of biotic

interference. These basic amenities for the field staff to enable them to do effective

patrolling in the areas. For watch tower and accommodation an amount of Rs. 5 lakh has

been earmarked.


WAPCOS Limited 1-7

Purchase of Survey equipment & Vehicle: In order to improve network and vigilance it is

required to procure equipment like V-SAT and to document and develop a database IT

infrastructure like laptops, G.P.S., inoculars, video as well as digital still cameras are

essential. Purchase of field vehicle will help in increased vigilance.

For better communication and purchase of survey equipment an amount of Rs. 5 lakh has

been earmarked.

Construction of Check posts: To improve vigilance for anti-poaching, better protection,

enforcement for control grazing practices the construction of control-grazing-cum-anti

poaching check posts. An amount of Rs.5.0 lakh can be earmarked for this purpose.

An amount of Rs. 32.28 lakh has been earmarked for this purpose. The details are given as

below:

a) Salary Guards ( 6 nos.) @ Rs.8000 per month Rs. 5,76,000 One range officer @ Rs.25,000 per month Rs. 3,00,000 Total cost for one year Rs. 8,76,000

Cost for 3 years Rs. 29.00 lakh (Assuming 10% increase per year)

b) Purchase of anti-poaching kits Rs. 3.0 lakh c) Infrastructure development Rs. 3.0 lakh d) Purchase of Survey equipment & Vehicles Rs. 5.0 lakh e) Construction of check posts Rs. 5.0 lakh Total Cost Rs. 45.00 lakh

1.4 CONSERVATION PLAN FOR SCHEDULE-I SPECIES

Threats to schedule-I species: Hunting in the past, poaching today for meat or hide,

habitat loss and competition with livestock for food, have been the main causes for the

decline of Himalayan tahr populations and local extinctions in many parts of its once

continuous distribution range. Although legal hunting of Himalayan tahr is not permitted in

the native habitats, poaching by local villagers is a major concern, and there are no

estimates of these species killed annually in the area. Increasing human population in the

recent past and the consequent land use changes and encroachments have led to loss of

these species habitat. Livestock grazing pressure on Himalayan tahr habitat is another

major reason for their decline.

Conservation measures: Direct and indirect approach is required to provide effecting

conservation, which is suggested as under.

By conducting awareness programmes (community and school level) for

conservation of schedule-I species in the area and also through organizing

Workshop on wildlife research and management should also be encouraged.

Poaching and illegal hunting of wild animals should be banned.


WAPCOS Limited 1-8

Some provision of rewards to in informers for the control of poaching and illegal

trade in wildlife. Carrying out census and research projects to know the potential

threats and population of the species.

Suggest strategies to minimize negative impacts of changing environment in

nearby area of Himalayan tahr populations and to promote conservation of their

habitats.

Local villagers who are skilled at observing tahr and/or other wildlife should be

-

Another way to help preserve the endangered species is to create society

dedicated to ecological ethics. All the conservation measures will be implemented

with the help of and in the consultation of the state forest department.

With the objective of effectively protecting the wild life and to control poaching,

smuggling and illegal trade in wildlife and its derivatives the government of India

enacted Wild Life (Protection) Act 1972. The Act was amended in January 2003

and punishment and penalty for offences under the Act have been made more

stringent.

Cost for the conservation plan: A total of Rs. 6.00 lakh shall be earmarked for the

conservation plan of Schedule-I species in various activities .

1.5 CONSERVATION OF FLORAL SPECIES

There is no threatened and endangered species as per IUCN status. Some species of plants

which have been listed in Red data book of Indian plant were recorded from the

catchment area of the project. Therefore, none of species are going to be affected or

uprooted from the project activity.

1.6 MONITORING OF BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION & MANAGEMENT PLAN

Monitoring is an important part of the Biodiversity Management Plan. All the activities of

Biodiversity Management Plan will be closely and regularly monitored in terms of physical,

financial progress and quality by the project proponent and officers of Forest Department.

The State Government shall set up a Biodiversity Conservation Committee (BCC) under the

chairmanship of the Principal Chief Conservator of Forests, Govt. of Himachal Pradesh.

The committee shall review and oversee the conservation work to be undertaken.


WAPCOS Limited 1-9

1.7 BUDGET

A total provision of Rs. 118.96 lakh has been earmarked for biodiversity conservation. The


Table-1.6: Estimated cost of Biodiversity Conservation and Management Plan implementation S. No. Particulars Cost (Rs. lakh) 1 Compensatory Afforestation 66.99 2 Habitat improvement for avi-fauna 6.97 3 Anti-poaching measures 45.00 4. Conservation plan for Schedule-I species 6.00 Total 124.96

CHAPTER-2 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN


WAPCOS Limited 2-1

CHAPTER-2

GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN

2.1 INTRODUCTION

The greenbelt development plan aims to overall improvement in the environmental

conditions of the region. The plan with a five-fold objective addresses issues such as

prevention of land degradation due to activities during construction phase; enhancing the

forest cover for increasing the biodiversity of the region; providing aesthetic value to the

project area and consequently inviting a proportionate tourist flux; enhancing the

ecological equilibrium of the area; and to a large proportion in combating soil erosion. It is

proposed to develop greenbelt around the periphery of various project appurtenances,

selected stretches along periphery of trench weir.

2.2 NEED FOR GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN

The green belt on either side of the Chanju and Mehad nallah will reduce the

sedimentation and ensure protection of the trench weir site from any other human activity

that could result in the catchment damage. On moderately steep slopes tree species will

be planted for the creation of green belt which are indigenous, economically important,

soil binding in nature and an thrive well under high humidity and flood conditions

2.3 STRUCTURE OF GREENBELT

Green belt around the project site would be created to avoid erosion of soil and

prevention of land slips near the projects site. The slopes on both the banks will be

planted with suitable tree species for creation of a green belt. In areas with moderately

steep slopes indigenous, economically important, soil binding tree species will be planted,

which are able to thrive well under high humidity and flood conditions.

2.4 SCHEME FOR GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT

The scheme of plantation around the trench weir is given as follows:

i) The green belt will start from the immediate vicinity of the project site on both

the banks.

ii) Green belt will be developed around the project colony and along the road.

iii) The width of the green belt will be around 50 m or as physiographic and land

features allow. There would be at least 2-3 layers of plantation.

iv) The green belt will be put under a protective regulatory framework to ensure

that it is not degraded or disturbed. No ecologically disruptive activity will be

allowed in this zone.


WAPCOS Limited 2-2

2.5 BUDGET

The plantations would be carried out on an approximate area of 10 ha. This work would be

completed in two years at an estimated cost of Rs.10.0 lakh at the rate of Rs.1.0 lakh/ha

which includes the cost of nursery creation, advance works, actual plantations and

maintenance. The plantation for this purpose will be carried out by Forest Department,

state government of Himachal Pradesh.

CHAPTER-3 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL


WAPCOS Limited 3-1

CHAPTER-3

WATER POLLUTION CONTROL

3.1 CONTROL OF WATER POLLUTION DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE During project construction phase, sufficient measures need to be implemented to

ameliorate the problem of water pollution from various sources. The sewage generated

from various labour camps should be treated in septic tanks and disposed by discharging

into nearest water body. However, efforts shall be made to discharge the treated effluent

only in these water bodies, which are not used for meeting domestic water requirements.

The construction activities would require a crusher to crush large lumps of rocks to the

requisite size for coarse as well as fine aggregates. The effluent generated from these

crushers will have high-suspended solids. The effluent needs to be treated before disposal.

Settling tanks of appropriate size for treatment of effluent from various crushers should be

provided. Normally, water is collected in the side drains and drained off into the nearest

water body without treatment. Effluents are expected to be generated from 2 to 3

locations. The sludge from the various settling tanks can be collected once in 15 days and

disposed at the site designed for disposal of municipal solid wastes from the labour camps.

The sludge after drying could also be used as cover material for landfill disposal site. An

amount of Rs. 15.0 lakh needs to be earmarked for construction of various settling tanks.

3.2 CONTROL OF WATER POLLUTION DURING OPERATION PHASE

In the project operation phase, a plant colony with 50 quarters is likely to be set up. It is

recommended to provide a suitable Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) to treat the sewage

generated from the colony. The cost required for construction of sewage STP in the

project colony has already been covered in the budget earmarked for construction of the

project colony. Hence, the cost for the same has not been included in the cost for

implementing EMP.

3.3 MANAGEMENT OF SAND

Sand shall be dredged out from the desilting tanks and can be disposed off in the low lying

area or borrow area. The greenbelt shall be developed on the sand disposal area. However

for flushing purpose downstream water quality and aquatic habitats should be considered

when planning sediment flushing.

3.4 ENVIRONMENTAL FLOWS

To sustain the biotic life in the affected reach of the river downstream of diversion

structure Government of Himachal Pradesh (GoHP) regulations specify that 15 % of the

minimum flow during lean months (environment flow) should always be released from the

diversion structure. The environmental flow is a very sensitive issue in hydro power


WAPCOS Limited 3-2

projects. Release of environmental flow is to be ensured immediately

downstream of the diversion structure at all times to account for the sustenance of

ecology and biotic environment. The required environmental flow has been computed as

15% of the leanest flow during the lean season (December-February) for the entire period

of data availability.

The minimum flow for the 90% dependable year is computed to be 1.8 m3/s. Based on this

value, 15% of the leanest discharge over lean period is worked out to be 0.27 m3/s. During

construction of the diversion weir, provision shall be made for uninterrupted

release of environment flow. The recommended Environmental flow is given in Table-3.1

Table 3.1 Lean season flow (Dec-Feb) during 90% dependable year

Month Period Average flow (m3/s)

DEC

I 2.06 II 1.97 III 1.93

JAN

I 1.93 II 1.86 III 1.80

FEB

I 1.95 II 2.10 III 2.66

Minimum flow over lean season 1.80

CHAPTER-4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT IN LABOUR

CAMPS


WAPCOS Limited 4-1

CHAPTER-4

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT IN LABOUR CAMPS

4.1 INTRODUCTION

The aggregation of large number of works and technical labour in the project area during the

construction of phase is likely to put considerable stress on the ecosystem of the area. The

aim of the EMP is to minimize these stresses. It should be made mandatory for the contractor

to provide adequate facilities at the labour camp which are described in the following

sections.

4.2 PROVISION OF HEATING

The contractor can make a block of two large rooms in which about 30-40 workers can stay.

Community toilets for each block can be constructed close by. During winter months, a

central heating system can also be provided, otherwise, workers will be forced to cut trees to

meet the fuel requirements to heat the water required for various uses.

4.3 PROVISION OF WATER SUPPLY

The water for drinking purpose is collected from the rivers or streams flowing upstream of

the labour camps. The water is stored in tanks and supplied for use. The water quality in

general is good and does not require any elaborate treatment. However, it is proposed to

disinfect the water prior to distribution. The settlements/ labour camps shall be placed

far from the drinking water sources.

4.4 SANITATION AND SEWAGE TREATMENT FACILITIES

One eight seat community toilet shall be provided per 20 persons. The sewage from the

community latrines can be treated in bio digester toilet. The treated effluent from sewage

treatment plant be disposed off in nearest water body. However, efforts shall be made to

ensure, that treated effluent is disposed only in these water bodies, which are not used

for meeting domestic water requirements.

The total construction time for the project is about 36 months. At peak construction phase,

there will be an increase in population by 560. To ensure that the sewage from the labour

camps do not pollute the river water, it has been estimated that about 28 community latrines

and a sewage treatment plant shall be commissioned for treatment. The total cost required

will be Rs. 70 lakh.

Table- 4.1: Cost estimate for sanitary facilities for labour camps S. No. Unit Rate (Rs./unit) Number Cost

(Rs. lakh) 1. Community latrines 50,000 28 14.0 2. Biodigester toilets 2,00,000 28 56.0 Total 70.0


WAPCOS Limited 4-2

4.5 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT FROM LABOUR CAMPS

The labour colonies will be located at trench weir site, powerhouse and along water

conductor alignment. During construction phase, increase in population is expected to be

order of 560 including family members. The solid waste likely to be generated from labour

camps shall be of the order of 0.118 tonnes/day. The chemical characteristics of solid

waste generated are given in the following Table-4.2.

Table-4.2: Chemical characteristics of municipal waste Component Percentage by weight Moisture 19.52 Organic matter 25.14 Nitrogen (as Total Nitrogen) 0.66 Phosphorous (as P2OS) 0.56 Potassium (as K2O) 0.69

The composition of various waste materials is in the municipal refuse is detailed in Table-

4.3.

Table-4.3: Composition of waste material in municipal refuse Ingredient Percentage by weight (%) Paper 4.71 Rubber, Leather and synthetics 0.71 Glass 0.46 Metals 0.49 Total compostable matter 38.95 Inert matter 44.73 Others/ plastic 9.95 Total 100

Adequate facilities for collection, conveyance and disposal of solid waste will be

developed. The solid waste will be disposed at the designated landfill sites. The landfill

shall have impervious clay at the bottom most layer. The second layer shall be impervious

liner (Geomembrane), third layer will be of sand, after that well compacted solid waste is

to be put over the sand, then again a layer of clay, finally a layer of soil. Vegetation shall

be grown on the top most layers. It will give a good aesthetic view of landfill.

Various aspects of solid waste management include:

Reuse/Recycling Refuse storage Collection and Transportation Disposal

Reuse/Recycling

In order to reduce quantum of waste generated, project will reuse significant quantity

Muck (generated due to excavations) for backfilling, form work (in civil work) wherever

possible and will also reuse the packing materials received with packages etc.


WAPCOS Limited 4-3

Project proponent will explore opportunity to recycle the waste generated at the project

site, in this context project will identify authorized vendors and send used batteries, used

oil, and used oil filters for recycling.

Bio- degradable waste will be disposed by composting and the manure generated will be

given to local community for cultivating vegetables and flowers.

Refuse storage

In the proposed project, labour camps are proposed to be located at three locations. In

each of the labour colony, provisions shall be made to separately store the degradable and

non-degradable solid waste.

Two different colored bins may be supplied to each labour family, who will segregate the

waste generated by their family. Green and Biodegradable waste is to be deposited in one

container and non-biodegradable waste in another container. In case of canteens, kitchens

also, two different colored dust-bins suitable to deposit the Biodegradable and non-

biodegradable waste generated in their unit shall be provided. A sustained awareness

programme will be conducted to educate workers about the segregation of degradable and

bio-degradable wastes.

Collection of Household Waste

Every day the tractor mounted trolleys will collect the waste at the door of each unit of

labour camp and colonies. Two workers and one Tractor Driver will be involved in

collection of waste. The trolleys will be provided with two compartments for depositing

segregated waste separately. Each worker will be allotted a fixed area. The collection will

be on regular pre-informed timings and the arrival will be informed through blowing a

whistle/horn. The solid waste so collected shall be disposed at a common storage point.

Two trucks will be commissioned to collect the solid waste and dispose the same at sites

designated for disposal of solid waste.

Disposal

The solid waste (about 0.118 t/day) such as plastic bottles, cans, etc. shall be segregated

and disposed off at separate sites identified by the district administration.

The details of landfill site are given as below:

Waste Generation 0.118 tonnes per day Design Life 3 years (construction phase) Total Waste Generation in 36 months 129 tonnes Length 10 m Width 7 m Depth of fill 5m


WAPCOS Limited 4-4

A provision of 15% of the total area, for accommodating infrastructure facilities will be

included while working out requirement of space. The liner system will comprise of the

following layers below the waste:

0.30 m thick drainage layer comprising of coarse sand or gravel (stone dust with no fines)

0.2m thick protective layer of sandy silt 1.50mm thick HDPE geomembrane 1.0 m thick clay layer/amended soil layer, amended soil layer comprising of

local soil + bentonite is to be provided). The total cost required for solid waste management is estimated Rs. 46.9 lakh. The details


Table-4.4: Cost estimate for solid waste management S. No. Item Cost (Rs. lakh)

1 Reclamation and stabilization cost of landfill and 11.0 2 One covered truck for conveyance of solid waste to landfill 15.0 3 Manpower cost for 03 persons @ Rs. 10000/ month for 36

months including 10% escalation/year 11.9

4 03 bicycle trolleys @ Rs. 50,000/ per trolley 3.0 5 Awareness programme 1.0

6 Water facility 1.0

7 Tools & Implements 3.0 8 Yard lighting maintenance store room lighting, Monitoring

station @5000/ fixture x 20' 1.0

Total 46.9

4.6 PROVISION OF FREE FUEL

As a part of EMP, following measures are proposed:

- Make a clause mandatory in the contract of every contractor involved in project construction to provide supply of fuel to their labourers, so that trees are not cut for meeting their fuel demands.

- Establish LPG godown within the project area for providing LPG cylinder to run community kitchens.

The project proponents in association with the state government should make necessary

arrangements for distribution of LPG. These fuel would be supplied at subsidized rates to the

local/contract laborers for which provision has been kept in the cost estimate.

The total cost required for provision of fuel has been estimated as Rs. 55.12 lakh. The details


Table-4.5: Cost estimate for LPG distribution for labour population in construction phase Year No. of

Employees Annual requirement @1cylinder per family per 2 month (No. of cylinders)

Total Cost @Rs. 1500/cylinder (Rs. lakh)

I 185 1110 16.65 II 185 1110 18.32

mailto:@Rs.


WAPCOS Limited 4-5

Year No. of Employees

Annual requirement @1cylinder per family per 2 month (No. of cylinders)

Total Cost @Rs. 1500/cylinder (Rs. lakh)

III 185 1110 20.15 Total 55.12

The contactor shall ensure the project proponent that labours population shall not face any

food scarcity. The contractor shall plan enough stocking of food grains in consultation with

project proponent and district administration.

4.7 FIRE PROTECTION IN LABOUR CAMP AND STAFF COLONIES

Construction of Camps etc. and placement of fire protection equipment

It has been planned that all facilities to be constructed shall be fully equipped with the

fire protection equipments as per IS standards. The analysis of fire hazard in the

construction of these camps, colonies and other facilities are outlined in Table-4.6.

Table-4.6: Analysis of fire hazard in labour camps, colonies and other facilities S. No. Stage Potential hazard Remedial Measures

1. Construction of Camp/colony

Fire prevention and fire fighting not considered in design

Inadequate fire

protection measures during construction

By Project Proponents While construction of Field hostels, Guest House/office and other facilities owned by Project Proponents, who shall provide the fire protection system as per IS Standards for Fire code.

Proper housekeeping will also be ensured and maintained during these facilities to protect them from any fire related incidents.

It will be ensured that the fire fighting equipments are placed at common place also including work place preferably within 15 meters of work place. By Contractors

Clear term of reference will be given to contractor at tendering stage for incorporating fire code as per IS Standard.

Fire fighting equipments will be placed at all common places ( within 15 meters of work place)

Maintenance of fire protection equipments as the safety measures thorough dedicated EHS Team.

During construction, it has been envisaged to set up full fledged Environment Health &

Safety (EHS) department reporting directly to Head of Project. This department shall also

take care of the adequacy of Fire Safety measures set up in all facilities created either

owned by project developer or any of its Contractors. . The EHS shall documents each and

mailto:@Rs.


WAPCOS Limited 4-6

every incident or accident during construction period. The reports shall be provided to the

designated officer from HPPCL for the onward action at their end. The analysis of

responsibility for this EHS team in respect of Fire protection system has been done as

outlined in Table-4.7.

Table-4.7: Analysis of responsibility of EHS team in respect of Fire Protection System S. No. Stage Potential hazard Remedial Measures 1. During

Occupation Fire incident due to

electrical short circuit/LPG Leakage/ Improper handling of flammable liquids/lack of precaution

Improper access to and from the location

In adequate fire fighting arrangements

Lack of Knowledge Lack communication Lack of Knowledge on

fighting fire and handling fire equipment

Inadequate Emergency response

Residential complex will be constructed as per the approved design and will be checked for completeness on fire aspect before allotment to residents

Each Block Colony/ camp will be provided with rated estimated trip off circuit braker will be installed on each block.

All residents are made aware of fire hazard by training, regular campaigns and by placing posters and signs

LPG Cylinders/Flammable liquids will store at designated storage area. The storage will be well protected, ventilated with adequate provision of fire equipments.

Each bloc of the colony will be provided with 10 kg DCP fire extinguishers.

Additionally fire point containing fire buckets, CO2 extinguishers, DCP Extinguisher will be provided at the common place covering four residential blocks in labour Camp.

Placement of written posters of preventive measures in each accommodation block

Regular EHS inspection of the camp site

Placement of placard of emergency numbers to be contacted in case of Emergency

Dedicated phone line will be provided in labour camps for effective communication.

Ensure proper access is maintained around and to the residential blocks

Identification of emergency Muster points at safe distance


WAPCOS Limited 4-7

Project In charge is responsible for implementation of plan through his authorized

representative on site. Site EHS Team shall monitor the implementation of plan and report

non compliance to site management.

Training of employees on fire prevention and fire fighting is important to prevent

occurrence of fire incident in project area. All employees will be given brief overview of

fire prevention, fire fighting procedure and response process at the time EHS Induction

training. Project proponent will also carry out regular campaigns on fire prevention around

the site.EHS Department is responsible for providing required training.

An approved EHS plan shall be included in the tender document for the contractor. The

approved plan shall include the code of conduct for all workers, technical staff.

Implementation of this plan will be mandatory for the contractors involved in construction

activities.

4.8 SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

With large scale increase in construction activity of river valley projects, the number of

major accidents during construction stage has increased. Further, increased construction

activity can also create construction related hazards for persons working on the projects. The

degree of safety achieved in project constructions has a direct bearing on the amount of

effort expanded to avoid accidents by those who control the conditions and practices on the

project. In order to avoid accidents it should be the overall responsibility of the project

authorities to provide measures for the safety of all persons working on the projects.

The standards laid down for the safety aspects should be taken during construction work.

Construction activities at the site of a hydro-electric project need to take care of safety

aspect for all the activities in general and for following critical activities in particular:

Storage, handling, transportation and operation of explosives required for

blasting and tunneling activities

Underground construction work including tunneling, excavation and other

related activities

Construction at heights

Fire safety aspects

Cross drainage construction work

Storage, handling, detection and safety measures for gases, chemicals and

flammable liquids

Movement of vehicles on construction site

All persons need to be made aware of the dangerous conditions and risks involved in their

activities. They should be trained to take necessary precautions for their own safety as well

as that of others working at site. This should typically involve following the Safe Operating


WAPCOS Limited 4-8

Procedure (SOP) wherever applicable, use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) such as

helmets, gloves, gum boots, safety harness, etc., remain active and alert without any

influence of alcohol or other intoxicating substances during working hours.

The safety requirement generally vary according to the type of structure, type of

construction methodology, type of strata encountered and number of men and type of

machinery deployed at site, therefore, it is important to develop site specific construction

safety procedures. Such SOPs need to be incorporated in letter and spirit and all the staff

involved need to be sensitized to the importance of safety and trained. A full time safety

manager, will be appointed by the project developer with duties of monitoring and audit

delegated to other staff members on safety aspects.

Apart from procuring the appropriate and adequate number of PPEs it is also important to

maintain sufficient number of first aid boxes and some volunteers trained in giving first aid

treatment. Further, the outsiders coming to site such as drivers, helpers, etc. also need to be

made aware of safety requirement of their activity. This can be achieved by putting posters

carrying safety instructions for the benefit of all and giving verbal instructions at the entry

point also.

The list of BIS Standards related to safety aspects during various stages of construction,

installation, erection of different components and appurtenance of river valley projects,

including inspection, observation and maintenance aspects from safety consideration are

given in Table-4.8.

Table-4.8: List of relevant BIS Standards IS No. Title 1 IS 10386

(Part 1):1983 Safety code for construction, operation and maintenance of river valley projects: Part 1 General aspects

2 IS 10386 (Part 2):1982

Safety code for construction, operation and maintenance of river valley projects: Part 2 Amenities, protective clothing and equipment

3 IS 10386 (Part 3):1992

Safety code for construction, operation and maintenance of river valley projects Part 3 Plant & machinery

4 IS 10386 (Part 4):1992

Safety code for construction, operation and maintenance of river valley projects Part 4 Handling, transportation and storage of explosives

5 IS 10386 (Part 5):1992

Safety code for construction, operation and maintenance of river valley projects: Part 5 Electrical aspects

6 IS 10386 (Part 6):1983

Safety code for construction, operation and maintenance of river valley projects: Part 6 Construction

7 IS 10386 (Part 7):1993

Safety code for construction, operation and maintenance of river valley projects: Part 7 Fire safety aspects

8 IS 10386 (Part 8):1995

Safety code for construction, operation and maintenance of river valley projects Part 8 Excavation


WAPCOS Limited 4-9

IS No. Title 9 IS 10386

(Part 9):1998 Safety code for construction, operation and maintenance of river valley projects Part 9 Canals and cross drainage works

10 IS 10386 (Part 10):1983

Safety code for construction, operation and maintenance of river valley projects: Part 10 Storage, handling, detection and safety measures for gases, chemicals and flammable liquids

4.9 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT

The construction activities could lead to increased traffic due to plying of construction

vehicles. The following measures are recommended:

Locals will be informed about the construction schedule.

Traffic management with diversion through alternate routes will be implemented

by providing adequate sign boards.

Upon project completion, quick clearance of debris, etc. will facilitate access by

customers to local business and residents to their households

Placement of traffic staff to facilitate easy of movement.

Two broad situations influence the planning for emergencies. The more common

event is a vehicle incident or breakdown which causes a degree of lane blockage,

and consequential restriction or even temporary loss of use of the roads. The

resulting delays may rapidly extend to the surrounding road network. Prompt

remedial action is then called for to restore free flow and minimise the congested

conditions that in themselves can aggravate the risk of further breakdown and/or

incidents.

The second situation involves collision and possible fire or explosion and is

potentially more dangerous and requires a rapid response from the emergency

services.

A total provision of Rs. 15.0 lakh has been earmarked for this purpose.

4.10 LABOUR AWARNESS PROGRAMME

The aggregation of large number of works and technical labour in the project area during the

construction phase increases their friction among the locals and themselves. The aim of the

EMP is to aware the workers and technical labour about the local cultures and diseases. It

should be made mandatory for the contractor to provide sufficient awareness and follow the

control measures for diseases and to respect the local culture and customs. The contractor

also facilitate for pre-test, post-test, follow-up, general and family counselling to workers

and technical staff coming to the Primary health Centre. A total provision of Rs. 7.0 lakh has

been earmarked for this purpose.


WAPCOS Limited 4-10

4.11 DISPOSAL OF CONSTRUCTION WASTE

Debris generated during construction phase, pavement structure shall be suitably reused

in the proposed construction, subject to the suitability of the material and the approval of

the Engineer. The contractor shall suitably dispose off unutilized debris material; either

through filling up of borrow areas created for the project or at pre-designated dump

locations, subject to the approval of the Engineer. Debris generated construction activities

shall be disposed such that it does not flow into the river water.

4.12 BUDGET

A total provision of Rs. 194.02 lakh has been earmarked for implementation of various

measures in labour camps. The details are given in Table-4.10.

Table-4.10: Cost estimate for implementation of various measures in labour camps S. No. Fuel Cost (Rs. Lakh) 1. Sanitation facilities for labour camps 70.00 2. Solid waste management in labour camps 46.90 3. Fuel distribution 55.12 4. Traffic Management 15.00 4. Labour Awareness Programme 7.00 Total 194.02

4.13 IMPLEMENTING AGENCY

Various measures recommended in this chapter shall be included in the contract document of

the contractor involved in construction activities. The implementation of these measures

shall be monitored by the project proponents.

CHAPTER-5 PUBLIC HEALTH DELIVERY SYSTEM


WAPCOS Limited 5-1

CHAPTER-5

PUBLIC HEALTH DELIVERY SYSTEM

5.1 INTRODUCTION

The construction of the proposed Chanju III hydroelectric project shall involve many

diversified activities and require a large number of labors. The change in population

density through immigrants/influx may cause new health problems in this region. People

may carry different types of contagious diseases if any spread in locality. Influx of human

work force may also bring stress on available drinking water sources and sanitary facilities.

The additional domestic sewage generated may cause drinking water contamination

resulting in spread of enteric diseases, if not taken proper precautionary measures.

5.2 DEVELOPMENT OF MEDICAL FACILITIES

A population of about 560 is likely to congregate during the construction phase. The labour

population will be concentrated at two or three sites.

It is recommended that necessary medical facilities be developed at the project site. It is

recommended that the dispensary should be developed during project construction phase

itself, so that it can serve the labour population migrating in the area as well as the local

population.

The details of manpower, infrastructure requirement for this dispensary are given as

below.

Manpower

Doctor : 1

Qualification : M.B.B.S./ M.D

1 doctor shall be employed in the dispensary and will reside in the staff quarters adjacent

to the dispensary. The para-medical staff required for assistance to these doctors is given

in Table-5.1.

Table-5.1: Details of Para-medical staff for dispensary Para medical staff Number Auxiliary Nurse 1 Male Multipurpose Health worker 2 Attendants 2 Driver 2 Total 7

Infrastructure

A building shall be constructed to provide basic preventive, promotive and curative

services to the labour colony with facilities for maternal and child health services, control


WAPCOS Limited 5-2

of communicable diseases and medical care for minors. The building should have a waiting

hall where 30-40 people can sit. The building would have place for the following:

- Two rooms for doctors - One room for staff - Two rooms for stores - One general ward to accommodate 10 beds - One minor operation theater/ dressing room - One garrage with space for three vehicle

Residential accommodation is to be provided to the essential staff in the campus.

Proposed Health Facilities at Construction sites and labour camp

It is possible that during the construction work, the technical staffs operating different

equipment are not only exposed to the physical strain of work but also to the physical

effects of the environment in which they are working. The workers and other technical

staff may come up with common manifestations such as insect bites, fever, diarrhea, work

exhaustion and other diseases. In addition they may invariably come up with injuries

caused by accidents at work site. Under all circumstances, workers need immediate

medical care.

A first-aid post is to be provided at each of the major construction sites, so that workers

are immediately attended to in case of an injury or accident. This first-aid post will have

at least the following facilities:

- First aid box with essential medicines including ORS packets - First aid appliances-splints and dressing materials - Stretcher, wheel chair, etc.

Health Extension Activities

The health extension activities will have to be carried out in the villages situated in the

nearby areas. It is important to inculcate hygienic habits of environmental sanitation

specially with respect to water pollution by domestic wastes. There would be possibility of

the transmission of communicable diseases due to migration of labour population from

other areas at the construction site.

The doctors from the dispensary should make regular visits to these villages and organize

health promotional activities with the active participation of the local village Panchayat,

NGOs and available local health functionaries. The health functionaries would undertake

the following tasks as a part of health promotional activities:

- Collect water samples to ascertain the portability of water from different sources

so as to monitor regular disinfection of drinking water sources.

- Maintain close surveillance on incidence of communicable diseases in these

villages.


WAPCOS Limited 5-3

- Maintain close liaison with the community leaders and health functionaries of

different departments, so that they can be mobilized in case of an emergency.

5.3 COST ESTIMATES

The cost required for implementation of various public health measures shall be Rs.204.43

lakh. The details are given in the following paragraphs:

A. Expenditure on salaries

Dispensary --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Post Number Monthly Annual Emoluments (Rs.) Expenditure (Rs.) --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Doctor 1 100,000 12,00,000 Nurse 1 30,000 3,60,000 Male Multi-purpose 2 30,000 7,20,000 Health Workers Attendants 2 12,000 2,88,000 Drivers 2 12,000 2,88,000 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total 28,56,000 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

First Aid Posts

Health Assistants 2 20,000 4,80,000 Dressers 2 12,000 2,88,000 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total 7,68,000 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Expenditure = Rs.36,24,000

B. Expenditure on Material and Supplies

Dispensary

Non-recurring

i) 2 Vehicles (Closed Jeep) Rs. 20,00,000 ii) Furniture, etc. Rs. 2,00,000 iii) Hospital equipment Rs. 10,00,000 iv) Ambulance 1 No. and their maintenance for Rs. 20,00,000 four years ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Total Rs. 52,00,000 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Recurring

i) Drugs and Medicine, Rs. 5,00,000/yr ii) Contingencies Rs. 200,000/yr iii) 2 First-Aid Posts at construction sites Rs. 100,000/yr -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Total Rs. 8,00,000/yr

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


WAPCOS Limited 5-4

Infrastructure

Dispensary: Considering the number of rooms, staff quarters and open space etc., it is

estimated that 5000 sq.feet (i.e. 465 sq.meter) of plot will be required for dispensary, out

of which about 4000 sq.feet (375 sq.meter) will be the built-up land which includes staff

quarters, etc. The construction cost for RCC structure will be Rs.1000/sq.m excluding land

cost. The cost of construction of Dispensary will be Rs. 4.0 lakh.

2 First Aid Posts: These are of temporary nature and will be constructed with Pre

Fabricated Porta-Cabins having PUF insulated walls & roofs may be installed at sites to be

used. It will cost @ Rs.100,000/First-Aid Post. The total cost for constructing First-Aid

Posts will be of the order of Rs.2.0 lakh.

The total cost for developing the infrastructure will be Rs.6.0 lakh.

A. Recurring Expenditure

* Expenditure on salaries : Rs. 36,24,000/yr * Expenditure on materials & supplies : Rs. 8,00,000/yr --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sub-Total Rs. 44,24,000/yr

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total expenditure for 3 years (A) : Rs. 146.43 lakh (considering 10% escalation per year period)

B. Non-Recurring Expenditure

* Infrastructure (Construction of : Rs. 6.0 lakh Dispensary & 2 First aid posts)

* Expenditure on materials, supplies and : Rs. 52.0 lakh equipment --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total (B) Rs.58.0 lakh

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total A + B Rs. 204.43 lakh

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CHAPTER-6 MUCK MANAGEMENT PLAN


WAPCOS Limited

6-1

CHAPTER-6

MUCK MANAGEMENT PLAN

6.1 INTRODUCTION

A large quantity of muck is expected to be generated from proposed Chanju-III HEP as a

result of tunneling operations, construction of roads, etc. Muck generated from excavation of

any project component is required to be disposed in a planned manner so that it takes a least

possible space and is not hazardous to the environment. The muck disposal sites cause

increased sedimentation in the rivers (though insignificant compared to natural

sedimentation) and totally spoils the visual aesthetics of the area. It is of prime importance

that these sites will have to be rehabilitated as soon as the disposal sites are full.

6.2 MUCK GENERATION

In the proposed project, muck generation is envisaged during excavation of project

components such as Dam, Power house, TRT, Adits, Pressure shaft etc. worked out. The

Component wise muck generation and disposal are given in Table-6.1.

Table-6.1: Component wise Total Muck Generation Project

Component Quantity of muck/

debris generated

Additional quantity of

muck due to 45 % swell

factor

Total quantity of muck/

debris including swell

factor


muck/ debris proposed to be utilized 40 %


muck/ debris proposed to be

dumped 1 2 3 4 = (2+3) 5 6 = (4-5)

Trench Weir, Desilting Arrangement on Chanju Nallah, HRT from Chanju Nallah

18927.00 8517.15 27444.15 10977.66 16466.49

Adit 1, HRT 12719 5723.55 18442.55 7377.02 11065.53 Adit 2, HRT 7779 3500.55 11279.55 4511.82 6767.73 Adit 3, HRT 14161 6372.45 20533.45 8213.38 12320.07 Adit 4, HRT 22321 10044.45 32365.45 12946.18 19419.27 Adit 5, HRT 19231 8653.95 27884.95 11153.98 16730.97 Adit 6, HRT 18947 8526.15 27473.15 10989.26 16483.89 Trench Weir, Desilting Arrangement on Mahed Nallah, HRT from Mahed Nallah

4063 1828.35 5891.35 2356.54 3534.81

Intermediate Adit to Pressure Shaft, Pressure Shaft.

1601 720.45 2321.45 928.58 1392.87

Pressure Shaft, Power House, Road

18378 8270.10 26648.10 10659.24 15988.86

Total 120170.49 Source: HPPCL


WAPCOS Limited

6-2

It is clear from Table-6.1, that total `1.20 lakh m3 of muck needs to be disposed. Most of

the area, identified for dumping is planned on the banks of nearest drainage and away

from river HFL. The identified areas are mostly gradually sloping near river bank. The

drainage side bank of the area will be properly protected and stabilized with Gabions/

Retaining Walls of suitable designed sections. The details of muck disposal areas and

capacities are given in Table-6.2.

Table-6.2: Muck Disposal Sites and Capacities S.No. Muck dumping site Capacity (m3) 1 Dumping Site I 17789.00 2 Dumping Site II 13975 3 Dumping Site III 6944 4 Dumping Site IV 12719 5 Dumping Site V 20515 6 Dumping Site VI 18798 7 Dumping Site VII 16936 8 Dumping Site VIII 4930 9 Dumping Site IX 2096 10 Dumping Site X 17100 Total 131802

Source: HPPCL The capacity of various muck disposal sites is 1.32 lakh m3, hence capacity of the dumping

area is sufficient to accommodate the muck generated from the project.

Muck, if not securely transported and dumped at pre-designated sites, can have serious

environmental impacts, such as:

Muck, if not disposed properly, can be washed away into the main river which

can cause negative impacts on the aquatic ecosystem of the river.

Muck disposal can lead to impacts on various aspects of environment.

Normally, the land is cleared before muck disposal. During clearing operations,

trees are cut, and undergrowth perishes as a result of muck disposal.

In many of the sites, muck is stacked without adequate stabilisation measures.

In such a scenario, the muck moves along with runoff and creates landslide like

situations. Many a times, boulders/large stone pieces enter the river/water

body, affecting the benthic fauna, fisheries and other components of aquatic

biota.

Normally muck disposal is done at low lying areas, which get filled up due to

stacking of muck. This can sometimes affect the natural drainage pattern of the

area leading to accumulation of water or partial flooding of some area.

The dumping of muck will be done in the scientific manner by providing appropriate

protection walls with deep foundations so that muck will not flow and washed away in the

river. Masonry work, crate work and check dam will also be provided wherever necessary


WAPCOS Limited

6-3

in order to avoid the chances of soil erosion and to ensure flow of silt, free water. Besides

these engineering measures, proper plantation will be done at the dumping sites for

reclamation of the dumping areas.

Muck generally lacks nutrients and therefore, are difficult to re-vegetate. However, if no

attempts to vegetate the slopes are made, the muck could slide lower down during rain

and may eventually wash off the check dams also. Since, top soils are not available in

large quantities in Himalayas; it may not be possible to apply a thin layer of soil over the

muck.

The unused excavated material shall be piled and stacked with proper slopes at the

designated muck disposal sites. The slopes are broken up by creating benches across them.

This is done to provide stability to the slopes and also to provide ample space for planting

of trees that would further help in holding and consolidating biotechnological approach.

Some of the muck dumping sites shall be used for temporary infrastructure works during

construction phase. On completion of construction activities, the same shall be used for

Greenbelt Development. The cross-section of muck disposal sites is given in Figures-6.1 to

6.10.

The afforestation with suitable plant species shall be done. The species to be planted shall

be decided by the forest Department, state government of Himachal Pradesh.

6.3 BUDGET

The total expenditure required for stabilization of muck disposal sites has been estimated

to be of the order of Rs. 248.0 lakh. The details are given in Table-6.3.

Table-6.3: Break-up of cost for stabilization of muck disposal sites S. No. Item (Rs. lakh)

1 Construction of muck retaining structure along river banks @ Rs. 20 lakh per muck disposal site for ten muck disposal sites

200.0

2 Preparation of muck disposal site@ Rs. 10.0 lakh/ha for 3 ha

30.0

3 Provision of 15 cm soil layer over an area of 3 ha @ Rs. 5.0 lakh/ha

15.0

4 Development of vegetation over an area of 3 ha@ Rs. 1.0 lakh/ha

3.0

Total 248.0

HPP

CL

E

MP

Repo

rt f

or C

hanj

u-I

II H

EP,

Cham

ba,

HP

WA

PCO

S Li

mit

ed

6-4

HPP

CL

E

MP

Repo

rt f

or C

hanj

u-I

II H

EP,

Cham

ba,

HP

WA

PCO

S Li

mit

ed

6-5

HPP

CL

E

MP

Repo

rt f

or C

hanj

u-I

II H

EP,

Cham

ba,

HP

WA

PCO

S Li

mit

ed

6-6

HPP

CL

E

MP

Repo

rt f

or C

hanj

u-I

II H

EP,

Cham

ba,

HP

WA

PCO

S Li

mit

ed

6-7

HPP

CL

E

MP

Repo

rt f

or C

hanj

u-I

II H

EP,

Cham

ba,

HP

WA

PCO

S Li

mit

ed

6-8

HPP

CL

E

MP

Repo

rt f

or C

hanj

u-I

II H

EP,

Cham

ba,

HP

WA

PCO

S Li

mit

ed

6-9

HPP

CL

E

MP

Repo

rt f

or C

hanj

u-I

II H

EP,

Cham

ba,

HP

WA

PCO

S Li

mit

ed

6-10

HPP

CL

E

MP

Repo

rt f

or C

hanj

u-I

II H

EP,

Cham

ba,

HP

WA

PCO

S Li

mit

ed

6-11

HPP

CL

E

MP

Repo

rt f

or C

hanj

u-I

II H

EP,

Cham

ba,

HP

WA

PCO

S Li

mit

ed

6-12

CHAPTER-7 RESTORATION AND LANDSCAPING OF

CONSTRUCTION SITES


WAPCOS limited 7-1

CHAPTER-7

RESTORATION AND LANDSCAPING OF CONSTRUCTION SITES

7.1 INTRODUCTION

The landscape and restoration plan targets towards overall improvement in the condition

of the area. The landscape plan provides benefits to improve beautification and its utility.

All the activities are aimed at restoring the areas where scars would be formed. The

restoration would prevent soil erosion enhance forest cover and stabilize degraded areas.

7.2 QUARRYING OPERATIONS


For the construction purpose river bed materials shall be utilized. During the construction

phase a large quantity of construction material like stones, pebbles, gravel and sand would

be needed. Significant amount of material is available in the river bed. It is proposed to

extract construction material from borrow areas in the river bed. The extraction of

construction material may affects the river water quality due to increase in the turbidity

levels. This is mainly because the dredged material gets released during one or all the

operations mentioned below:

excavation of material from the river bed. loss of material during transport to the surface. overflow from the dredger while loading loss of material from the dredger during transportation.

The cumulative impact of all the above operations is increase in turbidity levels. Good

dredging practices can however, minimize turbidity. It has also been observed that slope

collapse is the major factor responsible for increase in the turbidity levels. If the depth of cut

is too high, there is possibility of slope collapse, which releases a sediment cloud. This will

further move outside the suction radius of dredged head. In order to avoid this typical

situation, the depth of cut be restricted to:

H/C < 5.5

where, - unit weight of the soil

H - depth of soil C - Cohesive strength of soil


WAPCOS limited 7-2

7.3 RESTORATION OF QUARRY SITES

Measures to be adopted before quarrying

The top 6- removed before starting the quarrying activity or any other

surface disturbance. This top soil will be kept separate and stock piled so that it can be

reused after quarrying is over for rehabilitation of sites.

Measures to be adopted after quarrying

- Diversion of run off

Effective drainage system will be provided to avoid the infiltration of run-off and surface

waters into the ground of quarry sites.

- Filling of depressions

Removal of rocks from quarry sites for different construction works will result in the

formation of depression and/or craters. These will be filled by the dumping materials

consisting of boulders, rock, gravel and soil from nearby plant/working sites.

- Construction of retaining walls

Retaining walls will be constructed at the filled up depressions of quarry sites to provide

necessary support particularly where there are moderately steep slopes.

- Rocks for landscaping

After the quarrying activities are over, these sites will be splattered with the leftovers of

rocks and boulders. These boulders and rocks can support the growth of mosses and

lichens, which will act as ecological pioneers and initiate the process of succession and

colonization. The boulders of moderate size will be used to line the boundary of a path.

- Laying of the top soil

The depressions/craters filled up with rock aggregates will be covered with top soil.

Fungal spores naturally present in top soil will aid plant growth and natural plant

succession. The top soil will be further enriched by organic manure and Vesicular-

arbuscular mycorrhizal (VAM) fungi. This will help in the process of soil reclamation and

the early establishment of juvenile seedlings.

- Revegetation

Biological and Bio-

Evaluation of rock material for their physical and chemical properties to assess the

nutrient status to support vegetation.

Formulation of appropriate blends of organic waste and soil to enhance the

nutrient status of rhizosphere.


WAPCOS limited 7-3

Isolation and screening of specialized strains of mycorrhizal fungi, rhizobium,

azotobacter and phosphate solubilizers (bio-fertilizers inoculums) suitable for the

mined out sites.

Mass culture of plant specific biofertilizer and mycorrhizal fungi to be procured

from different institutions/organisations which are engaged in the phyto-

remediation activity of degraded areas.

Plantation at quarry sites/areas using identified blend and biofertilizer inoculum.

The estimated cost for the restoration works and landscape designing would be Rs. 96.00

lacs and details of the same are given in Table-7.1.

Table-7.1: Cost estimates for landscaping and restoration works

S. No. Item of Work Cost (Rs.lakh)

A Pre-construction measures Removal of top soil, transportation and stock piling 15.00

B Post-construction restoration measures I Diversion channels 7.00

Ii Retaining walls 10.00 Iii Filling of the craters 2.50 Iv Preparation of mounds 2.50

C. Reclamation and Phytoremediation i) Field works: - Collection of microflora from the field 9.00 - Nursery development 5.00 - Plantation and maintenance of successfully colonized

seedlings 5.00

ii) Laboratory Works: 40.00

Selection, culturing and maintenance of strains, Preparation of mother cultures, and Confirmation of successful colonization

Total (A+B+C) 96.00 7.4 LANDSCAPING AND RESTORATION PLAN

Area for landscaping

The working area of weir site, power house complex colony area have been selected for

beautification of the project area after construction is over. The beautification would be

carried out by developing flowering beds for plantation ornamental plant and flower

garden.

There would be sufficient open space in power house complex and colony area. Forested

area in the power house complex would provide aesthetic view and add to natural scenic

beauty. The beautification in the colony area would be carried out by development of


WAPCOS limited 7-4

flowering beds for plantation of ornamental plant, creepers, flower garden and a small

park, construction of benches for sitting, resting sheds, walk way and fountain.

A provision of Rs. 20.0 lakh has been earmarked for landscaping and beautification of the

area.

7.5 BUDGET

A total provision of Rs.116.0 lakh has been earmarked for restoration of quarries,

reclamation of construction sites landscaping and beautification. The details are given in

Table-7.2.

Table-7.2: Cost estimate for restoration and reclamation of construction sites and quarries S. No. Fuel Cost (Rs. lakh) 1. Restoration of quarries 96.0 2. Reclamation of construction sites 20.0 Total 116.0

CHAPTER-8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT IN ROAD

CONSTRUCTION


WAPCOS Limited 8-1

CHAPTER-8

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT IN ROAD CONSTRUCTION

8.1 INTRODUCTION

ACCESS ROADS

The project area is approachable by Chamba-Tissa state highway up to Nakror and from

there by Nakror-Bagaugarh-Dantoi all-weather metalled road up to Bagaugarh and from

Baghougarh up to Dantoi village through Kutcha road. A link road has to be constructed

from Dantoi village to trench weir site and from Bagaugarh-Dantoi road from near Jakhla

village to Power house site.

PROJECT ROADS

The nearest road head available is at Dantoi village on the right bank of Chanju Nallah and

about 3.9 km road length is proposed to be constructed for the accessibility of sites. Since

the project area upstream is dense forest land and the project components are small it is

proposed to construct ropeways to various project components sites to transport the

construction material. It is proposed to construct ropeways to forebay site, adit site and

intake site for the transport of material and machinery during construction.

8.2 IMPACTS DUE TO CONSTRUCTION OF ROADS

The construction of roads can lead to the following impacts:

The topography of the project area has steep slope, which descends rapidly into

narrow valleys. The conditions can give rise to erosion hazards due to net downhill

movement of soil aggregates.

Removal of trees on slopes and re-working of the slopes in the immediate vicinity

of roads can encourage landslides, erosion gullies, etc. With the removal of vegetal

cover, erosive action of water gets pronounced and accelerates the process of soil

erosion and formation of deep gullies. Consequently, the hill faces are bared of soil

vegetative cover and enormous quantities of soil and rock can move down the

rivers, and in some cases, the road itself may get washed out.

Construction of new roads increases the accessibility of a hitherto undisturbed

areas resulting in greater human interferences and subsequent adverse impacts on

the ecosystem.

Increased air pollution during construction phase.

8.3 MANAGEMENT MEASURES

The approach roads will have to be constructed as a part of the access to the construction

site. In a hilly environment, construction of roads sometime disturbs the scenic beauty of

the area. In addition, landslides are often triggered due to road construction because of

the loosening of rocks by water trickling from various streams.


WAPCOS Limited 8-2

Steeply sloping banks are liable to landslides, which can largely be controlled by provision

of suitable drainage. The basic principle is to intercept and divert as much water as

possible, before it arrives at a point, where it becomes a nuisance. The other erosion

hazard is that of surface erosion of the bank, which is best controlled by vegetation.

However, in a steeply sloping terrain, difficulty lies in growing vegetation on steeply

sloping banks. Engineering solutions such as surface drainage, sub-surface drainage, toe

protection and rock bolting can be used. Landslides can be stabilized by several methods-

engineering or bioengineering measures alone or a combination of these. The cost

required for implementation of various measures has already been incorporated in the

overall budget earmarked for construction of roads.

In hilly terrain, road construction often generates significant quantity of wastes (muck)

due to the stripping of the rocks to make way for the roads. The stripped muck is

generally cleared by dumping the material along the slopes. These dumped material

finally flow down to the valleys and ultimately finds its way to the river. However, it is

recommended to adopt a more systematic approach. The stripped material should be

collected and dumped in the designated muck disposal area, which will have check dams

to prevent the muck to flow down into the river. After disposal operation is complete at

the dump site, the dump yard should be contoured and vegetated.

The various aspects to be considered while making the project roads are briefly described

in the following paragraphs.

Construction

Area for clearing and grubbing shall be kept minimum subject to the technical

requirements of the road. The clearing area shall be properly demarcated to save

desirable trees and shrubs and to keep tree cutting to the minimum.

Where erosion is likely to be a problem, clearing and grubbing operations shall be so

scheduled and performed that grading operations and permanent erosion control of

features can follow immediately thereafter, if the project conditions permit;

otherwise temporary erosion control measures shall be provided between successive

construction stages. Under no circumstances, however, should very large surface area

of erodible earth material be exposed at any one time by clearing and grubbing.

The method of balanced cut and fill formation shall be adopted to avoid large

difference in cut and fill quantities.

The cut slopes shall be suitably protected by breast walls, provision of flat stable

slopes, construction of catch water and intercepting drains, treatment of slopes and

unstable areas above and underneath the road, etc.


WAPCOS Limited 8-3

Where rock blasting is involved, controlled blasting techniques shall be adopted to

avoid over-shattering of hill faces.

Excavated material should not be thrown haphazardly but dumped duly dressed up in a

suitable form at appropriate places where it cannot get easily washed away by rain,

and such spoil deposits may be duly trapped or provided with some vegetative cover.

Drainage

Drainage of the water from hill slopes and road surface is very important. All artificial

drains shall be linked with the existing natural drainage system.

Surface drains shall have gentle slopes. Where falls in levels are to be negotiated,

check dams with silting basins shall be constructed and that soil is not eroded and

carried away by high velocity flows.

Location and alignment of culverts should also be so chosen as to avoid severe erosion

at outlets and siltation at inlets.

Grassing and Planting

Tree felling for road construction/works should be kept bare minimum and strict

control must be exercised in consultation with the Forest Department. Equivalent

amount of new trees should be planted as integral part of the project within the

available land and if necessary, separate additional land may be acquired for this

purpose.

Depending on the availability of land and other resources, afforestation of roadside

land should be carried out to a sufficient distance on either side of the road.

The existing and proposed access road for the project site is given in Figure-8.1. 8.4 BUDGET

An amount of Rs. 37.0 lakh has been earmarked for implementation of measures to

mitigate adverse impacts due to construction of roads. The details are given in Table-8.1.

Table-8.1: Details of expenditure for implementation of measures for management of Impacts due to construction of roads S. No. Item Cost

(Rs. lakh) 1. Clearing of land 7.00 2. Provision of breast walls, construction of catch water and

interceptor drains 12.0

3. Provision of drainage system along roads 12.0 4. Roadside plantation, Jute matting etc. 6.0 Total 37.00

HPP

CL

E

MP

Repo

rt f

or C

hanj

u-III

HEP

, Ch

amba

, H

P

WA

PCO

S Li

mit

ed

8-

4

CHAPTER-9 CONTROL OF AIR AND NOISE POLLUTION


WAPCOS Limited 9-1

CHAPTER-9

CONTROL OF AIR AND NOISE POLLUTION

9.1 IMPACTS ON AIR QUALITY

In a water resources project, air pollution occurs mainly during project construction phase.

The major sources of air pollution during construction phase are:

Fuel combustion in various construction equipment, e.g. crushers, drillers, rock bolters, diesel generating vehicles, etc.

Fugitive emissions from crusher Impacts due to vehicular movement

a) Pollution due to fuel combustion in various equipment

The operation of various construction equipment requires of combustion of fuel. Normally,

diesel is used in such equipment. The major pollutant, which gets emitted as a result of

diesel combustion is SO2. The SPM emissions are minimal due to low ash content. Based on

past experience in similar projects, SPM and SO2 are not expected to increase significantly.

Thus, in the proposed project, no significant impact on ambient air quality is expected as a

result of operation of various construction equipment.

b) Emissions from crusher

The operation of the crusher during the construction phase is likely to generate fugitive

emissions, which can move even up to 1 km in predominant wind direction. During

construction phase, During construction phase, one crusher at Weir Site of Deothal HEP and

one crusher at confluence of Tanger and Deothal Nallah is likely to be commissioned. During

crushing operations, fugitive emissions comprising of the suspended particulate will be

generated. There could be marginal impacts to settlements close to the sites at which

crusher is commissioned. However, based on past experience, adverse impacts on this

account are not anticipated. However, during finalizing the project layout, it should be

ensured that the labour camps, colonies, etc. are located on the leeward side and outside

the impact zone (about 1.5 to 2 km) of the crushers.

c) Impacts due to vehicular movement

During construction phase, there will be increased vehicular movement for transportation

of various construction materials to the project site. Large quantity of dust is likely to be

entrained due to the movement of trucks and other heavy vehicles. However, such ground

level emissions do not travel for long distances. Thus, no major adverse impacts are

anticipated on this account.

9.2 MITIGATION MEASURES

a) Control of Emissions

Minor air quality impacts will be caused by emissions from construction vehicles,

equipment and DG sets and emissions from transportation traffic. Frequent truck trips will


WAPCOS Limited 9-2

be required during the construction period for removal of excavated material and delivery

of select concrete and other equipment and materials. The following measures are

recommended to control air pollution:

Contractor will be responsible for maintaining properly functioning construction

equipment to minimize exhaust.

Construction equipment and vehicles will be turned off when not used for extended

periods of time.

Unnecessary idling of construction vehicles to be prohibited.

Effective traffic management to be undertaken to avoid significant delays in and

around the project area.

Road damage caused by sub-project activities will be promptly attended to with

proper road repair and maintenance work.

b) Air Pollution control due to DG sets

The Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) has issued emission limits for generators upto

800 KW. The same are outlined in Table-9.1, and are recommended to be followed.

Table-9.1: Emission limits for DG sets prescribed by CPCB Parameter Emission limits (gm/kwhr) NOx 9.2 HC 1.3 CO 2.5 PM 0.3 Smoke limit* 0.7 Note : * Light absorption coefficient at full load (m-1)

The above standards needs to followed by the contractor operating the DG sets. The other

measures are recommended as below:

Location of DG sets and other emission generating equipment should be decided

keeping in view the predominant wind direction so that emissions do not effect

nearby residential areas.

Stack height of DG sets to be kept in accordance with CPCB norms, which prescribes

the minimum height of stack to be provided with each generator set to be calculated

using the following formula:

H = Total height of stack in metre

h = Height of the building in metres where the generator set is installed

KVA = Total generator capacity of the set in KVA


WAPCOS Limited 9-3

c) Dust Control

Dust Control

The project authorities will work closely with representatives from the community living in

the vicinity of project area to identify areas of concern and to mitigate dust-related

impacts effectively (e.g., through direct meetings, utilization of construction management

and inspection program, and/or through the complaint response program). To minimize

issues related to the generation of dust during the construction phase of the project, the

following measures have been identified:

Identification of construction limits (minimal area required for construction

activities).

When practical, excavated spoils will be removed as the contractor proceeds along

the length of the activity.

When necessary, stockpiling of excavated material will be covered or staged offsite

location with muck being delivered as needed during the course of construction.

Excessive soil on paved areas will be sprayed (wet) and/or swept and unpaved

areas will be sprayed and/or mulched. The use of petroleum products or similar

products for such activities will be strictly prohibited.

Contractors will be required to cover stockpiled soils and trucks hauling soil, sand,

and other loose materials (or require trucks to maintain at least two feet of

freeboard).

Contractor shall ensure that there is effective traffic management at site. The

number of trucks/vehicles to move at various construction sites to be fixed. One

person will be earmarked for this purpose.

Dust sweeping - The construction area and vicinity (access roads, and working

areas) shall be swept with water sweepers on a daily basis or as necessary to

ensure there is no visible dust. Three sweepers will be earmarked for this purpose

d) Pollution due to Fuel Combustion in DG sets

Major fuel consumption is diesel for DG sets which meet power requirement during

construction phase. As this power requirement will be executed through a number

of DG sets installed at different construction sites, colonies and workshops.

Operation of DG sets and other construction equipments requires combustion of

diesel. The major pollutant which gets emitted as a result of combustion of diesel

is SO2. The SPM emissions are generally not significant; however, amount depends

upon quality of fuel used.

To reduce the impact of air emissions from DG sets, it is important to have

adequate stack height of these DG sets to provide for plume dispersion and reduce


WAPCOS Limited 9-4

the impact on receptors. Minimum stack height will be worked out based on

capacity of DG sets as per the following formula:

H = h+0.2

Where, H = Total height of stack in meter h = Height of the building in meter where the generator set is installed KVA = Total generator capacity of the set in KVA

These stacks form part of the DG assembly including the acoustic housing to control

sound levels, hence their cost is not included in the EMP cost.

9.3 BUDGET FOR CONTROL OF AIR POLLUTION

An amount of Rs. 47.88 lakh is earmarked for air pollution control. The details are given in

Table-9.2.

Table-9.2: Cost estimate for implementation of air pollution control measures S. No. Activity Cost (Rs. lakh)

1 Repair of roads during construction phase 30.00 2 Hiring of 1 water tanker @ Rs. 15,000 per month for 3

years including 10% escalation per year 5.96

3 3 sweepers @ Rs.10,000 per month for 3 years including 10% escalation per year

11.92

Total 47.88

9.4 MEASURES FOR NOISE CONTROL

In a water resource projects, the impacts on ambient noise levels are expected only during

the project construction phase, due to earth moving machinery, etc. Likewise, noise due to

quarrying, blasting, vehicular movement will have some adverse impacts on the ambient

noise levels in the area.

a) Control of noise from construction equipment

The contractors will be required to maintain properly functioning equipment and comply with

occupational safety and health standards. The construction equipment will be required to

use available noise suppression devices and properly maintained mufflers.

vehicles to be equipped with mufflers recommended by the vehicle

manufacturer.

staging of construction equipment and unnecessary idling of equipment within

noise sensitive areas to be avoided whenever possible.

notification will be given to residents within 100 m of major noise generating

activities. The notification will describe the noise abatement measures that

will be implemented.

monitoring of noise levels will be conducted during the construction phase of

the project. In case of exceeding of pre-determined acceptable noise levels by


WAPCOS Limited 9-5

the machinery will require the contractor(s) to stop work and remedy the

situation prior to continuing construction.

b) Control of noise from DG sets

The following Noise Standards for DG sets are recommended for the running of DG sets during

the construction:

The maximum permissible sound pressure level for new diesel generator sets with

rated capacity upto 1000 KVA shall be 75 dB(A) at 1 m from the enclosure surface.

Noise from the DG set should be controlled by providing an acoustic enclosure or by

treating the enclosure acoustically.

The Acoustic Enclosure should be made of CRCA sheets of appropriate thickness

and structural/ sheet metal base. The walls of the enclosure should be insulated

with fire retardant foam so as to comply with the 75 dBA at 1m sound levels

specified by CPCB, Ministry of Environment & Forests.

The acoustic enclosure/acoustic treatment of the room should be designed for

minimum 25 dB(A) Insertion Loss or for meeting the ambient noise standards,

whichever is on the higher side.

The DG set should also be provided with proper exhaust muffler.

Proper efforts to be made to bring down the noise levels due to the DG set, outside

its premises, within the ambient noise requirements by proper siting and control

measures.

A proper routine and preventive maintenance procedure for the DG set should be

set and followed in consultation with the DG set manufacturer which would help

prevent noise levels of the DG set from deteriorating with use.

c) Control of Noise from crusher

Based on literature review, noise generated by a crusher is in the range of 79-80 dB(A) at a

distance of 250 ft or about 75 m from the crusher. Thus, noise level at a distance of 2 m

from the crusher shall be of the order of 110 dB(A). The exposure to labour operating in

such high noise areas shall be restricted upto 30 minutes on a daily basis. Alternatively,

the workers need to be provided with ear muffs or plugs, so as to attenuate the noise level

near the crusher by atleast 15 dB(A). The exposure to noise level in such a scenario to be

limited upto 4 hours per day.

It is known that continuous exposure to noise levels above 90 dB(A) affects the hearing of

the workers/operators and hence has to be avoided. Other physiological and

psychological effects have also been reported in literature, but the effect on hearing

acuity has been specially stressed. To prevent these effects, it has been recommended by


WAPCOS Limited 9-6

international specialist organizations that the exposure period of affected persons be

limited as specified in Table-9.3.

Table-9.3: Maximum Exposure Periods specified by OSHA Maximum equivalent continuous noise level dB(A)

Unprotected exposure period per day for 8 hrs/day and 5 days/week

90 8 95 4 100 2 105 1 110 ½ 115 ¼

120 No exposure permitted at or above this level

9.5 IMPLEMENTING AGENCY

The above referred management measures shall be implemented by the Contractor

involved in construction phase. The same shall be monitored on a regular basis by the

project proponents.

CHAPTER-10 CATCHMENT AREA TREATMENT PLAN


WAPCOS Limited 10-1

CHAPTER -10

CATCHMENT AREA TREATMENT PLAN

10.1 NEED FOR CATCHMENT AREA TREATMENT

It is a well-established fact that reservoirs formed by dams on rivers are subjected to

sedimentation. The process of sedimentation embodies the sequential processes of

erosion, entrainment, transportation, deposition and compaction of sediment. The study

of erosion and sediment yield from catchments is of utmost importance as the deposition

of sediment in reservoir reduces its capacity, and thus affecting the water availability for

the designated use. The eroded sediment from catchment when deposited on streambeds

and banks causes braiding of river reach. The removal of top fertile soil from catchment

adversely affects the agricultural production. Thus, a well-designed Catchment Area

Treatment (CAT) Plan is essential to ameliorate the above-mentioned adverse process of

soil erosion.

Soil erosion may be defined as the detachment and transportation of soil. Water is the

major agent responsible for this erosion. In many locations, winds, glaciers, etc. also

cause soil erosion. In a hilly catchment area, as in the present case, erosion due to water

is a common phenomenon and the same has been studied as a part of the CAT Plan. Soil

erosion leads to: Loss in production potential Reduction in infiltration rates Reduction in water-holding capacity Loss of nutrients Increase in tillage operation costs Reduction in water supply

The CAT plan highlights the management techniques to control erosion in the catchment

area of a water resource project. The life span of a reservoir is greatly reduced due to

erosion in the catchment area. Adequate preventive measures are thus needed for the

treatment of catchment for its stabilization against future erosion. The intermediate

catchment at Chanju Nallah is 54.91 sq. km and catchment area at Mahed Nallah is 30.50

sq km. The total Area considered for Catchment Area treatment is 85.41 sq. km. The sub-

watersheds in the catchment area considered for the present study are given in Figure-

10.1

The catchment area treatment involves:

Understanding of the erosion characteristics of the terrain and, Suggesting remedial measures to reduce the erosion rate.


WAPCOS Limited 10-2

Figure-10.1: Drainage map for catchment area of Chanju-III HEP

In the present study ` (SYI), method has been used. In this method, the

terrain is subdivided into various watersheds and the erodibility is determined on relative

basis. SYI provides a comparative erodibility criteria of catchment (low, moderate, high,

etc.) and do not provide the absolute silt yield. SYI method is widely used mainly because

of the fact that it is easy to use and has lesser data requirement. Moreover, it can be

applied to larger areas like sub-watersheds, etc.

10.2 APPROACH FOR THE STUDY

A detailed database on natural resources, terrain conditions, soil type of the catchment

area, socio-economic status, etc. is a pre-requisite to prepare treatment plan keeping in

view the concept of sustainable development. Various thematic maps have been used in

preparation of the CAT plan. Geographic Information System (GIS) is a computerized

resource data base system, which is referenced to some geographic coordinate system. In

the present study, real coordinate system has been used. The GIS is a tool to store,

analyze and display various spatial data. In addition, GIS, because of its special hardware

and software characteristics, has a capacity to perform numerous functions and operations

on the various spatial data layers residing in the database. GIS provides the capability to

analyze large amounts of data in relation to a set of established criteria. In order to

ensure that latest and accurate data is used for the analysis, satellite data has been used

for deriving land use data. Ground truth studies, too, have been conducted.

The various steps, covered in the study, are as follows: Definition of the problem Data acquisition and preparation Output presentation


WAPCOS Limited 10-3

The above mentioned steps are briefly described in the following paragraphs:

10.2.1 Definition of the Problem

The requirements of the study were defined and the expected outputs were finalized. The

various data layers of the catchment area to be used for the study are as follows: Slope Map Soil Map Land use Classification Map Current Management Practices Catchment Area Map.

10.2.2 Data Acquisition and Preparation The data available from various sources has been collected. The ground maps, contour

information, etc. were scanned, digitized and registered as per the requirement. Data was

prepared depending on the level of accuracy required and any corrections required were

made. All the layers were geo-referenced and brought to a common scale (real co-

ordinates), so that overlay could be performed. A computer program using standard

modeling techniques was used to estimate the soil loss. The formats of outputs from each

layer were firmed up to match the formats of inputs in the program. The grid size to be

used was also decided to match the level of accuracy required, the data availability and

the software and time limitations. Ground truthing and data collection was also included

in the procedure.

For the present study, IRS P6-LISS IVFMX, Path 094, Row 048, Sub Scene A dated

03.01.2014 digital satellite data was used for interpretation & classification. The data has

been procured in raw digital format and has been geo-referenced using Survey of India

topographical sheets with the help of standard data preparation techniques in standard

image processing software. The interpretation of geo-referenced satellite data has been

done using standard enhancement techniques, ground checks and experiences of qualified

professionals. A detailed ground truth verification exercise has been undertaken as a part

of field survey to enrich the image interpretation process. The classified land use map of

the free draining catchment area, considered for the study, is enclosed as Figure-10.2.

The land use pattern of the catchment area is summarized in Table-10.1.

Derived contours from topographical maps were used for preparation of Digital Elevation

Model (DEM) of the free draining catchment area and to prepare a slope map. The first

step in generation of slope map is to create surface using the elevation values stored in

the form of contours or points. After marking the catchment area, all the contours on the

topographical maps were derived. The output of the digitisation procedure was the

contours as well as points contours in form of x, y & z points. (x, y - location and z - their

elevation). All this information was in real world co-ordinates (latitude, longitude and

height in meters above sea level).


WAPCOS Limited 10-4

Table 10.1: Land use classification for catchment intercepted at weir Land use/Land cover Area (ha) Area (%)

River/ Water Body 34 0.39 Alpine Scrub 1172 13.72 Snow 3716 43.51 Vegetation 239 2.79 Barren Land 2226 26.06 Settlements 1154 13.51 Terrace Farming 1 0.01

Total 8541 100.00

A Digital Terrain Model (DTM) of the area was then prepared, which was used to derive a

slope map. The slope was divided in classes of slope percentages. The slope map is

enclosed as Figure-10.3.


WAPCOS Limited 10-5

Figure-10.2: Land Use Map for catchment area of Chanju-III HEP


WAPCOS Limited 10-6

Figure-10.3: Slope Map for catchment area of Chanju-III HEP


WAPCOS Limited 10-7

10.3 ESTIMATION OF SOIL LOSS USING SILT YIELD INDEX (SYI) METHOD

In ` , method, the terrain is subdivided into various watersheds and

the erodibility is determined on relative basis. SYI provides a comparative erodibility

criteria of catchment (low, moderate, high, etc.) and do not provide the absolute silt yield.

SYI method is widely used mainly because of the fact that it is easy to use and has lesser

data requirement. Moreover, it can be applied to larger areas like sub-watersheds, etc.

The SYI model, considering sedimentation as product of erosivity, erodibility and arial

extent was conceptualized in the All India Soil and Land Use Survey (AISLUS) as early as

1969 and has been in operational use since then to meet the requirements of prioritization

of smaller hydrologic units within river valley project catchment areas.

The erosivity determinants are the climatic factors and soil and land attributes that have

direct or reciprocal bearing on the unit of the detached soil material. The relationship can

be expressed as:

Soil erosivity = f (Climate, physiography, slope, soil parameters, land use/land cover, soil

management)

Silt Yield Index

SYI is defined as the Yield per unit area and SYI value for hydrologic unit is obtained by

taking the weighted arithmetic mean over the entire area of the hydrologic unit by using

suitable empirical equation.

Prioritization of Watersheds/Sub-watersheds

The prioritization of smaller hydrologic units within the vast catchments is based on the SYI

of the smaller units. The boundary values or range of SYI values for different priority

categories are arrived at by studying the frequency distribution of SYI values and locating

the suitable breaking points. The watersheds/ sub-watersheds are subsequently rated into

various categories corresponding to their respective SYI values.

The application of SYI model for prioritization of sub-watersheds in the catchment areas

involves the evaluation of:

a) Climatic factors comprising total precipitation, its frequency and intensity,

b) Geomorphic factors comprising land forms, physiography, slope and drainage

characteristics,

c) Surface cover factors governing the flow hydraulics and

d) Management factors.

The data on climatic factors can be obtained for different locations in the catchment area

from the meteorological stations whereas the field investigations are required for

estimating the other attributes. The various steps involved in the application of model are:

- Preparation of a framework of sub-watersheds through systematic delineation

- Rapid reconnaissance surveys on 1:50,000 scale leading to the generation of a

map indicating erosion-intensity mapping units.


WAPCOS Limited 10-8

- Assignment of weightage values to various mapping units based on relative silt-

yield potential.

- Computing Silt Yield Index for individual watersheds/sub-watersheds.

- Grading of watersheds/sub-watersheds into very high, high, medium, low and

very low priority categories. The area of each of the mapping units is computed and silt yield indices of individual sub-

watersheds are calculated using the following equations:

a. Silt Yield Index

To calculate SYI, the methodology developed by All India Soil & Land Use Survey

(Department of Agriculture, Govt. of India) has been followed, where each erosion intensity

unit is assigned a weightage value. When considered collectively, the weightage value

represents approximately the relative comparative erosion intensity. A basic factor of K =

10 was used in determining the weightage values. The value of 10 indicates a static

condition of equilibrium between erosion and deposition. Any addition to the factor K

(10+X) is suggestive of erosion in ascending order whereas subtraction, i.e. (10-X) is

indicative of deposition possibilities.

Delivery ratios were adjusted for each of the erosion intensity unit. The delivery ratio

suggests the percentage of eroded material that finally finds entry into reservoir or river/

stream. Area of each composite unit in each sub-watershed was then estimated.

SYI was calculated using following empirical formula: SYI = (Ai * Wi ) * Di * 100 ; where i = 1 to n

Aw

where Ai = Area of ith unit (EIMU) Wi = Weightage value of ith mapping unit n = No. of mapping units Aw = Total area of sub-watershed. Di = Delivery ratio

Delivery ratios are assigned to all erosion intensity units depending upon their distance

from the nearest stream. The criteria adopted for assigning the delivery ratio are as

follows:

Nearest Stream Delivery Ratio 0 - 0.9 km 1.00 1.0 - 2.0 km 0.95 2.1 - 5.0 km 0.90 5.1 - 15.0 km 0.80 15.1 - 30.0 km 0.70

The SYI values for classification of various categories of erosion intensity rates are given in

Table 10.2.


WAPCOS Limited 10-9

Table 10.2: Criteria for erosion intensity rate Priority categories SYI Values Very high > 1300 High 1200-1299 Medium 1100-1199 Low 1000-1099 Very Low <1000

The erosion category of various watersheds in the catchment area as per a SYI index has

been estimated. The objective of the SYI method is to prioritize sub-watershed in a

catchment area for treatment. The area under very high and high erosion categories is to

be treated at the project proponent cost. Hence, CAT plan shall be suggested for very

high and high erosion categories, as a part of the EIA study, the expenses of which have to

be borne by project proponents.

10.4 WATERSHED MANAGEMENT AVAILABLE TECHNIQUES

Watershed management is the optimal use of soil and water resources within a given

geographical area so as to enable sustainable production. It implies changes in land use,

vegetative cover, and other structural and non-structural action that are taken in a

watershed to achieve specific watershed management objectives. The overall objectives of

watershed management programme are to:

- Increase infiltration into soil; - Control excessive runoff; - Manage & utilize runoff for useful purpose.

Following Engineering and Biological measures shall be suggested for the catchment area

treatment depending upon the requirement and suitability:

a. Afforestation Enrichment/Gap Plantation Pasture management Social Forestry River Plantation Development of nurseries

b. Soil & Water Conservation Check Dam Contour Bunding Landslide Control Measures Silt monitoring stations Drainage line treatment

c. PES & Eco-tourism Voluntary rotational closure of pastures Eco-tourism center activities


WAPCOS Limited 10-10

d. Research Training and Capacity Building Training and Capacity Building of Staff and communities Site Specific research

e. Infrastructure Development Logistic Support to Staff Operational Support to Staff Maintenance of Departmental Buildings and inspection paths

f. Forest Protection Forest fire protection Construction and repairs of Boundary policies Promotion of Non-Conventional energy devices

g. Wildlife Management Plan

Support to monkey sterilization programme Human Animal conflict Habitat improvement

10.5 CATCHMENT AREA TREATMENT (CAT) PLAN

In the present report, CAT Plan as per the slope, land use pattern, soil characteristics has

been suggested based on the prioritization of sub watersheds using SYI method. The CAT

plan has been suggested for Sub-watersheds with high and medium erosion categories as

the cost for treatment for such watersheds is to be borne by the project proponents. The

objective of the SYI method is to prioritize sub-watershed in a catchment area for

treatment. The erosion category of various watersheds in the catchment area as per a SYI

index is given in Table-10.3. The details are shown in Figure-10.4. The area under

different erosion categories is given in Table-10.4.

Table-10.3: Erosion intensity categorization as per SYI classification Watershed number Area (ha) SYI values Category W1 770 1214 High W2 842 1234 High W3 842 1062 Low W4 1368 1024 Low W5 906 1164 Medium W6 659 1132 Medium W7 718 1042 Low W8 838 1184 Medium W9 565 1222 High W10 1033 1242 High Total 8541

Table-10.4: Area under different erosion categories Category Area (ha) Area (Percentage) Low 2928 34.28 Medium 2403 28.13 High 3210 37.58 Total 8541 100



Figure-10.4: Prioritisation Map for catchment area of Chanju-III HEP

The area under high erosion category has to be treated by the project proponents, which

accounts for about 37.58% of the total free draining catchment area. Sub-watershed wise

proposed treatment measures in these sub watersheds superimposed over SOI toposheets

are given in Table and have been shown in Figure-10.5. It is proposed that treatment

measures shall be implemented by the Forest Department; Govt. of Himachal Pradesh as

per the notification no. FFE-B-F-(2)-72/2004-Pt-II dated August 03, 2009 & its amendment.

CAT plan will be implemented within five years.



Figure-10.5: Catchment Area Treatment measures for Chanju-III HEP

10.5.1 Afforestation

Enrichment plantation

For this activity those areas are proposed to be taken up which have isolated natural tree

growth having a density of less than 0.3 or so. In such areas 800 plants/ha of suitable site

specific species are to be planted and the area is to be fences with vegetative fencing to

ensure better protection.

Pasture Development

The main objective of this activity/ treatment is to increase the production of grass and

fodder for the animal population of the local communities in the rural areas. Under this

intervention almost blank areas or areas with scarce vegetation are to be taken up wherein

1100 quality plants of suitable broadleaved species yielding fodder and fuel will be

planted. Such areas will be fenced with barbed wire using RCC fence posts to ensure

proper protection. Besides planting fodder trees, the areas are to be weeded out and

suitable grass seeds to be broadcasted to increase the grass production.

An amount of Rs. 243.0 lakh has been earmarked for various afforestation measures. The




Table-10.5: Cost estimate for implementation of Afforestation measures as a part of CAT Plan S. No.

Item Unit Rate (Rs.)

Unit Target

Physical Financial (Rs. lakh)

1. Enrichment/Gap Plantation 66,000/ha ha 60 39.6

2. Pasture development 33,000/ha ha 100 33.0 3. Nursery development 11,00,000/no. no. 6 66.0 4. Vegetative fencing 70,000/km km 20 14.0

5. Watch and ward for 5 years @ 7/persons

12,000/man-month

Man-months 420 50.4

6. Social Forestry Lumpsum 40.0

Total 243.0

10.5.2 Soil & Water Conservation Works

Dry Stone Check Dams (DSCD):

Such structures are proposed to be provided in the nallas / slips and eroding forest areas

where loose stones are available and where they are likely to sustain and reduce / arrest

soil erosion. To make these structures more effective they can be reinforced with

vegetative material. It is to be ensured that only loose stones are used for constructing

such structures because digging out stones from adjoining forest areas or areas adjoining to

nallas etc. can be lead to the process of soil erosion from the site of stone digging itself.

The size of such structures will be site specific. Total 10 check dams are suggested for this

project.

An amount of Rs. 242.2 lakh has been earmarked for various Soil & Water Conservation

measures. The details are given in Table-10.6.

Table-10.6: Cost estimate for implementation of Soil & Water Conservation measures as a part of CAT Plan S. No.

Item Unit Rate (Rs.)

Unit Target

Physical Financial (Rs. lakh)

1. Contour Bunding 55,000/ha ha 50 27.5 2. Check Dams 2,75,000 Nos. 14 38.5 3. Landslide Control Measures 83.0 4. Silt Observation Points

(Refer Table-10.7)

93.2 Total 242.2



Silt Observation points

Two silt observation locations for regular monitoring of silt load coming in tributaries of

sub-watersheds falling under high and very high categories have been suggested. This would

ensure monitoring efficacy of implementation various treatments measures suggested as in

CAT plan. Monitoring would be undertaken for a period of 10 years including 5 years for

CAT plan implementation period. An amount of Rs. 93.2 lakh has been earmarked for this

purpose. The details are given in Table-10.7.

Table-10.7: Cost earmarked for establishing Silt Observation points S. No. Parameter Cost (Rs. lakh) 1 Cost of two laboratories Rs 5,00,000/- for silt analysis

per laboratory 10.0

2 One observation hut at each site (@ Rs 5.0 lakh/site) 10.0 3 Cost for hiring services of one person (Average salary- Rs

10,000/- for 10 years) considering 10% escalation per year

19.1

4 Cost for hiring services of supervisor one person (Average salary Rs. 20,000/- for 10 years) considering 10% escalation per year

38.2

5 Consumables for the measurement Rs. 1.0 lacs per year for next 10 years, considering 10% escalation per year

15.9

Total 93.2

10.5.3 PES & Eco tourism

Payment for Environmental Services (PES) play an important role in enhancing the value of

local environment directly or indirectly. Incentive based mechanisms, a broader form of

PES, if designed carefully, can help existing institutional and financial incentives and play a

useful role in enhancing local livelihood benefits as well as securing the flow of locally and

wider scale environmental service benefits. Corporate Social Responsibly (CSR) should be

made mandatory to make PES their regular activity in their APO. However, there is

substantial scope in the project outlay amounting to 10 % of the total outlay to address

various activities under this head. The primary focus of PES Framework & Mechanism will

be clearly on controlling soil erosion in the catchment. Under this an amount of Rs. 97.0

lakh has been earmarked for conducting catchment specific study to identify proposals and

activities to be undertaken under PES and then keep implemented. Eco-tourism activity

shall feature under this component and suitable eco-tourism promotion activities shall be

identified and promoted under this category. Local community involvement to promote

nature based local products should be encouraged

10.5.4 Research Training and Capacity Building

Research and training activities must focus on generating baseline data and covering the

gamut of ecological and socio-economic concerns of the particular area where the project

is to be implemented. The ultimate aim should be to contribute directly to enhanced



management of the area as an entity. Integration, co-ordination and information flow

between the research wing and field managers is essential for effective priority setting.

Funding for research, training and capacity building has been earmarked at 5% of the total

project outlay as per the CAT Plan Guideline. An amount of Rs. 48.5 lakh has been

earmarked for Training & Capacity building of forest staff as well as local community

through State Forest Training Institutes and reputed non-governmental organizations

10.5.5 Infrastructure Development

The budget earmarked for infrastructure development for Forest department as a part of

CAT Plan is Rs. 97.0 lakh. The details are given in Table-10.8.

Table-10.8: Cost summary for the Operational Support to Forest S. No. Component/Item No. Unit Rate (Rs. lakh) Total Cost (Rs. lakh) 1 Vehicle Including

operation and maintenance

2 No. 10.0 20.0

3 Office Equipment Dual Core computer with UPS & Laser Jet Printer,

4 No. 1.0 4.0

Photocopier machine 2 No. 3.0 6.0 Office Furniture - Lumpsum 20.0

4 GPS 4 No. 3.0 12.0 5. Maintenance of

Departmental buildings 25.0

6. Maintenance of Forest roads/inspection paths

10.0

Total 97.0

10.5.6 Forest Protection

An amount of Rs. 40.0 lakh has been earmarked for implementation of various Forest

Protection measures. The details are given in Table-10.9.

Table-10.9: Cost summary for Forest Protection measures S. No. Component/Item No. Unit Rate

(Rs. lakh) Total Cost (Rs. lakh)

1 Fire protection measures 10.0 2 Distribution of Non-

conventional Energy and Fuel Saving Devices in catchment area on a cost-sharing basis, such as, LPG, Tandoors, Pressure cookers and Solar devices

- Lumpsum 30.0

Total 40.0



10.5.7 Wildlife Management

It is recommended to fund various components of wildlife management plan through CAT

Plans that have a direct bearing on the reduction of silt load. The activities proposed for

wildlife related

interventions will be restricted to the project catchment area only. The wildlife

management plans will be prepared by the Forest Department shall be got vetted from the

Chief Wildlife Warden/ Pr. CCF (WL), H.P, before incorporation in the CAT Plan. An amount

of Rs. 58.2 lakh has been earmarked for implementation of various wildlife management

measures including Rs. 10.0 lakh

10.5.8 Monitoring and Evaluation

Monitoring and Evaluation is an integral component of any successful project, as it helps in

better project implementation and simultaneously analyzes the process adopted. Therefore

a robust monitoring plan needs to be in place to ensure the efficacy of the CAT Plan under

implementation or CAT Plans to be implemented at a later date. This component will

handled by independent consultants normally hired for third party evaluation.

M & E studies including impact evaluation studies should be scheduled for the later years of

the CAT Plan implementation calendar. Indicators for Monitoring impact of CAT Plan would

include:

Change in silt load. Survival of plantations Changes in land-use [private holdings] Changes in man-animal conflicts. Trend of fire incidences in vulnerable areas.

As outlined in the guidelines for the preparation of CAT Plan issued by the Forest

Department, Government of Himachal Pradesh, a provision of 6% of the total CAT Plan cost

has been earmarked for Monitoring and Evaluation. Thus an amount of Rs. 58.0 lakh has

been earmarked for Monitoring and Evaluation.

10.5.9 Site Specific Working Plan

Site specific micro-plans shall be prepared to address specific natural resource base

livelihood activities of the local communities. The emphasis will be laid on strengthening

the natural resource base of the area by promoting indigenous flora. Micro-level disaster

mitigating measures will be identified and promoted under this activity. As outlined in the

guidelines for the preparation of CAT Plan issued by the Forest Department, Government of

Himachal Pradesh, a provision of 3% of the total CAT Plan cost has been earmarked for

Monitoring and Evaluation. Thus an amount of Rs. 29.0 lakh has been earmarked for this

activity.



10.5.10 CONTINGENCIES

An amount of Rs. 50.0 lakh has been earmarked for this meeting any unforeseen

expenditure.

10.6 COST ESTIMATE

The cost required for implementation of various measures is Rs. 962.9 lakh. The details are

given in Table 10.10.

Table-10.10: Cost earmarked for implementation of CAT plan S.No. Activity Amount

(Rs. lakh) 1 Afforestation 243.0 2 Soil & Water Conservation Works 242.2 3 PES And Eco-Tourism 97.0 4 Research Training and Capacity Building 48.5 5 Infrastructure Development 97.0 6 Forest Protection 40.0 7 Wildlife Management 58.2 8 Monitoring and Evaluation 58.0 9 Site Specific Working plan 29.0 10 Contingencies 50.0 Total 962.9

10.7 SCHEDULE FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF CAT PLAN

It is proposed to implement the CAT Plan in 5 years. The year wise implementation of

physical and financial targets is given in Table-10.11.

HPP

CL

EM

P Re

port

for

Cha

nju-

III H

EP,

Cham

ba,

HP

WA

PCO

S Li

mit

ed

10-1

8 Ta

ble-

10.1

1 :

Year

-wis

e im

plem

enta

tion

sch

edul

e fo

r CA

T Pl

an

S.

No.

A

ctiv

ity

Year

Ye

ar I

Year

II

Year

III

Year

IV

Year

V

Tota

lPh

y.

Fin.

(R

s. la

kh)

Phy.

Fi

n.

(Rs.

lakh

) Ph

y.

Fin.

(R

s. la

kh)

Phy.

Fi

n.

(Rs.

lakh

) Ph

y.

Fin.

(R

s. la

kh)

Phy.

Fi

n.

(Rs.

lakh

) A.

Bi

olog

ical

Tr

eatm

ent

Mea

sure

s

i)

Enri

chm

ent

Plan

tati

on

20 h

a 13

.2

20 h

a 13

.2

20 h

a 13

.2

- -

- -

60 h

a 39

.6

ii)

Past

ure

Dev

elop

men

t 40

ha

13.2

30

ha.

9.

90

30 h

a.

9.90

-

- -

- 10

0 ha

33

.0

iii)

Nur

sery

D

evel

opm

ent

3 N

o.

33.0

3

No.

33

.0

- -

- -

- -

6 N

o.

66.0

0

iv)

Vege

tati

ve

Fenc

ing

10 k

m

7.0

10 k

m

7.0

- -

- -

- -

20 k

m

14.0

v)

Wat

ch a

nd w

ard

84 m

an-

mon

ths

10.0

8 84

m

an-

mon

ths

10.0

8 84

m

an-

mon

ths

10.0

8 84

m

an-

mon

ths

10.0

8 84

m

an-

mon

ths

10.0

8 42

0 m

an-

mon

ths

50.4

vi)

Soci

al F

ores

try

- 20

.0

- 20

.0

- -

- -

- -

- 40

.00

Su

b-To

tal (

A)

96

.48

93

.18

33

.18

10

.08

10

.08

24

3.0

B.

Soil

&

Wat

er

Cons

erva

tion

W

orks

i)

Cont

our

Bund

ing

30 h

a 16

.5

20 h

a 11

.0

- -

- -

- -

50 h

a 27

.5

iii)

Chec

k D

ams

7

19.2

5 7

19.2

5 -

- -

- -

- 14

.0

38.5

0

iv)

Land

slid

e Co

ntro

l M

easu

res

- 50

.0

- 33

.0

- -

- -

- -

- 83

.00

v)

Silt

Obs

erva

tion

Po

ints

v-a)

Se

ttin

g of

tw

o la

bora

tori

es

2 N

o.

10.0

-

- -

- -

- -

- 2

No.

10

.00

v-b)

O

ne

obse

rvat

ion

hut

at e

ach

site

2

No.

10

.0

- -

- -

- -

- -

2 N

o.

10.0

0

v-c)

*C

ost

of

hiri

ng

one

pers

on

(Ave

rage

Sa

lary

Rs

. 10

,000

/- f

or

10

year

s)

cons

ider

ing

10%

- 1.

20

- 1.

32

- 1.

45

- 1.

60

- 1.

76

- 19

.1

HPP

CL

EM

P Re

port

for

Cha

nju-

III H

EP,

Cham

ba,

HP

WA

PCO

S Li

mit

ed

10-1

9

S.

No.

A

ctiv

ity

Year

Ye

ar I

Year

II

Year

III

Year

IV

Year

V

Tota

lPh

y.

Fin.

(R

s. la

kh)

Phy.

Fi

n.

(Rs.

lakh

) Ph

y.

Fin.

(R

s. la

kh)

Phy.

Fi

n.

(Rs.

lakh

) Ph

y.

Fin.

(R

s. la

kh)

Phy.

Fi

n.

(Rs.

lakh

) es

cala

tion

pe

r ye

ar

v-

d)

*Cos

t of

hi

ring

on

e su

perv

isor

(A

vera

ge

Sala

ry

Rs.

20,0

00/-

for

10

ye

ars)

co

nsid

erin

g 10

%

esca

lati

on

per

year

- 2.

40

- 2.

64

- 2.

90

- 3.

20

- 3.

52

- 38

.2

v-e)

*C

onsu

mab

les

(Rs.

1.0

la

c pe

r ye

ar f

or n

ext

10

year

s an

d co

nsid

erin

g 10

%

esca

lati

on

per

year

)

- 1.

0 -

1.1

- 3.

63

- 4.

00

- 4.

4 -

15.9

Su

b-To

tal (

B)

- 11

0.35

-

68.3

1 -

7.98

-

8.8

- 9.

68

- 24

2.2

C.

PES

and

Eco-

Tour

ism

-

50.0

-

30.0

-

17.0

-

- -

- -

97.0

0

Su

b-To

tal (

C)

- 50

.0

- 30

.0

- 17

.0

- -

- -

- 97

.00

D.

Rese

arch

, Tr

aini

ng

&

Capa

city

Bu

ildin

g

- 9.

7 -

9.7

- 9.

7 -

9.7

- 9.

7 -

48.5

0

Su

b-To

tal (

D)

- 9.

7 -

9.7

- 9.

7 -

9.7

- 9.

7 -

48.5

0 E.

In

fras

truc

ture

D

evel

opm

ent

i)

Vehi

cle

incl

udin

g O

&M

2

No.

16

.0

- 1.

0 -

1.0

- 1.

0 -

1.0

2 N

o.

20.0

0

ii)

Off

ice

Equi

pmen

t -

30.0

-

- -

- -

- -

- -

30.0

0

iv)

GPS

4

No.

12

.0

- -

- -

- -

- -

4 N

o.

12.0

0 v)

M

aint

enan

ce

of

Dep

artm

enta

l Bu

ildin

gs

- 5.

0 -

5.0

- 5.

0 -

5.0

- 5.

0 -

25.0

0

vi)

Mai

nten

ance

of

Fo

rest

Ro

ads/

Insp

ecti

on

- 2.

0 -

2.0

- 2.

0 -

2.0

- 2.

0 -

10.0

0

HPP

CL

EM

P Re

port

for

Cha

nju-

III H

EP,

Cham

ba,

HP

WA

PCO

S Li

mit

ed

10-2

0

S.

No.

A

ctiv

ity

Year

Ye

ar I

Year

II

Year

III

Year

IV

Year

V

Tota

lPh

y.

Fin.

(R

s. la

kh)

Phy.

Fi

n.

(Rs.

lakh

) Ph

y.

Fin.

(R

s. la

kh)

Phy.

Fi

n.

(Rs.

lakh

) Ph

y.

Fin.

(R

s. la

kh)

Phy.

Fi

n.

(Rs.

lakh

) Pa

tter

n

Sub-

Tota

l (E)

65.0

-

8.0

- 8.

0 -

8.0

- 8.

0 -

97.0

F

Fore

st

Prot

ecti

on

Mea

sure

s

i)

Fire

Pr

otec

tion

M

easu

res

- 15

.0

- -

- -

- -

- -

- 15

.0

ii)

Dis

trib

utio

n of

N

on-

conv

enti

onal

En

ergy

and

Fun

d Sa

ving

Dev

ices

- 33

.5

- -

- -

- -

- -

- 33

.5

Su

b-To

tal (

F)

48

.5

- -

- -

- -

- -

- 48

.5

G

Wild

life

Man

agem

ent

- 30

.0

- 15

.0

- 13

.2

- -

- -

- 58

.20

Su

b-To

tal (

G)

- 30

.0

- 15

.0

- 13

.2

- -

- -

- 58

.20

H

Mon

itor

ing

&

Eval

uati

on

- 11

.6

- 11

.6

- 11

.6

- 11

.6

- 11

.6

- 58

.00

Su

b-To

tal (

H)

- 11

.6

- 11

.6

- 11

.6

- 11

.6

- 11

.6

- 58

.00

I Si

te

spec

ific

W

orki

ng P

lan

- 15

.0

- 14

.0

- -

- -

- -

- 29

.00

Su

b-To

tal (

I)

- 15

.0

- 14

.0

- -

- -

- -

- 29

.00

J Co

ntin

genc

ies

- 10

.0

- 10

.0

- 10

.0

- 10

.0

- 10

.0

- 50

.0

Su

b-To

tal (

J)

- 10

.0

- 10

.0

- 10

.0

- 10

.0

- 10

.0

- 50

.0

G

rand

Tot

al

44

6.63

259.

79

11

0.66

58.1

8

59.0

6

971.

4 *

The

diff

eren

ce o

f co

st o

ccur

s as

the

Tab

le p

repa

red

for

5 ye

ars,

whe

reas

item

s in

s.n

o.(v

)-c,

(v)

-d a

nd (

v)-e

has

bee

n ta

ken

for

10 y

ears

.

CHAPTER-11 ENERGY CONSERVATION MEASURES


WAPCOS Limited 11-1

CHAPTER-11

ENERGY CONSERVATION MEASURES

11.1 GENERAL

Energy conservation measures would be implemented to ensure that the use of non-

renewable resources is minimised. A key component of achieving energy conservation

would be the development of an Energy Management Action Plan. This plan would be

included as part of the Construction and Operational EMPs. The Energy Management Action

Plan would be consistent with the energy conservation measures during both construction

and operation phase.

11.2 ENERGY CONSERVATION DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

The following mitigation measures would be undertaken during construction works.

Efficient work scheduling and methods that minimise equipment idle time and double

handling of material;

Throttling down and switching off construction equipment when not in use;

Switching off truck engines while they are waiting to access the site and while they are

waiting to be loaded and unloaded;

Switching off site office equipment and lights and using optimum lighting intensity for

security and safety purposes;

Careful design of temporary roads to reduce transportation distances;

Regular maintenance of equipment to ensure optimum operations and fuel efficiency.

11.3 ENERGY CONSERVATION DURING OPERATION PHASE

The following mitigation measures would be implemented during site operations:

Design of buildings and terminal layout would aim to achieve the following energy

efficiencies:

Employing renewable energy sources such as day lighting and passive solar heating;

Designing roads on the site to reduce transportation distances.

11.4 ENERGY EFFICIENT EQUIPMENT

Large energy savings could be achieved in using energy efficient equipment. The following

actions are examples of how energy savings could be achieved by the terminal operator(s):

Using energy efficient electrical appliances;

Installing lighting control devices where appropriate and linking to photo-electric

dimming; and

Providing sufficient energy metering and switching for energy management.


WAPCOS Limited 11-2

Energy would also be conserved through efficiency in work schedules and practices such

as:

Use of modern container yard management systems for the efficient stacking and

retrieval of containers and to minimise vehicles waiting times;

Switching off truck engines while they are waiting to access the site and while these

are waiting to be loaded and unloaded;

Throttling down and switching off idle equipment;

Regular maintenance of all powered equipment to ensure appropriate fuel

consumption rates; and

Communication and education of energy conservation measures to employees.

11.5 DISTRIBUTION OF FUEL

As a part of EMP, following measures are proposed:

- Make a clause mandatory in the contract of every contractor involved in project construction to provide supply of fuel to their labourers, so that trees are not cut for meeting their fuel demands.

- Establish LPG godown within the project area for providing LPG cylinder to run community kitchens.

The project proponents in association with the state government should make necessary

arrangements for distribution of LPG. These fuel would be supplied at subsidized rates to

the local/contract laborers for which provision has been kept in the cost estimate.

11.6 BUDGET

An amount of Rs.20.0 lakh has been earmarked for implementation of various energy

conservation measures.

CHAPTER-12 RESETTLEMENT AND REHABILITATION PLAN


WAPCOS Limited 12-1

CHAPTER- 12

RESETTLEMENT AND REHABILITATION PLAN

12.1 INTRODUCTION

The proposed Chanju-III HEP is being conceived as a run of river type development in Churah

Sub-Division of Chamba Distt in Himachal Pradesh. The project envisages utilization of the

combined waters of Chanju nallah a Left Bank tributary of Baira river and Mahed nallah, a left

bank tributary of chanju nallah for Power generation. The scheme involves construction of a

trench type diversion weir across Chanju nallah near Dantoi village and Power house just up-

stream of the Mahed nallah with Chanju nallah near Jakhla village. A water conductor

system comprising of feeder channel/tunnel, two underground desilting tank, Head race

tunnel, underground forebay tank, pressure shaft and an underground power house. It is

proposed to construct Trench Weir across Mahed nallah and the diverted water shall be led to

desilting tank, which shall be designed to include all silt particles down to +0.20mm and from

there the water shall be feed through connecting tunnel to head race tunnel from Chanju

nallah. Power house located on the left bank of Chanju nallah just upstream of confluence of

Mahed nallah & Chanju nallah shall house three units of 16MW each. Power house shall have

three generating units of 16000KW each along with auxiliary facilities such as cooling

water/potable water supply system, firefighting system, compressed air supply, oil system,

ventilation and air conditioning system.

The land details of the Chanju III H.E.P is given in Table-12.1.The private land to be acquired

for the project is 1.870 ha..

Table-12.1: Details of land to be acquired

S. No Project Component/ Activity Area (ha) 1 Forest land Surface 23.790 2 Forest Land under ground 4.704 3 Private Land Surface 1.870 Total 30.364

12.2 RESETTLEMENT AND REHABILITATIONO PLAN

For the purpose of this project, the R&R plan has been devised using the norms and guidelines

The Consultant based on past experiences in similar projects, in the

area have suggested/specified/ augmented/ enhanced the R&R provisions. The objective of


WAPCOS Limited 12-2

the R&R Plan is to enable project planners to take appropriate measures to devise suitable

compensation as a part of resettlement and rehabilitation package for the PAFs. The village

wise details list of status of submergence, total no. of household being affected, private land

to be acquired along with their current market rates are enclosed as Annexure-V. The total

private land to be acquired for the road to intake site, rope ways, and project colony is about

2.107 ha.

12.2.1 MEASURES FOR COMPENSATION OF LOSS OF PRIVATE PROPERTIES

12.2.1.1 Compensation for Land

The total private land to be acquired for the road to intake site, rope ways, and

project colony is about 2.107 ha. About 32 families are likely to lose land due to the

project. The other hand, compensation for acquisition of private land would be paid to the

Right to Fair

Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act,

2013 as well as .

12.2.1.2 COMPENSATION OF OTHER PROPERTIES

Other properties such as trees, wells, ponds, temples, cremation grounds, public utility

buildings and spaces, electric and telephone poles and cables, etc., would be assessed,

evaluated and compensation rates would be fixed as per the prevalent guidelines/norms. The

compensation amount shall be disbursed to the concerned department, agency, individuals,

etc.

12.3 MEASURES FOR REHABILITATION

In the proposed project, majority of the population depends on land for their livelihood.

Privately owned land is also expected to be acquired. The rehabilitation plan would be

formulated in line with the norms of cy in Land

HP

Power Corporation Limited Rehabilitation and Resettlement Policy, 2012 . The entitlement

matrix for implementation of Rehabilitation measures is given in Table-12.2.Provisions for

Rehabilitation Plan for families losing land is given in Table-12.3 and Provision of

Rehabilitation and Resettlement based on HPPCL Policy, 2012 is given in Table-12.4.

Table-12.2: Entitlement Matrix for implementation of Rehabilitation Measures

S. No

Description Unit Assumed Provision# Cost (Rs. lakh)

1 Market value of land (A) ha Rs. 23.218 lakh/ha x 2.107

48.92

2. Factor to be multiplied for rural areas (Ax2) 2.0 97.84


WAPCOS Limited 12-3

S. No

Description Unit Assumed Provision# Cost (Rs. lakh)

Total (B) 97.84 3. Solatium charges (C) 2.0 97.84

Final Award (B+C) 195.68

Table-12.3: Provisions for Rehabilitation Plan for families losing land

S. No

Description Unit Assumed Provision#

Cost (Rs. lakh)

1. Total Market Value of the Project affected villages under submergence (Refer Table-4.4)

ha 195.68

2. Rural artisans / Self-employed One-time financial assistance of a minimum of

Rs. 25,000/- to each affected family of an artisan, small trader or self-employed person or an affected family which owned non-agricultural land or commercial, industrial or institutional structure in the affected area, and which has been involuntarily displaced from the affected area due to land acquisition

32

32 PAFs x Rs.25000/PAF

8.0

3. Choice of Annuity or Employment a) At least one member per affected family will

be provided job (either in the project or arrange for a job in such other project), after providing suitable training and skill development in the required field Or

b) Onetime payment of Rs. 500,000 per affected family Or

c) Annuity policies that shall pay not less than Rs. 2000 per month per family for 20 years, with appropriate indexation to the Consumer Price Index for Agricultural Labourers

32 32 PAFs x Rs.2000/month x 20 years x 12 months for each PAF

153.60

4. Training of the affected persons, so as to enable such persons to take on suitable jobs

32 32 PAFs x Rs.500/month x 6 months for each PAF

0.96

5. Scholarships and other skill development opportunities to the eligible persons from the affected families as per the criteria as may be fixed by the appropriate Government

32 32 PAFs x Rs.500/month x 12 months for each PAF

1.92

6. Skill development opportunities to the eligible persons from the affected families as per the

32

32 PAFs x Rs.500/month x 6

0.96


WAPCOS Limited 12-4

S. No

Description Unit Assumed Provision#

Cost (Rs. lakh)

criteria as may be fixed by the appropriate Government

months for each PAF

7. Affected persons shall be offered the necessary training facilities for development of entrepreneurship, technical and professional skills for self-employment

32

32 PAFs x Rs.1000/month x 6 months for each PAF

1.92

Total 363.04

Table-12.3: Entitlement Matrix for implementation of Rehabilitation Measures based on Rehabilitation and Resettlement Policy, 2012 (HPPCL) Sr.No Guideline in Policy Unit Assumed Provision Cost(Rs.

Lakh) Resttlement Grant 1 Family whose land before

acquisition was more than 5 bighas and is left with one biswa or no agriculture land after acquisition Rs. 2.50 lac lump sum

Provision for resettlement/NA

Not Applicable

2 Family whose land before acquisition was less than five bighas and is left with one biswa or no agriculture land after acquisition Rs. 1.50 lac lump sum.


Not Applicable

3 Family whose land holding is left with more than one biswa and less than 2-10-0 bighas of land after acquisition Rs. 1.00 lac lump sum


Not Applicable

4 Family whose land holding is left with more than 2-10-0 and less than five bighas of land after acquisition Rs. 75,000/- lump sum


Not Applicable

5 Other families whose land has been acquired and land holding left after acquisition is more than 5 bighas, amount equal to the land compensation paid subject minimum of 5000/- and maximum of 50,000/-


Not Applicable

6 Family whose cattle shed is acquired in the project area, shall get one time financial assistance Rs. 10,000/-. In no case the grant shall exceed Rs.


Not Applicable


WAPCOS Limited 12-5

Sr.No Guideline in Policy Unit Assumed Provision Cost(Rs. Lakh)

25,000/- per family. Provision for landless 7 Each PAF rendered landless as

well as houseless (both) or houseless will be provided an independent house with a built up plinth area of 150 Sqm. Alternatively, PAF can also be offered a plot of size 250 Sqm. which allows construction of built up house of 150 Sqm. plinth area plus construction cost of the house @ Rs. 4000 per Sqm. (limited to 150 Sqm. plinth area).

Provision for resettlement

Not Applicable

8 A family which does not opt for house/plot but constructs a house at own cost with a plinth area of 150 Sqm or more shall be paid the construction cost of the house @ of Rs. 5000 per Sqm (upto a plinth area of 150 Sqm maximum). Options from such families will be asked at an appropriate time. In case any of such family constructs house of less than 150 Sqm. Plinth area on his own plot or plot offered by the Project then amount to be given will be worked out on pro-rata basis.


Not Applicable

9 This facility will be available in the event of acquisition of dwelling houses in the farm land (Dhogri) also.


Not Applicable

Guideline in Policy 10 Displaced shopkeepers will be

given shops in allotment in the market complex of the Project Township wherever the Project constructs such market places. In addition, they will be entitled to one time displacement grant Rs. 20,000/-


Not Applicable

11 Infrastructure facilities in the Rehabilitation colony will


Not Applicable


WAPCOS Limited 12-6


include water supply, sewage, drainage, electricity, streets community centre, green area, park and approach path/roads at the project cost.

12 Transportation at the project cost will be provided for physical movement of all the PAFs, and displaced shopkeepers and their house hold goods/ shop goods, as soon as the houses/shop get constructed in the Rehabilitation colony or a sum of Rs. 20,000/- in lump sum shall be paid, for which option will be invited from the affected families/ shopkeepers.


Not Applicable

13 Stamp duty and other fees payable for registration shall be borne by the Project Authority. Rehabilitation grant shall be provided by the Project Authorities and placed at the disposal of the Deputy Commissioner, for disbursement to the eligible PAF s.


Not Applicable

14 Transitional/ Subsistence Allowance based on 25x12 months minimum wages to each Project Affected Family will be paid if the family has become houseless and has to shift house or become landless and has to shift livelihood to a different location or change livelihood or has been involuntarily displaced


Not Applicable

15 Whereas it is not possible to provide land in exchange of land acquired but in case some agricultural land is available for distribution, upto 5 bighas land will be given to each PAF by giving priority to landless. This land will be given only to such PAF s who are primarily dependent on a g r i c u l t u r e and the livelihood is substantially affected by land


Not Applicable


WAPCOS Limited 12-7


acquisition. In no case will land to be given in excess of that acquired. Giving of agricultural land will not be a right and will be only a welfare measure to be given only if possible

16 If it is not possible to give land, a financial assistance at the rate of Rs. 50,000/-per bigha of cultivable land acquired and Rs. 20000/- per bigha for uncultivable land acquired will be paid as an additional assistance to the project affected family for purchasing land. This assistance will only be given if the Project Affected Family is able to prove that this will be utilized to purchase land of a value more than the money paid to the Project Affected Family under this clause (Clause-5.8).


Not Applicable

17 If waste land or degraded land is allotted under this clause, then a land development charge of Rs. 15,000/- per bigha will be paid. The PAF s who are allotted land or those who purchase agricultural land will also get Rs.10, 000/- cash for agricultural production


Not Applicable

18 Each PAF which is displaced and has Cattle will be given Rs.20000/- for construction of cattle shed


Not Applicable

19 Each PAF who is a artisan, small trader or self-employed person and has been displaced shall get a onetime financial assistance of Rs.50,000/- for construction of working shed or shop


Not Applicable

20 The families who have to shift house due to the project will be provided temporary accommodation at project cost for 3 to 6 months depending on their need.


Not Applicable


WAPCOS Limited 12-8


Loss of income from Forest or Govt. Land :

21 If PAF s have rights over minor forest produce like herbs, chilgoza etc and acquisition of such Govt/Forest land will deprive them of income/benefit which they were deriving from their right they may be suitably compensated by a lum-sum grant. If some portion of such land being acquired & not being submerged or used for construction and is to remain as such or as a buffer zone around the reservoir or around the project, the PAF s may be allowed to extract minor forest produce if it safe for them.

Employment 22 One member of each Project

Affected Family rendered landless will be provided employment by the Project Authority in the category of skilled/ semiskilled/ unskilled workmen subject to fulfilling the requisite criteria/qualification and as and when any fresh recruitment is done in these categories, it would be ensured that land oustees eligible for employment as mentioned above are given chance first and normal recruitment would be made only if none are eligible & willing from amongst them. However, persons who are allotted shops shall not be eligible for benefit of employment and vice versa The following criteria will be adhered to by the Deputy Commissioner concerned for providing of preference while sponsoring the names for employment to the Project


Not Applicable


WAPCOS Limited 12-9


Authority. (I) Affected families whose

entire land has been acquired.

(II) Affected families who have become landless on account of acquisition of land by the project.

(III) Other affected families. Within these categories preference will be given on the basis of quantum of land acquired. Those who lose more land will come first.

24 If there are some families who have lost their source of livelihood completely and do not have the capabilities or the financial strength to take on any other occupation and are not even provided alternate land, the project authorities may consider to provide direct employment to the members of such families as a special case on recommendation from the Deputy Commissioner and after due verification.

The Provision shall be decided by Deputy Commissioner

25 The main PAF who are eligible for direct employment but have not been provided employment will be given a special rehabilitation/employment grant equivalent to 1000 days of minimum wage for labour per family. (The employment here will mean regular employment in the organization building of the project). The PAF s will be given option to wait for direct employment.

26 Annuity Policy will be arranged for each vulnerable PAF [disabled, destitute, orphans, widows, unmarried girls (with no financial support), abandoned women, or poor persons above

The Provision has been earmarked in R&R above made on the guidelines of The Right to Fair Compensation and




fifty years of age( who are unsupported)] who are not provided or cannot immediately be provided with alternative livelihood and who are not otherwise covered as part of a family which will provide a pension of Rs. 1000/-PM to t h e f a m i l y starting from a date 5 y e a r s after t h e d a t e o f implementations of this plan and will continue for 10 years after that date. The Vulnerable PAF s will be those which are identified by the administrator under this plan.

transparency in Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act,2013

Secondary Employment 27 The PAF s will be provided help

to get employment other than direct employment in the project in the following manners:- Merit scholarship scheme for the wards of Project Affected Families (PAFs) and other residents of project affected zone who may be pursuing vocational or professional course will be introduced by the Project Authorities as per scheme to be drafted by the Project Authority in consultation with Government of Himachal Pradesh. The project authorities will also consider getting some special seats in ITI s for the project affected families and other residents of the project affected zone. Some schemes to provide apprenticeship or on the job training to increase the employability of the residents of the project affected zone will also be started. Merit scholarship scheme for school going students of project

The Provision shall be decided by Deputy Commissioner




affected zone will be started. 28 The Project Authorities will

also consider award of petty contracts to the cooperatives of eligible families on preferential basis so that some may be engaged in such jobs. Further, the Project Authorities will advise their contractor to engage eligible persons from amongst affected families on a preferential basis wherever possible during construction stage. Other employment opportunities like hiring vehicles from PAF s will also be made available. Normally all contracts upto a value of Rs. 5 lakh will be given to PAF s and if PAF s are not available to families living in project affected zone. All vehicles hired by the project will be from PAF s and if not available from PAF s then from residents of Project Affected Zone. The new vehicles hired from PAF s may be hired for 3+1 years

The Provision shall be decided by Deputy Commissioner.

29 The Project Affected Families (such as rural artisans/small traders and self-employed persons) will be assisted to start various suitable self-employment occupations, which include dairy farming, poultry, weaving, bakery, handicraft, cottage industries unit/shops and hiring of vehicle to the corporation. The Project Authority will provide a grant of Rs. 50,000/- per family towards seed capital. The grant will be given once only. Only those families who have not been provided with employment in the Project or have not been allotted any shop will be eligible for this grant

32

32 PAFs x Rs.50,000/- The Provision shall be decided by Deputy Commissioner.

16.00




Families residing in the project affected area other then PAF s can also be considered for this on merit and if they are needy.

R&R Benefits for PAF s belonging to ST & SC

30 In case the families loose access to forest due to the project a special plan will be formulated for development of alternate fuel, fodder and non-timber forest produce.

The Provision shall be decided by Deputy Commissioner for one family each of SC & ST residing in the Project affected area as per the information gathered during the Socio-Economic Baseline survey

31 Each PAF of ST followed by SC categories shall be given preference in allotment of land if any land is available for allotment to PAF s.

Provision is for resettlement/NA

32 Each ST family will get an addition one time financial assistance of 500 days minimum wages for labour for loss of customary right s or usage of forest produce.

05 5 PAF x 500 days x Rs.300/-

7.50

33 ST. PAF s will be resettled as far as possible in the same schedule area in a compound block so that they can retain their ethnic, linguistic and cultural identity.


Not Applicable

34 The resettlement area prominently inhabited by S s shall get 1000 Sqm. Land free of cost for community and religious gatherings


Not Applicable

35 The ST s Afamilies resettled out of the district will get 25% higher resettlement grant.


Not Applicable

Other benefits 36 Each PAF will be provided 100

units of electricity per month for a period of 10 years from the date of commissioning of the

32 32 PAFs x 100 Unit electricity x 12 months x 10 years =384000 Units




project. If the consumption of the PAF is less than that then the difference will be compensated in cash.

electricity

Medical fund 37 A medical fund will be created

for the PAF s. This fund will be need for providing treatment to the member of PA s in hardship due to illness or in extreme illness or accident cases. Medicines may also be provided to other residents in the area.

A Medical Fund shall be created with the consultation with District Administration and local Representatives

Provision of Rs.35.0 has been earmarked for this purpose

38 Free medical treatment will be provided to PAF s at the project medical Facility.

39 Medical camps will be organized in various places in the project affected zone from time to time

40 In order to help the families living in the project affected zone and to improve their skills in their occupation Agriculture, Horticulture and animal husbandry training and awareness camps will be organized by the Project Authorities from time to time Training camps on other subjects like finance and accounts, how to run small business, alternatives for self-employment etc. will also be organized from time to time.

The Provision has already been earmarked in the R&R Plan prepared on the

Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act,2013

If it is felt that the fuel supply of the local residents is affected due to construction of the project, a scheme will be formulated to provide alternative fuel or fuel saving devices to the families whose fuel supply is affected.

Appropriate measures shall be taken by the project proponent in consultation with the Local Administration

41 Each PAF will be given an identity card which will have names of all the members of PAF.

42 The project authorities will set up one or more Project Information Officer for

Measures shall be taken by the Project Proponent




providing information and guidance to the local people particularly the PAF s.

43 Project authorities will set up a cultural fund for providing grants for organizing local fairs, festivals and functions.

A cultural fund shall be earmarked by the project proponent in consultation with the Local Administration

Provision of Rs.15.0 shall be earmarked

Infrastructure Development 44 Construction of the project is a

major development activity for the area. It will be ensured that the available infrastructure in the area improves with the project


45 If any available infrastructure is damaged due to the project, it will be restored.This includes water supply, irrigation, roads, paths, schools, places of worship, community building etc.


46 The local people will be allowed use of the infrastructure created primarily for the project like roads, bridges, schools, etc.

47 A fund under the name LADF will be created for development of infrastructure in the project affected area. The project authorities will contribute 1.5% of the project cost towards the funds. This fund will be administered by a Local Area Development Committee in accordance with the orders of the appropriate Government.

Provision has been earmarked in LADP

48 The 80% of the funds available in LADF will be divided amongst the Panchayats falling within the Project affected area on the basis of a formula giving equal weightage to 3 criteria i.e. The remaining 20% funds may be used for common works or for works in the project affected zone or for completion of incomplete works.

Provision has been earmarked in LADP

Rs.73.50



12.4 BUDGET

The total budget for implementation of the Rehabilitation Plan is Rs.436.54 lakh. The details


Table-12.5: Budget for implementation of the Rehabilitation Plan

S. No.

Components of R&R Cost (Rs. lakh)

A Rehabilitation Plan 1. Compensation for Land 195.68 2. Grant to Rural Artisans 8.0 3. Annuity payment 153.60 4. Training to take on suitable jobs 0.96 5. Scholarships 1.92 6. Other Skill Development 0.96 7. Training facilities for development of entrepreneurship, technical

and professional skills for self-employment 1.92

Subtotal Total (A) 363.04 8. Provision earmarked on the guidelines of HPPCL R&R Policy 73.50 Sub-Total (B) 73.50 Total(A+B) 436.54

CHAPTER-13 LOCAL AREA DEVELOPMENT


WAPCOS Limited 13-1

CHAPTER-13

LOCAL AREA DEVELOPMENT PLAN

13.1 AIMS AND OBJECTIVES OF LADF:

While developing hydro power projects, there is an impact on the environment, existing

infrastructure, individual and community resources, etc. This needs to be addressed by

making appropriate and adequate provisions in the Project design and cost. Provision for

mitigating these adverse consequences is provided for in schemes like Environment

Management Plan (EMP), Catchment Area Treatment Plan (CAT Plan), restoration of loss of

environment through Compensatory Afforestation and Net Present Value payment and

compensation for damage of corps due to pollution etc.

In addition, a special provision of Local Area Development Fund (LADF) has been made

under the State Hydro Power Policy to carry out local developmental activities so as to

ensure visible additional benefits to the local communities in the project area as part of

the Project cost. Further allocation of this LADF contribution to schemes and purposes

needs to be based on predetermined, objective parameters. The people of the affected

area should be aware of the allocations likely to flow to them so that on the one hand

gainful infrastructure and local development activities can be planned well in advance and

on the other hand, local communities develop an interest in expeditious completion of

projects.

13.2 DEFINITION AND DECALARATION OF PAF, PAA & PAZ:

13.2.1 Project Affected Family (PAF):

Project Affected Family (PAF) means

source

For the development of Chanju-III, total number of 32 Project Affected Families are losing

lands but to a very small extent is being acquired for development of the said project.

13.2.2 Project Affected Area (PAA):

Project Affected Area (PAA) means

including submergence area/muck dumping area, mine/quarry area, infrastructure

including roads, project dedicated townships, offices, construction facilities, welfare

Unit for declaring Project Affected Area would ordinarily be the Gram Panchayat.

Affected Panchayats under Project Affected Area (PAA) of Deothal-Chanju HEP are only

Dehra Panchayat.


WAPCOS Limited 13-2

13.2.3 Project Affected Zone (PAZ):

Project Affected Zone (PAZ) means

where impact of the project on the lives of people is considerable even if no direct

. Entire block or all such adjoining Panchayats to PAA

as are considered to be impacted by the project in the same or adjoin district/s.

The Chanju-III is envisaged in Chamba District and confined to Sub Block Tissa, therefore,

Project Affected Zone (PAZ) is hereunder for recommendation by the Resident

Commissioner of Tissa, District Chamba (HP) for declaration by the GoHP:

1. Affected District : Chamba, Himachal Pradesh. 2. Affected Block : Tissa, District Chamba, H P.

Table-13.1: List of Gram Panchayats in Tissa Block: Sr.No Name of the Gram Panchayat Sr.No Name of the Gram Panchayat 1 BAGHEI GARH 27 KOHAL 2 BAIRAGARH 28 KUTHER BHADHODA 3 BOUNDERI 29 LESWIN 4 BHANJRADU 30 MANGLI 5 BHARARA 31 PADHAR 6 CHANJU 32 SANWAL 7 CHARDA 33 SAPROTH 8 CHARODI 34 SATYAAS 9 CHOLI 35 SEI KOTHI 10 DEHGRAN 36 SHALELA BADI 11 DEHRA* 37 TEPA 12 DEVI KOTHI 38 THALLI 13 DIYOLA 39 THANEI KOTHI 14 GADFARIE 40 TIKKRI GARH 15 GHULEI 41 TISSA-I 16 GUILA 42 TISSA-II 17 GUWADI 43 PADHAR 18 HARTWAS 44 SANWAL 19 JASURGARH 45 SAPROTH 20 JHAJJA KOTHI 46 SATYAAS 21 JUNAS 47 SEI KOTHI 22 JUNGRA 48 SHALELA BADI 23 KALHEL 49 TEPA 24 KARERI 50 THALLI 25 KHAJUA 51 THANEI KOTHI 26 KHUSH NAGRI 52 TIKKRI GARH

*Affected Panchayat are Dehra and Chanju

13.3 LOCAL AREA DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE (LADC): As per clause no. 6.2.2 of LADF Notification, the LADF will be administered by a

committee called the Local Area Development Committee (LADC) which will be

constituted for each project separately, immediately after signing of the Implementation

The LADC of Chanju III Hydro Electric Project is listed in Table-13.1.


WAPCOS Limited 13-3

Table-13.1: LADC of Chanju Hydro Electric Project S.No. Officer Position in LADC 1. Deputy Commissioner, Tissa, District Chamba Chairman 2. Executive Engineer, PWD & IPH, Tissa Member 3. Divisional Forest Officer,Tissa Member 4. Project Officer, Rural Development,Tissa Member 5. Chief Medical Officer, Chamba / BMO, Tissa Member 6. Dy. Director Horticulture Development, Tissa Member 7 Chairman, Zila Parishad, Tissa Member 8. Vice-Chairman, Zila Parishad, Tissa Member 9. Chairman, Panchayat Samiti, Tissa Member 10. Vice-Chairman, Panchayat Samiti, Tissa Member 11. Pardhan Gram Panchayat, Dehra Member 12. Representative of HPPCL. Member Secretary

13.4 PARAMETERS FOR ALLOCATION OF FUND:

The allocation of fund as depicted in Table-13.2 will be applicable for Chanju-III Electric

Project (48 MW) as per Clause 8.1 of LADF Notification-Fund Allocation Prior to

Commissioning of the Project:

Table-13.2: Norms for allocation of LAD Fund S. No.

Category of HEP Norms for allocation of LAD Fund during the construction phase of Chanju-III HEP (48 MW)

Project Affected

Area (PAA)

Project Affected Zone (PAZ) Project Affected

Panchayat (s)

Project Affected Block(s)

Project Affected

District (s) 1 5-100 MW Capacity

As Chanju-III (48MW) 60% 20% 10% 10%

13.5 ALLOCATION OF FUND UNDER PROJECT AFFECTED AREA (PAA):

The Funds Allocation for Project Affected Area shall be 60%. Further allocation of funds

amongst the Panchayats in Project Affected Area have been determined on the basis of

the formula that assigns weightage to the parameters mentioned in clause 8.1.1 of LADF

Notification for 60% of the funds proposed for PAA as per -13.2. The further

distribution of 60% funds allocated to PAA is given in Table-13.3.

Table-13.3: Distribution of 50% funds allocated to PAA Para No. of Notification

Parameters %age

8.1.1 Out of 60% Funds allocated for PAA- First 50% would be allocated as under:

8.1.1.a Extent of private land used for Project Components i/c submergence

45% of 30%= 13.5%

8.1.1.b Extent of land affected above underground components

15% of 30%= 4.5%

8.1.1.c Extent of land used for Infrastructure(Roads, Colony, warehouses,

etc.,)

20% of 30%= 6%


WAPCOS Limited 13-4

Para No. of Notification

Parameters %age

8.1.1.d Affected river stretch of river/stream on both banks in respect of Diversion

structure and Power house

20% of 30%= 6%

8.1.2 Out of 60% Funds allocated for PAA- balance 50% would be allocated as under:

To be allocated on the basis of ratio of population of each concerned GP to the

total population of the entire area in PAA

30%

13.6 ALLOCATION OF FUNDS UNDER PROJECT AFFECTED ZONE (PAZ):

Total Funds Allocation for Project Affected Zone (PAZ) = 40% The distribution of Funds allocated for PAZ is as under:

A. Project Affected Panchayat(s) = 20% B. Project Affected Block(s) = 10% C. Project Affected District(s) = 10%

Funds amongst GPs in the Project Affected Zone (PAZ) shall be allocated as per ratio of

population of each GP to the population of all GPs in the PAZ under clause 8.1.3 of LADF

Notification.

Table-13.12: Funds allocated to affected Panchayats under PAA of Cahnju-III HEP (Para 8.1.3)

S. No.

20% allocated to Affected Panchayats under PAZ

Funds allocated to affected Panchayats under PAA of Chanju-III HEP (Para 8.1.3)

Gram Panchayat Chanju

Gram Panchayat Dehra

1 Total Population 756 955 2 Extent of Population 44.18% 55.81% 3 Funds in terms of % out of 20% 54.80 lakhs 69.20 lakhs

10% Funds allocated to Affected Block : Tissa Block in District Chamba, HP =62 Lakhs

10% Funds allocated to Affected District : District Chamba, HP =62 Lakhs

13.7 ALLOCATION OF FUNDS AS PER LADF

The total fund allocated for LADF is Rs. 620.0 lakh. The allocation of funds as per LADF

for PAA , PAZ and Project Affected District is given in Table-13.4. The summary of

allocation of funds is given in Table-13.4.

Table-13.14: Allocation of funds as per LADF for PAA, PAZ and Project Affected District for Deothal Chanju hydroelectric project S.No Description Panchayats Under PAA

Dehra Chanju I. ALLOCATION OF FUNDS FOR

PAA (50% OF THE TOTAL


WAPCOS Limited 13-5

S.No Description Panchayats Under PAA Dehra Chanju

LADF): A. 60% on the basis of

Parameters defined in Clause-8.1.1:

1. Private land used for Project Components including Submergence @ 45 %

Rs. 36.828 lakh

Rs. 46.872 lakh

2. Land affected above underground components @ 15%

Rs. 12.276 lakh

Rs. 15.624 lakh

3. Land used for Infrastructure @ 20 %

Rs.16.368 lakh Rs. 20.832 lakh

4. Affected stretch of river on both banks of Diversion structure and Power house @ 20%

Rs.16.368 lakh Rs. 20.832 lakh

B. 50% on the basis of ratio of Population:

5. Funds Allocated in 50% Rs. 104.16 lakh Rs. 81.84 lakh Total Allocation for PAA(A+B) Rs. 186 lakh Rs. 186 lakh Sub-Total Allocation for

PAA(A+B) Rs. 372 lakh

II. ALLOCATION FOR PAZ (50% OF THE TOTAL LADF):

1. 20% Allocation to Affected Panchayats under PAZ

Rs. 69.20 lakh Rs. 54.80 lakh

2. 10% Allocation for Project Affected Block i.e. Tissa Block (Para 8.3)

Rs. 62 lakh

3. 10% Allocation for Project Affected District i.e. District Chamba, H.P. (Para 8.4)

Rs. 62 lakh

Sub-Total Allocation for PAA(1+2+3)

248 lakh

Grand Total (i + ii) 620.0 lakh

There are total 25 flour mills observed in the area between proposed trench weir sites and

power house site of Chanju-III project. The project proponent in coordination with LADC

shall provide the sufficient fund for the flour mills as part of LADP. The local area

development fund will be administered by a committee called Local Area Development

Committee (LADC) & entire developmental activities like water supply schemes;

development of approach roads, play grounds, community welfare center, market,

renovation of religious places and construction of Gharats etc. in the local areas will be

done by the LADC in consultation with affected gram panchayats member.

CHAPTER-14 MONITORING AND EVALUATION OF R&R

MEASURES


WAPCOS Limited 14-1

CHAPTER-14

MONITORING AND EVALUATION

14.1 INTRODUCTION

Monitoring is an essential component for sustainability of any water resources project. It is an

integral part of any environmental assessment process. Any water resources development

project introduces complex inter-relationships in the project area between people, various

natural resources, biota and the developing forces. Thus, a new environment is created. It is

very difficult to predict with complete certainty the exact post-project environmental

scenario. Hence, monitoring of critical parameters is essential in the project operation phase.

Monitoring of social indicators signal potential problems and facilitate timely prompt

implementation of effective remedial measures. The data so generated can serve as a data

bank for prediction of post-project scenarios in similar projects.

14.2 INSTITUTIONAL/ADMINISTRATIVE ARRANGEMENT FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF R&R

MEASURES

Appointment of Administrator at State Level

State Government of Madhya Pradesh shall appoint an officer not below the rank of

Joint Collector or Additional Collector or Deputy Collector or equivalent official of

Revenue Department, who will be responsible for R&R Plan at the State Level.

Administrator shall, with a view to enable him to function efficiently and to meet the

special time-frame, be provided with such powers, duties and responsibilities as may

be prescribed by the appropriate Government and provided with office

infrastructure and be assisted by such officers and employees who shall be

subordinate to him as the appropriate Government may decide.

Subject to the superintendence, directions and control of the appropriate

Government and the Commissioner for Rehabilitation and Resettlement, the

formulation, execution and monitoring of the Rehabilitation and Resettlement Scheme

shall vest in the Administrator.

Commissioner for rehabilitation and Resettlement

The State Government shall appoint an officer of the rank of Commissioner or

Secretary of that Government for rehabilitation and resettlement of affected families

under this Act, to be called the Commissioner for Rehabilitation and Resettlement.

The Commissioner shall be responsible for supervising the formulation of rehabilitation

and resettlement schemes or plans and proper implementation of each schemes or

plans.

The Commissioner shall be responsible for the post implementation social audit in


WAPCOS Limited 14-2

consultation with the Gram Sabha in rural areas and municipality in the urban areas.

Rehabilitation and Resettlement Committee at Project Level

Where land proposed to be acquired is equal to or more than one hundred acres, the

appropriate Government shall constitute a Committee under the chairmanship of

the Collector to be called the Rehabilitation and Resettlement Committee, to

monitor and review the progress of implementation of the Rehabilitation and

Resettlement scheme and to carry out post-implementation social audits in

consultation with the Gram Sabha in rural areas and municipality in urban areas.

The Rehabilitation and resettlement Committee shall include ,apart from officers of

the appropriate Government, the following members, namely:-

- representative of women residing in the affected area;

- a representative of each schedule caste and schedule tribe residing in the affected

area

- a representative of a voluntary organization working in the area

- a representative of a nationalized bank the land acquisition officer of the project

- the chairperson of the panchayats or municipalities located in the affected area or

their nominees

- the chairperson of the district planning committee or his nominee

- the Member of Parliament and Member of Legislative assembly of the concerned

area or nominees

- a representative of the requiring body

- Administrator for Rehabilitation and Resettlement as the member Convener.

The procedure regulating the discharge of the process given in this section and

other matters connected thereto of the Rehabilitation and Resettlement

Committee shall be such as may be prescribed by the appropriate Government.

14.3 MONITORING AND EVALUATION

Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) must be simultaneous with the implementation of

Rehabilitation Plan. It requires specialized skill for application of general project monitoring

procedures to the process of land acquisition and rehabilitation. Conventional monitoring,

normally carried out by the Government machinery, often misses focus on certain vital

aspects and does not identify certain shortcomings, which may otherwise prove very

important. While the conventional government monitoring will continue, an external M&E

agency will also be engaged to help in proper monitoring of land acquisition and rehabilitation

programs. The main purpose of involving such an agency is to bring the problems and


WAPCOS Limited 14-3

difficulties faced by the PAFs to the notice of Administrator R&R on a regular basis for their

redressal as well as to help in formulating and undertaking corrective measures. The external

Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) agency can submit half yearly reports on the progress of

implementing Rehabilitation Master Plan (RMP) along with suggestions and corrective

measures required for improvement in the implementation of Rehabilitation Plan.

For Land Acquisition and rehabilitation program, M&E system will consist of:

i) Administrative monitoring;

ii) Socio-economic performance, and

iii) Impact evaluation.

Administrative monitoring will be conventionally carried out by SLAO, project authorities,

Resettlement Commissioner and other concerned government agencies/departments. The

focus will be on physical (like number of land holders affected and land based resettlement,

area identified for allotment to Village Level Committee, etc.) and financial (like

compensation paid, payment to M&E agency, office establishment cost, etc.) parameters.

The socio-economic monitoring which will be carried out concurrently is the crux of M&E

exercise to provide interim measures based on the field level situations. This along-with

impact evaluation at the end of plan period will be carried out by the M&E agency. While

covering the affected community, monitoring will focus on the vulnerable groups like women,

physically handicapped, etc. The household information collected through the socio-economic

survey will form the benchmarks for comparison. However, these benchmarks will be

supplemented in order to create new reference points against performance, effects and

objectives.

14.3.1 Monitoring and Evaluation Guidelines

Monitoring of the progress of R&R is important because of the sensitivity of these issues. The

objective of monitoring is to assess the progress of resettlement activity, to identify

difficulties, ascertain problem areas, and provide indication for the need of calling attention

to some specific issues at an early stage. Following tasks have to be performed by the group

at different stages of the project:

Establish baseline information on individual PAFs and their pre-project standards of

living, health conditions, nutritional patterns, etc. This should precede

resettlement in general by a year.

The planning of the resettlement monitoring studies could cover disbursement of

compensation and grants.

Monitoring of resettlement sites regarding, preparation of land, construction

activities, water and other facilities required before the actual resettling of PAFs.


WAPCOS Limited 14-4

The resettlement monitoring system could cover transport of people, belongings

and allocation of replacement assets. Their report should also include information

host community reactions.

After resettlement, a few sensitive indicators using sample survey techniques

should be measured, mainly to understand how effective the R&R plan has been in

reality.

The monitoring and evaluation can continue for several years after actual

relocation. The frequency of monitoring can be reduced after the completion of

R&R work. The monitoring reports need to be submitted periodically to assess

progress of resettlement and its effects compared with established policy and

specific timetables and benchmarks at each phase.

14.3.2 Post-Project Monitoring

Status of availability of alternative homestead for project affected persons, development of

infrastructural facilities such as schools, sewer networks, roads, etc. are some of the aspects

which could be considered for monitoring and modifications may be suggested if required. It

needs to be appreciated that R&R issues are politically and socially sensitive issues and need

timely attention. For such reasons, it is suggested that the monitoring be conducted by an

independent agency not connected with the project. Therefore, an independent Consultant

having experience in monitoring & evaluation of implementation of Resettlement &

Rehabilitation Plans in similar areas and not connected with the project, can be appointed for

monitoring the project. The Consultant will review the rehabilitation and resettlement

programme after 2nd, 4th and 6th year from the completion of the R&R activity.

14.3.3 Participation of PAFs

Involvement of affected communities in planning and implementation of rehabilitation

programs according to their felt needs and socio-economic conditions is of vital importance.

To obtain co-operation, participation and feedback, PAFs need to be systematically informed

and consulted during preparation and implementation of resettlement plan about their

options and rights. In the proposed project, co-operation and participation of PAFs in the

resettlement process could be ensured through their involvement in each of the following

stages.

Involvement in preparation of Rehabilitation Master Plan

As a part of participatory planning, community meetings should be held on a routine basis to

explain about the project and the R&R policy of the project. Direct communication with the


WAPCOS Limited 14-5

PAFs will negate the politicization of the R&R Process. The communication with the PAFs can

be through the Village Level Committee.

Involvement of PAFs in implementation process

The Village Level Committee can be involved in the implementation of Rehabilitation Plan

particularly during the identification of forest land to be allotted to Village Level Committee.

They shall also be consulted in finding out alternative economic opportunities to supplement

their household income. However, some NGO groups can also be associated which can

interact directly with the project authorities and the affected population.

14.3.4 Parameters for Monitoring and Evaluation of R&R Plan

Once the R&R Plan is implemented, affected families should not be forgotten. Their progress

should be monitored, evaluated and recorded. This would greatly help the government or

other organizations for further improving the Rehabilitation and Resettlement guidelines. It

would form a basis of evaluating whether the resettlement has been a success or not. If the

resettlement has not been successful, the answers would come out at this stage and the same

mistakes can be avoided for other resettlement schemes.

Priorities that would have to be monitored and evaluated are; is the family's income more or

less in their new location? Do they inter-mingle with the host population? If not, why? Has

their standard of living increased or decreased? Are health and education facilities more

accessible to them? Have new opportunities come their way or have they stagnated? etc. Such

questions would prove invaluable in assessing the success of the resettlement scheme.

Progress report of their resettlers should be maintained. The progress report format should

include among others the following:

Total household covered under the R&R plan:

(1) No of families

(2) Population

Birth and Death information:

(1) No. of children born

(2) No. of deaths

Income and expenditure (monthly) pattern of the resettlers

(1) Average monthly income (with its break up)

(2) Average monthly expenditure (with its break-up)

House constructions:

(1) No. of constructions under progress

(2) Constructions completed

(3) Materials used


WAPCOS Limited 14-6

(4) Size of construction

Credit facilities availed:

(1) No. of resettled families that have availed of credit

(2) Purpose for credit availed

(3) Sizes of credit availed

Loan Recovery:

(1) Excellent (100%)

(2) Good (over 50%)

(3) Bad (below 20%)

Agricultural inputs;

(1) Seeds (kg)

(2) Fertilizers (kg)

(3) Pesticides (kg)

Agricultural Production:

(1) Annual cereal productions (kg)

(2) Cash crop productions (kg)

(3) Other farm produce (kg)

Education facilities:

(1) Primary School

(2) Community School

(3) Junior High School

(4) Others

(5) No. of students enrolled

Medical facilities:

(1) BHU (Basic Health Unit)

(2) Dispensaries

(3) Others

Communication:

(1) Distance from motorable road

(2) Distance from telephone

(3) Distance from Post office

(4) Distance from Bus stop

Drinking water:

(1) Piped water


WAPCOS Limited 14-7

(2) Natural stream water

(3) Other sources of water

Rural electrification:

(1) No. of houses covered

If such a format was included the progress of the resettled families can be easily monitored

and evaluated. However, such a formatted progress report would have to be up dated

annually for a minimum of two years in order to get an accurate picture.

14.4 BUDGET

An amount of Rs.30.0 lakh has been earmarked for conducting Monitoring & Evaluation Studies

for implementation of Resettlement and Rehabilitation Plan.

CHAPTER-15 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME


WAPCOS Limited 15-1

CHAPTER-15

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

15.1 THE NEED

Environmental monitoring is an essential component for sustainability of any water

resources project. It is an integral part of any environmental assessment process. Any water

resources development project introduces complex inter-relationships in the project area

between people, various natural resources, biota and the many developing forces. Thus, a

new environment is created. It is very difficult to predict with complete certainty the exact

post-project environmental scenario. Hence, monitoring of critical parameters is essential

in the project operation phase. An Environmental Monitoring Programme has been designed

with the following objectives:

Assess the changes in environmental conditions, if any, during construction and operation of the project.

Monitor the effective implementation of mitigatory measures. Warning of any significant deterioration in environmental quality so that additional

mitigatory measures may be planned in advance.

15.2 AREAS OF CONCERN

From the monitoring point of view, the important parameters are water quality, landuse,

ambient air quality, ecology, etc. An attempt is made to establish early warning of

indicators of stress on the environment. Suggested monitoring details are outlined in the

following sections.

15.3 WATER QUALITY

Construction Phase

It is proposed to monitor the effluent before and after treatment from sewage treatment

plant. The frequency of monitoring could be thrice per month. A total of (1 STP * 12

months* 2 samples, i.e. before and after treatment) 24 samples/year need to be analyzed.

The parameters to be monitored include pH, Bio-chemical Oxygen Demand, Total

Suspended Solids and Total Dissolved Solids. The cost of analysis of one sample is expected

to be Rs.4,000. Thus, total cost for analysis of 24 samples is expected to be Rs. 0.96

lakh/year. The analysis work can be done by a laboratory recognized by the State Pollution

Control Board.

Operation phase

During project operation phase, a Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) is proposed to be set up to

treat the effluent from the project colony. Once every week, it is envisaged to analyze a

sample each before and after treatment from the STP. The parameters to be analyzed

include pH, Biochemical Oxygen Demand, Chemical Oxygen Demand, Total Suspended Solids


WAPCOS Limited 15-2

and Total Dissolved Solids. The cost of analysis of 104 samples @ Rs.4000 per sample works

out to Rs. 4.16 lakh/year.

15.4 AIR QUALITY AND METEOROLOGY

Project Construction Phase

The ambient air quality monitoring during construction phase can be carried out by an

external agency, approved by State Pollution Control Board at four stations close to

construction sites. Every year monitoring is to be done for the following three seasons:

- Winter - Summer - Post-monsoon

The frequency of monitoring could be twice a week for four consecutive weeks at each

station for each season. The parameters to be monitored are Particulate Matter (PM2.5),

Particulate Matter (PM10), Sulphur dioxide (SO2) and Nitrogen Oxides (NO2).

Ambient air quality is to be monitored for (6 stations * 2 days/week * 4 weeks x 3

seasons) 144 days per year. A total cost of Rs.11.52 lakh/year @ Rs. 8,000/day can be

earmarked for this purpose.

15.5 NOISE


Noise emissions from vehicular movement, operation of various construction equipment

may be monitored during construction phase at major construction sites. The frequency

of monitoring could be once every three months. For monitoring of noise generators an

Integrating Sound Level Meter will be required. An amount of Rs.1.5 lakh has been

earmarked for purchase of noise meter.

Project Operation Phase

No monitoring programme is suggested for project operation phase.

15.6 ECOLOGY


A detailed ecological survey covering forestry, fisheries, wildlife is recommended during

entire construction phase. The survey can be conducted once every year for the entire

construction period. The various aspects to be covered include:

- Qualitative and Quantitative assessment of flora and fauna. - Monitoring of restoration of muck disposal area.

Monitoring of aquatic ecology will be essential to achieve sustainable yield of fish. Some of

the parameters to be monitored are phytoplanktons, zooplanktons, benthic life and fish

composition, etc. The monitoring can be conducted by a reputed external agency, for which


WAPCOS Limited 15-3

an amount of Rs.30 lakh/year can be earmarked.


Status of afforestation programmes, changes in migration patterns of the aquatic and

terrestrial fauna species should be studied. The study could be undertaken with a

frequency of once per year till the entire design life of the project. A provision of Rs.30

lakh/year can be kept for this purpose. The monitoring can be conducted by a reputed

external agency.

15.7 INCIDENCE OF WATER-RELATED DISEASES


Identification of water-related diseases, adequacy of local vector control and curative

measures, status of public health are some of the parameters which should be closely

monitored three times a year with the help of data maintained in the government

dispensaries/hospitals.

Implementation : Public Health Department, and Dispensary constructed for labour camps

Cost per annum : Rs.15 lakh


Increased prevalence of various vector borne diseases and adequacy of local vector control

and curative measures need to be monitored. The monitoring can be done three times in a

year.

Implementation : Dispensary at the project site

Cost per annum : Rs.10 lakh

15.8 LANDUSE PATTERN


During project operation phase, it is proposed to monitor land use pattern once every year.

An amount of Rs.5 lakh can be earmarked for this purpose.

15.9 SUMMARY OF ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

The details of environmental monitoring programme are given in Tables 15.1 and 15.2

respectively.

Table-15.1: Summary of Environmental Monitoring Programme during Project Construction Phase S. No. Item Parameters Frequency Location

1. Effluent from STP pH, BOD, COD, TSS, TDS Once every month

Before and after treatment from each STP

2. Water-related diseases

Identification of water related diseases,

Three times a year

Labour camps and colonies


WAPCOS Limited 15-4

S. No. Item Parameters Frequency Location adequacy of local vector control and curative measure, etc.

3.

Noise Equivalent noise level (Leq)

Once in three months

At major construction sites.

4. Air quality PM2.5, PM10, SO2 and NO2 Once every season

At major construction sites


Identification of water-related diseases, sites, adequacy of local vector control measures, etc.

Three times a year

Villages adjacent to project site

Table-15.2: Summary of Environmental Monitoring Programme during Project Operation Phase S. No.

Items Parameters Frequency Location

1. Effluent from Sewage Treatment Plant (STP)

pH, BOD, COD, TSS, TDS Once every week

Before and after treatment from Sewage Treatment Plant (STP)

2. Ecology Status of afforestation programmes of green belt development

Once in 2 years

-


Identification of water-related diseases, sites, adequacy of local vector control measures, etc.

Three times a year

Villages adjacent to project site

4.

Landuse Landuse pattern using satellite data

Once in a year

Catchment area

15.10 SUMARY OF EMP ALONGWITH IMPLEMENTING AGENCY & RESPONSIBILITY A summary of negative impacts and proposed measures alongwith the implementing

agencies are given in Table-15.3. The contractor shall be responsible for cleaning the

construction site and return to the project proponent in satisfactory condition after the

decommissioning phase. Third Party Monitoring agency shall be engaged to monitor the

systematic implementation of EMP. The agency shall submit half yearly compliance

report to the Project Proponent and in case any deviation from the recommended

management measures appropriate corrective and preventive action shall be taken by

the Project Proponent.


WAPCOS Limited 15-5

Table-15.3: Summary of proposed measures alongwith the implementing agencies. S. No.

Parameters Management measures Implementing Agency

Responsibility

Construction Phase 1. Land Environment

Construction phase

Proper collection and disposal of construction waste.

Development of Health post

Storage, handling , transportation and disposal of Hazardous waste

Disposal at

designated landfill sites

Contractor in consultation with Project Proponent

Contractor shall be responsible for disposal of construction waste and solid waste from construction camps. Contractor shall be responsible for Storage, handling, transportation and disposal of hazardous waste as per norms and regulation. The Project proponent shall assist and coordinate the development of health post and related activities.

2. Water Quality Construction

phase

Provision of community toilets, and Bio digesters

Provision of settling tanks.


Contractor shall be responsible

3. Terrestrial Flora

Construction phase

Provision of subsidized kerosene and LPG to construction workers and technical staff involved in construction activities.

Plantation


Contractor shall provide free fuel to construction worker and technical staffs


WAPCOS Limited 15-6

S. No.


Responsibility

programmes to be undertaken

Project proponent

Project proponent In association with forest department, HP

4. Terrestrial Fauna

Construction phase

Anti-poaching measures


Contractor/Project Proponent in association with forest department, HP

5. Aquatic Ecology

Construction phase

Treatment through settling tanks


Contractor During the field study fish species is not found in the project area. However for benthic flora and fauna water quality is to be monitored and maintained.

6. Noise Environment

Construction phase

Maintenance of construction equipment

Provision of ear

plugs /ear muffs to workers operating in high noise areas.



7. Air Environment

Construction phase

Commissioning of cyclone in crusher to be commissioned



8. Socio-economic Environment

Construction phase

Compensation as per R&R package.

Project Proponent and District

Project Proponent and District Administration


WAPCOS Limited 15-7

S. No.


Responsibility

Administration

shall be responsible.

B Operation Phase

1 Land Environment

Operation phase

Proper collection and disposal of solid waste at designated landfill sites.

Project Proponent

Project proponent shall be responsible for disposal of solid waste at designated landfill sites.

2 Water Resources

Operation phase

Minimum flow will be released to maintain the riverine ecology and dilution of domestic effluent.

Project Proponent

Project proponent shall be responsible for release of minimum flow

3 Water Quality Operation

phase Minimum flow will be

released

Commissioning of Sewage Treatment Plant

Project Proponent

Project proponent shall be responsible implementation of Sewage Treatment Plant and release of minimum flow

4 Terrestrial fauna

Operation phase

Anti-poaching measures

Forest Department, HP

To implement and monitor the various anti-poaching measures.

15.11 ESTABLISHMENT OF AN ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL

It is recommended that project authority shall establish an Environmental Management Cell

(EMC) at the project site with requisite manpower. The task of the Environmental and Social

Management Cell will be to coordinate various environmental activities, to carry out

environmental monitoring and to evaluate implementation of environmental enhancement

measures for positive impacts and environmental mitigation measures for negative impacts.


WAPCOS Limited 15-8

The Environmental Management Cell (EMC) will report to the appropriate authority having

adequate powers for effective implementation of the Environmental Management Plan

(EMP) in various phase of project development. The institutional setup at corporate level in

HPPCL is shown in Figure-15.1.

Figure-15.1: Institutional Setup at Corporate Level in HPPCL

AE (Environment) Chanju-III HEP

CHAPTER-16 COST ESTIMATES


WAPCOS Limited 16-1

CHAPTER-16

COST ESTIMATES

16.1 COST FOR IMPLEMENTING ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

The total amount to be spent for implementation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is

Rs. 3242.14 lakh or Rs. 32.45 crore. The details are given in Table-16.1.

Table-16.1: Cost for Implementing Environmental Management Plan S. No. Item Cost (Rs. lakh) 1. Compensatory Afforestation, and Bio-diversity conservation 124.96 2. Greenbelt development 10.00 3. Water Pollution Control 15.00 4. Environmental Management in labour camp 194.02 5. Public health delivery system 204.43 6. Muck management 248.00 7. Restoration and Landscaping of construction sites 116.00 8. Environmental Management in Road Construction 37.00 9. Air pollution control 47.88 10. Catchment Area Treatment 962.90 11. Energy Conservation measures 20.00 12. Rehabilitation of Project Affected Families 436.54 13. Local Area Development Plan 620.00 14. Monitoring And Evaluation For R & R 30.00 15. Environmental Monitoring during construction phase

(Refer Table-16.2) 173.91

Purchase of noise meter 1.50 Total 3242.14 say

Rs. 32.45 crore

16.2 COST FOR IMPLEMENTING ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

The cost required for implementation of the Environmental Monitoring Programme is of

the order of Rs.173.91 lakh @ Rs.52.48 lakh/ year. The construction period for estimation

of cost for implementation of Environmental Monitoring programme during construction

phase has been taken as 3 years. A 10% annual price increase may be considered for every

year. The details are given in Table-16.2.

The cost required for implementation of the Environmental Monitoring Programme at

operation phase is of the order of Rs. 54.16 lakh/year. The details are given in Table-16.3.

Table-16.2: Cost for Implementing Environmental Monitoring Programme during construction phase S. No.

Item Cost (Rs. lakh/year)

Total cost for construction period of 3 years with 10% escalation per year (Rs. lakh)

1 Water quality 0.96 3.18 2 Air quality 11.52 38.13 3 Ecology 30.00 99.30 4 Incidence of water related

diseases 10.00

33.30


WAPCOS Limited 16-2

S. No.

Item Cost (Rs. lakh/year)

Total cost for construction period of 3 years with 10% escalation per year (Rs. lakh)

Total 52.48 173.91 Table-16.3: Cost for Implementing Environmental Monitoring Programme during operation phase S. No Item Cost (Rs. lakh/year) 1 Water quality 4.16 2 Ecology 30.00 3 Incidence of water related diseases 15.00 4 Land use pattern 5.00 Total 54.16

CHAPTER-17 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT INVOLVED IN THE

CEIA STUDY


WAPCOS Limited 17-1

CHAPTER-17

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS INVOLVED IN THE CEIA STUDY

The CEIA study has been conducted by WAPCOS Ltd., a government of India Undertaking

under Ministry of Water Resources. The company has a full-fledged Centre for Environment

who has conducted the above referred study. The list of the Experts involved in the CEIA

study is given in Table-17.1.

Table-17.1: List of Experts involved in the CIEA study S. No. Name Expertise Signature 1. Dr. Aman Sharma EIA Coordinator

Air Pollution Expert Water Pollution

Expert Solid Waste

Management Expert Hydrologist & Ground Water Expert

2. Dr. A. K. Sharma Ecology and Bio-diversity Expert

3. Mr. R.V. Ramana Noise Expert

4. Dr. K.K. Gaur Social Expert

5. Mr. S.M. Dixit Air Quality Expert

6. Mrs. Moumita

Mondal Ghosh Landuse Expert







AUGUST 2017

VOLUME- I I I PUBL IC HEAR ING DETA ILS



CONTENTS

HPPCL Public Hearing Details

WAPCOS Limited

i

CONTENTS

1. INTRODUCTION 1 2. ISSUES RAISED DURING PUBNLIC HEARING 1 APPENDICES Appendix I H.P. State Pollution Control Board Public Notice Appendix II Proceedings of Environmental Public Hearing

PUBLIC HEARING DETAILS

HPPCL Pubic Hearing Details

WAPCOS Limited

1

PUBLIC HEARING DETAILS

1. INTRODUCTION

Himachal Pradesh State Pollution Control Board has organized the 'Environmental

Public Hearing' of proposed Chanju-iii Hydroelectric Project (48 MW) under the

chairmanship of Additional District Magistrate(ADM), Chamba, Shri Vijay Kumar on

15.06.2017 at 1 1 . 0 0 A M , Jakhala Village, Churah Tehsil, District-Chamba. This public

hearing was conducted as per standard procedure under Govt. of India Notification

No.S.O.1533 dated 14.09.2006. The advertisements for Public Hearing were issued in

following newspaper.

1. Daily Post dated 10.05.2017

2. Himachal Dastak dated 12.05.2017

The copy of advertisements is enclosed as Appendix-I.

At the onset of public hearing, the representative o f Himachal Pradesh State Pollution

Control Board welcomed the chairman as well as public present in the meeting and

described the purpose and motive of Public hearing. Thereafter, the Project

management and their consultant described about the Project and the Environmental

Impact Assessment and Environmental Management Plan in detail. At last, the company

representative requested for co-operation from the local public for the implementation

of Project and expressed the company commitments towards the development of the

area and thanked the public for their presence in the public hearing.

Thereafter, the public hearing was started with the permission of the chairman. The

Assistant Environmental Engineer said to the public that a suitable platform is being

offered to you people for raising your thoughts, doubts and suggestions fearlessly on

environmental conservation. The minutes of meeting are enclosed as Appendix-II.

2. ISSUES RAISED DURING PUBLIC HEARING

The public hearing was started with the permission of the Chair, Various points raised by

the public and their replies by the company and Govt. Officers are given in Table-1.

Table-1: Issues raised and response given during Public Hearing

S.

No.

Name and Address Issues raised/ Suggestions submitted

Reply of Issues raised/ suggestions submitted

1. Sh. Prem Singh Chauhan, Ex-up Pradhan Gram Panchayat Dehra, Tehsil Churah,

He welcomed the Chairman ADM Chamba, General Manager & Deputy General Manager, HPPCL. Officials of HPSPCB, Tehsildar, BDO Tissa, local administration & Residents of nearby Panchayata

The General Manager, HPPCL replied that to solve the problem of electricity supply, the HPPCL will strengthening the transmission line from


WAPCOS Limited

2

S.

No.



Distt. Chamba (HP) and villages in the ground of Dantui Mata Temple. He presented a demand letter and requested the chairman to ensure the public that every work in the project shall be started only after getting the consent to local people and to instruct the HPPCL management not to start any construction activity without taking the consent from local panchayats and people of the area. His demands are represents as under:

1. He asked for the permanent employment for all families of Gram Panchayat Dehra in the HPPCL project till the construction activities/ commissioning of Dehra-Chanju Project.

2. Adequate compensation should be given to the owner of the private land owner whose land would be acquired.

3. The HPPCL shall provide 70% of employment to the local unemployment families of the Gram Panchayat Dehra.

4. The HPPCL shall pay the full medical expenses in the illness of every member of the families of Gram Panchayat Dehra in all hospitals of Himachal Pradesh.

5. Free of cost electricity supply should be given to Gram Panchayat Dehra.

6. Free sand & bajri shall be supplied to the poor and

Tikrigarh to Gram Panchayat Dehra and HPPCL will deposit Rs. 2.5 Cr to the Himachal Pradesh State Electricity Board for better strengthening of transmission line. The problem of Gharats (Water mills) will be sorted-out and local people will run flour mills from electricity.

He further said that the HPPCL has taken up the matter for the installing a mobile tower to solve the problem of communication services in the area. Also the office of HPPCL could be opened in the village here.

He said that as per the policy of HP Govt. the 70% of the employment in these projects shall be provided to the residents of Himachal Pradesh. The preference for employment in the skilled and non skilled class will be given to the local people of the area. In the unskilled class employment will given within the village and the skilled class preference will be given to the local residents as per their eligibility & qualifications.

He further said that


WAPCOS Limited

3

S.

No.



needy families of Gram Panchayat Dehra.

7. HPPCL shall provide good education facilities and shall open English medium school in the Gram Panchayat Dehra.

8. The preference for the employment in the project shall be given to the local people of Gram Panchayat Dehra & Chanju as per their eligibility and qualification.

9. The small & major works i.e. Road work, Crate work & any other works shall be awarded in consultation with the Gram Panchayat Dehra-Chanju to the local & poor residents of Gram Panchayat Dehra & Chanju. So that people of the

10. The construction activities

of the proposed project shall be started only after getting the signature of higher authorities of HPPCL and DC Chamba on the Demand Letter of Gram Panchayat Dehra.

11. The office of the HPPCL Power Station Deothal-Dehra should be opened at village Dehra, so the problems of the people of the local shall be solved easily.

12. The HPPCL will compensate for any damage to the private land and houses of the local people, due to the construction activities of Deothal-Chanju Power Project.

13. All the HPPCL Hydel Projects proposed in Dehra-Chanju

HPPCL will deposit the LADA funds in the O/o DC Chamba. These funds will be utilized according to the suggestions & schemes received from the local Gram Panchayat of the area and the Deputy Commissioner will grant these funds as per the schemes approved in the meeting with the Gram Panchayat i.e. for construction of water tank, playground, community centers etc.

The Chairman ADM Chamba said that all the raw materials i.e. sand, bajri & machinery shall be transported through the Rope-way and very less private land will be acquired in this proposed project. After detailed consultation with HPPCL & private land owners, the fair & adequate compensation will be paid to all the owners of the private land being acquired.

The General Manager HPPCL said that as per the provisions of R&R plan the HPPCL will provide 100 unit/month free electricity supply to the entire project affected families. If a family uses fewer units than the sanctioned limit, HPPCL will compensate them for their remaining


WAPCOS Limited

4

S.

No.



area should be run by HP Government, so the local people of the area could get the permanent job.

14. The 5% cost from the total cost of the HPPCL Power Project shall be spent on the developmental works in local Panchayat area.

15. If the HPPCL Company awarded their work to the contractors or other company, the construction work should be done with the consent of the Gram Panchayat Dehra, so local

face any difficulty for the employment.

16. The funds of LADA should be deposited timely in the account of Gram Panchayat, so that there could be no interruption in the development works.

17. The HPPCL shall appoint the educated and unemployed youth of the Gram Panchayat Dehra for the posts of Home Guards, Barrier Chowkidar & Store Chowkidar in construction activities of proposed project with the consent of Gram Panchayat Dehra.

18. The HPPCL will have to bring in confidence the Gram Panchayat Dehra for every construction activity in the Dehra-Deothal Power Station.

19. The HPPCL shall provide proper protection work in the concerned Nallah/Khad

units. The same medical facility

will be provided in the hospitals to the local people of the area as being provided to the officers/officials of the HPPCL.

He said that HPPCL will try to do the needful to provide sand & bajri to the poor people of the Gram Panchayat Dehra at appropriate rates.

He added that after the establishment of the office and colony of HPPCL good educational facilities like opening of school etc. in Gram Panchayat under LADA funds will be provided. In addition to this, the Gram Panchayat can upgrade the existing school or can make a playground in existing school by using LADA funds after getting the suggestions from the local Gram Panchayat.

He further said that under the provisions of R&R plan, the tenders up to Rs. 5 lakh will be allocated among the eligible contractors of local gram panchayat fulfilling the conditions of Labour Laws i.e. the contractor should have valid registration & EPF account.

The HPPCL has not given


WAPCOS Limited

5

S.

No.



to avoid the land sliding in the area before starting of the construction activities of the power project.

20. He said that earlier a demand letter has already been submitted in the office of Deputy Commissioner Chamba, but no reply has been received by Gram Panchayat Dehra on this demand letter till date from the O/o of Deputy Commissioner Chamba.

21. There are eight Gharats (water mills) falls within the Kunda Daria. As hilly, heavily snow fall area & lack of electricity facility, the project proponent will have to discharge 20% of water for the smooth running of these Gharats and due to lack of electricity, the lifeline of the local people of the area are depends on these Gharats.

22. There should be provision for constructing of water tanks in each ward of Gram Panchayat Dehra and to provide four inch pipeline from Tangera Nallah to store water in these tanks.

23. If there will be any causality during construction activities in tunnel, the HPPCL have to pay of Rs. 40 lakh compensation and permanent employment to the affected family.

24. To avoid the land sliding below the Kunda village, it is necessarily to provide

any contract to any contractor for any construction activities of the project till date.

As per R&R Plan there is already a provision of compensation for any kind of damage to the property of the residents due to the construction activities of the project.

The representative of WAPCOS Ltd. Sh. Dixit said that there is provision of approx.. 4.01 crores rupees under LADA funds for the development of local area, out of which 60% (2.46 Cr) will be spend in the project affected area, 20% (Rs. 82 lakh) on the local panchayat, 10% (Rs. 41 lakh) on block level and remaining 10% (Rs. 41 lakh) on District level developmental works.

In addition to this, there is a provision of Primary Health Delivery system (4 employees- Doctor, auxiliary nurse, attended & Driver) with a budget of 1.66 cr. In addition to this, according to the policy of HPPCL there is a provision of medical fund of Rs. 25 lakh under R&R plan.

The General Manager HPPCL said that they will provide cement and RCC protection work on all Adits & muck will be disposed off at designated dumping sites.


WAPCOS Limited

6

S.

No.



protection work before the construction activities of the project. The Gram Panchayat Dehra will not support the Project Proponent till the protection work has been provided in the Kunda village.

The HPPCL has already been given a detailed presentation of dumping sites to the HP State Pollution Control Board.

The Chairman ADM Chamba has clarified regarding the Demand Letter and said that this Public Hearing is conducted on the environmental issues related to the proposed projects. Whereas, most of the issues raised basically the demand and not the environmental related issues.

He also assured the public that their points raised in the demand letter, suggestions, issues etc. will be incorporated in the final EIA/EMP report thoroughly and forwarded to higher authorities for approval.

He said that as per the guidelines of the Government of HP, 15% discharge of water will always remain available in the downstream Deothal-Chanju Nallah.

He further said that for any death/casuality during the construction activity, the HPPCL will compensate according to the rules & regulations of Labour Laws.

2. Sh. Chain Lal, Ex-Pradhan Gram Panchayat Dehra,

He welcomed the Chairman ADM Chamba, General Manager & Deputy General Manager, HPPCL,

The Chairman ADM Chamba clarified that the points raised by Sh. Chain Lal are


WAPCOS Limited

7

S.

No.



Tehsil Churah, Distt. Chamba (HP)

Officials of HPSLCB, Tehsildar, BDO Tissa, local administration & Residents of nearby Panchayats and villages in the ground of Maa Bhadrakali Dantui Mata Temple.

According to him the Environmental Public Hearing is being conducted here for the proposed project and as per his opinion the pollution is not an incurable disease and it can be controlled to the minimal harmless limits.

He added that our country is basically an agricultural country and 75% of its population resides in villages. There are many types of crops cultivated here and people are self-reliant on crops/grains.

There are many industries established in the India and due the establishment of these industries & Hydel Projects, our country is on the path of development.

He requested to the administration that few days ago there were damages to the crops of farmers and horticulturist due to hailstorms in the area. In this connection, he requested the administration to instruct the Revenue department to assess the damages to the crops of farmers & horticulturist and submit their damage assessment report to the administration. The administration shall pay the adequate compensation to

not associated with the subject of this public hearing & asked him to submit his general complaints in written to the administration.

He said that the matter for the establishment of the mobile tower as informed by the HPPCL authorities is under process and problem will be solved very soon.

He further said that the directions have already been issued for the assessment of loss of crops of farmers and horticulturist and report will be submitted through the Tehsildars/ Patwari of the area to the Distt. Administration. After that adequate relief will be released to the farmers.

He further directed the Naib Tehsildar Tissa to speed up the process of assessment of damages.


WAPCOS Limited

8

S.

No.



the poor farmers and horticulturist for the loss of their crops.

The conditions of the road of the area are very poor and buses are not regularly run on these roads and HRTC sends the old buses to the routes of the area. He requested the administration that new buses should be send on these routes of far flung area to avoid any mishappening.

Last year the meeting with the people of Gram Panchayat Dehra & the General Manager HPPCL was held here and in the meeting he assured that a mobile tower will be established in the area, but no mobile tower is established till date here.

Also he requested to the administration to ensure proper LPG supply up-to the Gram Panchayar Dehra.

3. Sh. Sudesh Rajput, ram Panchayat Dehra, Tehsil Churah, Distt. Chamba (HP)

He welcomed the Chairman ADM Chamba, General Manager HPPCL, Forest Department, local administration & Residents of nearby Panchayats and villages in the public hearing.

He said that in this public hearing, there should be a detailed discussion on ill effects on the environment due to the establishment Deothal-Chanju & Chanju-III hydel projects. An environmental documentary of the views, comments, suggestions & objections of the local people should be prepared and forwarded to

The General Manager HPPCL replied that there are special guidelines for the safety measures for working in the tunnel and only ski9lled workers are allowed to work in the tunnel and only skilled workers are allowed to work in the tunnel as per the safety precautions.

Preference of employment will be given to the unskilled as well as skilled workers of the local affected area and 70% of employment to the people of Himachal


WAPCOS Limited

9

S.

No.



the higher authorities for approval.

He said that earlier speakers have already expressed their views, comments & suggestions in this public hearing. The Himachal Pradesh Government is always making efforts to make the wholesomeness of Environment by means of prevention & control of Air & Water Pollution.

He also said that he wants to submit a documentary regarding environmental issues in this area due to these proposed projects. His concern is about that HPPCL will release 15% discharge of water in the downstream of Nallah and the problem of running the Gharats will be solved by the proper electricity supply in the area. He is well aware of the area and when about 4 feet of snow falls, there remained no electricity supply for one & half month in the area. He said that Gharats are the lifeline of this area and people are fully dependent on these Gharats. He added that the administration can understand the situation that how the people of local Panchayat will survive without the running of these Gharats.

His concern is that they have gathered here not only for listening the complaints but to put suggestions to the administration. His suggestion is that four inch pipe line may be laid down from the Jamyadu Nallah to the five wards of Gram Panchayat so that water can be stored in a

Pradesh should be ensured by the HPPCL.

He said that 15% discharge of water will always remain available in the downstream Deothal-Chanju Nallah to run the Gharats.

The representative of WAPCOS Ltd. Mr. Dixitclarified the issue of running Gharats that there always 15% of discharge of water will remain in the downstream of Nallah and in addition to this there will be a provision of electric flour mills, If any Gharat is affected due to shortage of water as well as there will be a provision of drinking water scheme and storage water tanks under the LADA funds. The Chairman ADM Chamba clarified that this is not the first Hydel Project which is being established in the State and it is a small capacity hydel project of 30 MW only. Whereas, there are many other hydel projects over capacity of 300 MW were established by the HPPCL & other private companies in the state.

There will only be two possibilities that either the Project should come in the area or not. He clarified that the establishment of the projects/Industries are beneficial for the development for the local people and the area.


WAPCOS Limited

10

S.

No.



storage tank and this water could be used for the running of Gharats and problems of the area can be solved.

He again said that all the local people are aware that the 15% discharge of water will freeze in winter season and in the months of November & December the flow of water in the Nallah remains very low and they have to block flow of water in the nallah for running the Gharats. If they do not stop the water in the months of November & December, the Gharats will not be run on the natural flow of the nallah.

The brief description of budgetary EIA report of this proposed project has been given to the local people of the area

He expressed that a time has come for the citizens to strike a balance between rights & duties.

The chairman ADM Chamba assured public that this is not the final report and their suggestions, issues etc. will be incorporated thoroughly in the final EIA/ EMP report through proceedings and forwarded to higher authorities for approval.

The General Manager HPPCL on the incident of cracks and damage to the houses in the area of Bagehigarh clarified that there should be no comparison between a Private Company and a Government agency.

APPENDIX

APPENDIX-I

APPENDIX-II

AUGUST 2017


76 C, Sector 18, Gurgaon - 122015, Haryana, INDIA Tel. 0124-2397396, Fax. 0124-2397392




environmental impact assessment study for...

Documents